diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Build/source')
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/ChangeLog | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/am/libmplib.am | 15 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.c | 437 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.h | 254 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.c | 8141 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.h | 182 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumberLocal.h | 757 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/lmplib.c | 18 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mp.w | 269 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmath.w | 13 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdecimal.w | 1735 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w | 60 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpost.w | 26 |
13 files changed, 11761 insertions, 150 deletions
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/ChangeLog b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/ChangeLog index 4eb076c39b2..83494c5a14d 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/ChangeLog +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2014-03-14 Taco Hoekwater <taco@luatex.org> + + Import metapost 1.900 + 2014-02-03 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de> * psout.w: Avoid to redefine Byte and Bytef from <zlib.h>. diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/am/libmplib.am b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/am/libmplib.am index 7d2979f06a8..2435e3131a6 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/am/libmplib.am +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/am/libmplib.am @@ -10,11 +10,13 @@ EXTRA_LIBRARIES += libmplib.a libmplib_a_CPPFLAGS = $(CAIRO_INCLUDES) $(PIXMAN_INCLUDES) $(ZLIB_INCLUDES) $(LIBPNG_INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) -I$(srcdir)/mplibdir ## libmplib C sources -libmplib_a_SOURCES = mplibdir/avl.h mplibdir/avl.c -nodist_libmplib_a_SOURCES = tfmin.c $(mp_c_h) $(mpmath_c_h) $(mpmathdouble_c_h) $(psout_c_h) $(svgout_c_h) $(pngout_c_h) $(mpstrings_c_h) +decnumber_c_h = mplibdir/decNumber.c mplibdir/decNumber.h mplibdir/decNumberLocal.h mplibdir/decContext.h mplibdir/decContext.c +libmplib_a_SOURCES = mplibdir/avl.h mplibdir/avl.c $(decnumber_c_h) +nodist_libmplib_a_SOURCES = tfmin.c $(mp_c_h) $(mpmath_c_h) $(mpmathdouble_c_h) $(mpmathdecimal_c_h) $(psout_c_h) $(svgout_c_h) $(pngout_c_h) $(mpstrings_c_h) mp_c_h = mp.c mplib.h mpmp.h mpmath_c_h = mpmath.h mpmath.c mpmathdouble_c_h = mpmathdouble.h mpmathdouble.c +mpmathdecimal_c_h = mpmathdecimal.h mpmathdecimal.c mpstrings_c_h = mpstrings.h mpstrings.c psout_c_h = mppsout.h psout.c mplibps.h svgout_c_h = mplibsvg.h mpsvgout.h svgout.c @@ -40,6 +42,11 @@ $(mpmathdouble_c_h): mpmathdouble-tangle mpmathdouble-tangle: ctangle$(EXEEXT) mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w tangle-sh @$(mp_ctangle_sh) mpmathdouble +$(mpmathdecimal_c_h): mpmathdecimal-tangle + @$(mp_ctangle_sh) mpmathdecimal +mpmathdecimal-tangle: ctangle$(EXEEXT) mplibdir/mpmathdecimal.w tangle-sh + @$(mp_ctangle_sh) mpmathdecimal + $(mpstrings_c_h): mpstrings-tangle @$(mp_ctangle_sh) mpstrings mpstrings-tangle: ctangle$(EXEEXT) mplibdir/mpstrings.w tangle-sh @@ -62,12 +69,12 @@ pngout-tangle: ctangle$(EXEEXT) mplibdir/pngout.w tangle-sh ## libmplib CWeb sources libmplib_web = mplibdir/mp.w mplibdir/psout.w mplibdir/svgout.w mplibdir/pngout.w -libmplib_web += mplibdir/mpmath.w mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w mplibdir/mpstrings.w mplibdir/tfmin.w +libmplib_web += mplibdir/mpmath.w mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w mplibdir/mpmathdecimal.w mplibdir/mpstrings.w mplibdir/tfmin.w $(libmplib_a_OBJECTS): $(nodist_libmplib_a_SOURCES) $(KPATHSEA_DEPEND) $(CAIRO_DEPEND) EXTRA_DIST += $(libmplib_web) DISTCLEANFILES += $(nodist_libmplib_a_SOURCES) \ - mp-tangle mpmath-tangle mpmathdouble-tangle mpstrings-tangle psout-tangle svgout-tangle pngout-tangle + mp-tangle mpmath-tangle mpmathdouble-tangle mpmathdecimal-tangle mpstrings-tangle psout-tangle svgout-tangle pngout-tangle diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.c b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f99759336e --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.c @@ -0,0 +1,437 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Decimal Context module */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Copyright (c) IBM Corporation, 2000, 2009. All rights reserved. */
+/* */
+/* This software is made available under the terms of the */
+/* ICU License -- ICU 1.8.1 and later. */
+/* */
+/* The description and User's Guide ("The decNumber C Library") for */
+/* this software is called decNumber.pdf. This document is */
+/* available, together with arithmetic and format specifications, */
+/* testcases, and Web links, on the General Decimal Arithmetic page. */
+/* */
+/* Please send comments, suggestions, and corrections to the author: */
+/* mfc@uk.ibm.com */
+/* Mike Cowlishaw, IBM Fellow */
+/* IBM UK, PO Box 31, Birmingham Road, Warwick CV34 5JL, UK */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This module comprises the routines for handling arithmetic */
+/* context structures. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+#include <string.h> // for strcmp
+#include <stdio.h> // for printf if DECCHECK
+#include "decContext.h" // context and base types
+#include "decNumberLocal.h" // decNumber local types, etc.
+
+/* compile-time endian tester [assumes sizeof(Int)>1] */
+static const Int mfcone=1; // constant 1
+static const Flag *mfctop=(const Flag *)&mfcone; // -> top byte
+#define LITEND *mfctop // named flag; 1=little-endian
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* round-for-reround digits */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+const uByte DECSTICKYTAB[10]={1,1,2,3,4,6,6,7,8,9}; /* used if sticky */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Powers of ten (powers[n]==10**n, 0<=n<=9) */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+const uInt DECPOWERS[10]={1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000,
+ 10000000, 100000000, 1000000000};
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextClearStatus -- clear bits in current status */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be queried */
+/* mask indicates the bits to be cleared (the status bit that */
+/* corresponds to each 1 bit in the mask is cleared) */
+/* returns context */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext *decContextClearStatus(decContext *context, uInt mask) {
+ context->status&=~mask;
+ return context;
+ } // decContextClearStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextDefault -- initialize a context structure */
+/* */
+/* context is the structure to be initialized */
+/* kind selects the required set of default values, one of: */
+/* DEC_INIT_BASE -- select ANSI X3-274 defaults */
+/* DEC_INIT_DECIMAL32 -- select IEEE 754 defaults, 32-bit */
+/* DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64 -- select IEEE 754 defaults, 64-bit */
+/* DEC_INIT_DECIMAL128 -- select IEEE 754 defaults, 128-bit */
+/* For any other value a valid context is returned, but with */
+/* Invalid_operation set in the status field. */
+/* returns a context structure with the appropriate initial values. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext * decContextDefault(decContext *context, Int kind) {
+ // set defaults...
+ context->digits=9; // 9 digits
+ context->emax=DEC_MAX_EMAX; // 9-digit exponents
+ context->emin=DEC_MIN_EMIN; // .. balanced
+ context->round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_UP; // 0.5 rises
+ context->traps=DEC_Errors; // all but informational
+ context->status=0; // cleared
+ context->clamp=0; // no clamping
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ context->extended=0; // cleared
+ #endif
+ switch (kind) {
+ case DEC_INIT_BASE:
+ // [use defaults]
+ break;
+ case DEC_INIT_DECIMAL32:
+ context->digits=7; // digits
+ context->emax=96; // Emax
+ context->emin=-95; // Emin
+ context->round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; // 0.5 to nearest even
+ context->traps=0; // no traps set
+ context->clamp=1; // clamp exponents
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ context->extended=1; // set
+ #endif
+ break;
+ case DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64:
+ context->digits=16; // digits
+ context->emax=384; // Emax
+ context->emin=-383; // Emin
+ context->round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; // 0.5 to nearest even
+ context->traps=0; // no traps set
+ context->clamp=1; // clamp exponents
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ context->extended=1; // set
+ #endif
+ break;
+ case DEC_INIT_DECIMAL128:
+ context->digits=34; // digits
+ context->emax=6144; // Emax
+ context->emin=-6143; // Emin
+ context->round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; // 0.5 to nearest even
+ context->traps=0; // no traps set
+ context->clamp=1; // clamp exponents
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ context->extended=1; // set
+ #endif
+ break;
+
+ default: // invalid Kind
+ // use defaults, and ..
+ decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Invalid_operation); // trap
+ }
+
+ return context;} // decContextDefault
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextGetRounding -- return current rounding mode */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be queried */
+/* returns the rounding mode */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+enum rounding decContextGetRounding(decContext *context) {
+ return context->round;
+ } // decContextGetRounding
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextGetStatus -- return current status */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be queried */
+/* returns status */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+uInt decContextGetStatus(decContext *context) {
+ return context->status;
+ } // decContextGetStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextRestoreStatus -- restore bits in current status */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* newstatus is the source for the bits to be restored */
+/* mask indicates the bits to be restored (the status bit that */
+/* corresponds to each 1 bit in the mask is set to the value of */
+/* the correspnding bit in newstatus) */
+/* returns context */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext *decContextRestoreStatus(decContext *context,
+ uInt newstatus, uInt mask) {
+ context->status&=~mask; // clear the selected bits
+ context->status|=(mask&newstatus); // or in the new bits
+ return context;
+ } // decContextRestoreStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextSaveStatus -- save bits in current status */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be queried */
+/* mask indicates the bits to be saved (the status bits that */
+/* correspond to each 1 bit in the mask are saved) */
+/* returns the AND of the mask and the current status */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+uInt decContextSaveStatus(decContext *context, uInt mask) {
+ return context->status&mask;
+ } // decContextSaveStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextSetRounding -- set current rounding mode */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* newround is the value which will replace the current mode */
+/* returns context */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext *decContextSetRounding(decContext *context,
+ enum rounding newround) {
+ context->round=newround;
+ return context;
+ } // decContextSetRounding
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextSetStatus -- set status and raise trap if appropriate */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* status is the DEC_ exception code */
+/* returns the context structure */
+/* */
+/* Control may never return from this routine, if there is a signal */
+/* handler and it takes a long jump. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext * decContextSetStatus(decContext *context, uInt status) {
+ context->status|=status;
+ if (status & context->traps) raise(SIGFPE);
+ return context;} // decContextSetStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextSetStatusFromString -- set status from a string + trap */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* string is a string exactly equal to one that might be returned */
+/* by decContextStatusToString */
+/* */
+/* The status bit corresponding to the string is set, and a trap */
+/* is raised if appropriate. */
+/* */
+/* returns the context structure, unless the string is equal to */
+/* DEC_Condition_MU or is not recognized. In these cases NULL is */
+/* returned. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext * decContextSetStatusFromString(decContext *context,
+ const char *string) {
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_CS)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Conversion_syntax);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_DZ)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Division_by_zero);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_DI)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Division_impossible);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_DU)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Division_undefined);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IE)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Inexact);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IS)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Insufficient_storage);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IC)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Invalid_context);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IO)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Invalid_operation);
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_LD)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Lost_digits);
+ #endif
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_OV)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Overflow);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_PA)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Clamped);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_RO)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Rounded);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_SU)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Subnormal);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_UN)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatus(context, DEC_Underflow);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_ZE)==0)
+ return context;
+ return NULL; // Multiple status, or unknown
+ } // decContextSetStatusFromString
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextSetStatusFromStringQuiet -- set status from a string */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* string is a string exactly equal to one that might be returned */
+/* by decContextStatusToString */
+/* */
+/* The status bit corresponding to the string is set; no trap is */
+/* raised. */
+/* */
+/* returns the context structure, unless the string is equal to */
+/* DEC_Condition_MU or is not recognized. In these cases NULL is */
+/* returned. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext * decContextSetStatusFromStringQuiet(decContext *context,
+ const char *string) {
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_CS)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Conversion_syntax);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_DZ)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Division_by_zero);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_DI)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Division_impossible);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_DU)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Division_undefined);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IE)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Inexact);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IS)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Insufficient_storage);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IC)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Invalid_context);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_IO)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Invalid_operation);
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_LD)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Lost_digits);
+ #endif
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_OV)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Overflow);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_PA)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Clamped);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_RO)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Rounded);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_SU)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Subnormal);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_UN)==0)
+ return decContextSetStatusQuiet(context, DEC_Underflow);
+ if (strcmp(string, DEC_Condition_ZE)==0)
+ return context;
+ return NULL; // Multiple status, or unknown
+ } // decContextSetStatusFromStringQuiet
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextSetStatusQuiet -- set status without trap */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* status is the DEC_ exception code */
+/* returns the context structure */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext * decContextSetStatusQuiet(decContext *context, uInt status) {
+ context->status|=status;
+ return context;} // decContextSetStatusQuiet
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextStatusToString -- convert status flags to a string */
+/* */
+/* context is a context with valid status field */
+/* */
+/* returns a constant string describing the condition. If multiple */
+/* (or no) flags are set, a generic constant message is returned. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+const char *decContextStatusToString(const decContext *context) {
+ Int status=context->status;
+
+ // test the five IEEE first, as some of the others are ambiguous when
+ // DECEXTFLAG=0
+ if (status==DEC_Invalid_operation ) return DEC_Condition_IO;
+ if (status==DEC_Division_by_zero ) return DEC_Condition_DZ;
+ if (status==DEC_Overflow ) return DEC_Condition_OV;
+ if (status==DEC_Underflow ) return DEC_Condition_UN;
+ if (status==DEC_Inexact ) return DEC_Condition_IE;
+
+ if (status==DEC_Division_impossible ) return DEC_Condition_DI;
+ if (status==DEC_Division_undefined ) return DEC_Condition_DU;
+ if (status==DEC_Rounded ) return DEC_Condition_RO;
+ if (status==DEC_Clamped ) return DEC_Condition_PA;
+ if (status==DEC_Subnormal ) return DEC_Condition_SU;
+ if (status==DEC_Conversion_syntax ) return DEC_Condition_CS;
+ if (status==DEC_Insufficient_storage ) return DEC_Condition_IS;
+ if (status==DEC_Invalid_context ) return DEC_Condition_IC;
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (status==DEC_Lost_digits ) return DEC_Condition_LD;
+ #endif
+ if (status==0 ) return DEC_Condition_ZE;
+ return DEC_Condition_MU; // Multiple errors
+ } // decContextStatusToString
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextTestEndian -- test whether DECLITEND is set correctly */
+/* */
+/* quiet is 1 to suppress message; 0 otherwise */
+/* returns 0 if DECLITEND is correct */
+/* 1 if DECLITEND is incorrect and should be 1 */
+/* -1 if DECLITEND is incorrect and should be 0 */
+/* */
+/* A message is displayed if the return value is not 0 and quiet==0. */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+Int decContextTestEndian(Flag quiet) {
+ Int res=0; // optimist
+ uInt dle=(uInt)DECLITEND; // unsign
+ if (dle>1) dle=1; // ensure 0 or 1
+
+ if (LITEND!=DECLITEND) {
+ if (!quiet) { // always refer to this
+ #if DECPRINT
+ const char *adj;
+ if (LITEND) adj="little";
+ else adj="big";
+ printf("Warning: DECLITEND is set to %d, but this computer appears to be %s-endian\n",
+ DECLITEND, adj);
+ #endif
+ }
+ res=(Int)LITEND-dle;
+ }
+ return res;
+ } // decContextTestEndian
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextTestSavedStatus -- test bits in saved status */
+/* */
+/* oldstatus is the status word to be tested */
+/* mask indicates the bits to be tested (the oldstatus bits that */
+/* correspond to each 1 bit in the mask are tested) */
+/* returns 1 if any of the tested bits are 1, or 0 otherwise */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+uInt decContextTestSavedStatus(uInt oldstatus, uInt mask) {
+ return (oldstatus&mask)!=0;
+ } // decContextTestSavedStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextTestStatus -- test bits in current status */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* mask indicates the bits to be tested (the status bits that */
+/* correspond to each 1 bit in the mask are tested) */
+/* returns 1 if any of the tested bits are 1, or 0 otherwise */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+uInt decContextTestStatus(decContext *context, uInt mask) {
+ return (context->status&mask)!=0;
+ } // decContextTestStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decContextZeroStatus -- clear all status bits */
+/* */
+/* context is the context structure to be updated */
+/* returns context */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decContext *decContextZeroStatus(decContext *context) {
+ context->status=0;
+ return context;
+ } // decContextZeroStatus
+
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.h b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82e4fcf2db3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decContext.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Decimal Context module header */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Copyright (c) IBM Corporation, 2000, 2010. All rights reserved. */
+/* */
+/* This software is made available under the terms of the */
+/* ICU License -- ICU 1.8.1 and later. */
+/* */
+/* The description and User's Guide ("The decNumber C Library") for */
+/* this software is called decNumber.pdf. This document is */
+/* available, together with arithmetic and format specifications, */
+/* testcases, and Web links, on the General Decimal Arithmetic page. */
+/* */
+/* Please send comments, suggestions, and corrections to the author: */
+/* mfc@uk.ibm.com */
+/* Mike Cowlishaw, IBM Fellow */
+/* IBM UK, PO Box 31, Birmingham Road, Warwick CV34 5JL, UK */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* */
+/* Context variables must always have valid values: */
+/* */
+/* status -- [any bits may be cleared, but not set, by user] */
+/* round -- must be one of the enumerated rounding modes */
+/* */
+/* The following variables are implied for fixed size formats (i.e., */
+/* they are ignored) but should still be set correctly in case used */
+/* with decNumber functions: */
+/* */
+/* clamp -- must be either 0 or 1 */
+/* digits -- must be in the range 1 through 999999999 */
+/* emax -- must be in the range 0 through 999999999 */
+/* emin -- must be in the range 0 through -999999999 */
+/* extended -- must be either 0 or 1 [present only if DECSUBSET] */
+/* traps -- only defined bits may be set */
+/* */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+#if !defined(DECCONTEXT)
+ #define DECCONTEXT
+ #define DECCNAME "decContext" /* Short name */
+ #define DECCFULLNAME "Decimal Context Descriptor" /* Verbose name */
+ #define DECCAUTHOR "Mike Cowlishaw" /* Who to blame */
+
+ #if !defined(int32_t)
+ #include <stdint.h> /* C99 standard integers */
+ #endif
+ #include <stdio.h> /* for printf, etc. */
+ #include <signal.h> /* for traps */
+
+ /* Extended flags setting -- set this to 0 to use only IEEE flags */
+ #if !defined(DECEXTFLAG)
+ #define DECEXTFLAG 1 /* 1=enable extended flags */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Conditional code flag -- set this to 0 for best performance */
+ #if !defined(DECSUBSET)
+ #define DECSUBSET 0 /* 1=enable subset arithmetic */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Context for operations, with associated constants */
+ enum rounding {
+ DEC_ROUND_CEILING, /* round towards +infinity */
+ DEC_ROUND_UP, /* round away from 0 */
+ DEC_ROUND_HALF_UP, /* 0.5 rounds up */
+ DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN, /* 0.5 rounds to nearest even */
+ DEC_ROUND_HALF_DOWN, /* 0.5 rounds down */
+ DEC_ROUND_DOWN, /* round towards 0 (truncate) */
+ DEC_ROUND_FLOOR, /* round towards -infinity */
+ DEC_ROUND_05UP, /* round for reround */
+ DEC_ROUND_MAX /* enum must be less than this */
+ };
+ #define DEC_ROUND_DEFAULT DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;
+
+ typedef struct {
+ int32_t digits; /* working precision */
+ int32_t emax; /* maximum positive exponent */
+ int32_t emin; /* minimum negative exponent */
+ enum rounding round; /* rounding mode */
+ uint32_t traps; /* trap-enabler flags */
+ uint32_t status; /* status flags */
+ uint8_t clamp; /* flag: apply IEEE exponent clamp */
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ uint8_t extended; /* flag: special-values allowed */
+ #endif
+ } decContext;
+
+ /* Maxima and Minima for context settings */
+ #define DEC_MAX_DIGITS 999999999
+ #define DEC_MIN_DIGITS 1
+ #define DEC_MAX_EMAX 999999999
+ #define DEC_MIN_EMAX 0
+ #define DEC_MAX_EMIN 0
+ #define DEC_MIN_EMIN -999999999
+ #define DEC_MAX_MATH 999999 /* max emax, etc., for math funcs. */
+
+ /* Classifications for decimal numbers, aligned with 754 (note that */
+ /* 'normal' and 'subnormal' are meaningful only with a decContext */
+ /* or a fixed size format). */
+ enum decClass {
+ DEC_CLASS_SNAN,
+ DEC_CLASS_QNAN,
+ DEC_CLASS_NEG_INF,
+ DEC_CLASS_NEG_NORMAL,
+ DEC_CLASS_NEG_SUBNORMAL,
+ DEC_CLASS_NEG_ZERO,
+ DEC_CLASS_POS_ZERO,
+ DEC_CLASS_POS_SUBNORMAL,
+ DEC_CLASS_POS_NORMAL,
+ DEC_CLASS_POS_INF
+ };
+ /* Strings for the decClasses */
+ #define DEC_ClassString_SN "sNaN"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_QN "NaN"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_NI "-Infinity"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_NN "-Normal"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_NS "-Subnormal"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_NZ "-Zero"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_PZ "+Zero"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_PS "+Subnormal"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_PN "+Normal"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_PI "+Infinity"
+ #define DEC_ClassString_UN "Invalid"
+
+ /* Trap-enabler and Status flags (exceptional conditions), and */
+ /* their names. The top byte is reserved for internal use */
+ #if DECEXTFLAG
+ /* Extended flags */
+ #define DEC_Conversion_syntax 0x00000001
+ #define DEC_Division_by_zero 0x00000002
+ #define DEC_Division_impossible 0x00000004
+ #define DEC_Division_undefined 0x00000008
+ #define DEC_Insufficient_storage 0x00000010 /* [when malloc fails] */
+ #define DEC_Inexact 0x00000020
+ #define DEC_Invalid_context 0x00000040
+ #define DEC_Invalid_operation 0x00000080
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ #define DEC_Lost_digits 0x00000100
+ #endif
+ #define DEC_Overflow 0x00000200
+ #define DEC_Clamped 0x00000400
+ #define DEC_Rounded 0x00000800
+ #define DEC_Subnormal 0x00001000
+ #define DEC_Underflow 0x00002000
+ #else
+ /* IEEE flags only */
+ #define DEC_Conversion_syntax 0x00000010
+ #define DEC_Division_by_zero 0x00000002
+ #define DEC_Division_impossible 0x00000010
+ #define DEC_Division_undefined 0x00000010
+ #define DEC_Insufficient_storage 0x00000010 /* [when malloc fails] */
+ #define DEC_Inexact 0x00000001
+ #define DEC_Invalid_context 0x00000010
+ #define DEC_Invalid_operation 0x00000010
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ #define DEC_Lost_digits 0x00000000
+ #endif
+ #define DEC_Overflow 0x00000008
+ #define DEC_Clamped 0x00000000
+ #define DEC_Rounded 0x00000000
+ #define DEC_Subnormal 0x00000000
+ #define DEC_Underflow 0x00000004
+ #endif
+
+ /* IEEE 754 groupings for the flags */
+ /* [DEC_Clamped, DEC_Lost_digits, DEC_Rounded, and DEC_Subnormal */
+ /* are not in IEEE 754] */
+ #define DEC_IEEE_754_Division_by_zero (DEC_Division_by_zero)
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ #define DEC_IEEE_754_Inexact (DEC_Inexact | DEC_Lost_digits)
+ #else
+ #define DEC_IEEE_754_Inexact (DEC_Inexact)
+ #endif
+ #define DEC_IEEE_754_Invalid_operation (DEC_Conversion_syntax | \
+ DEC_Division_impossible | \
+ DEC_Division_undefined | \
+ DEC_Insufficient_storage | \
+ DEC_Invalid_context | \
+ DEC_Invalid_operation)
+ #define DEC_IEEE_754_Overflow (DEC_Overflow)
+ #define DEC_IEEE_754_Underflow (DEC_Underflow)
+
+ /* flags which are normally errors (result is qNaN, infinite, or 0) */
+ #define DEC_Errors (DEC_IEEE_754_Division_by_zero | \
+ DEC_IEEE_754_Invalid_operation | \
+ DEC_IEEE_754_Overflow | DEC_IEEE_754_Underflow)
+ /* flags which cause a result to become qNaN */
+ #define DEC_NaNs DEC_IEEE_754_Invalid_operation
+
+ /* flags which are normally for information only (finite results) */
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ #define DEC_Information (DEC_Clamped | DEC_Rounded | DEC_Inexact \
+ | DEC_Lost_digits)
+ #else
+ #define DEC_Information (DEC_Clamped | DEC_Rounded | DEC_Inexact)
+ #endif
+
+ /* IEEE 854 names (for compatibility with older decNumber versions) */
+ #define DEC_IEEE_854_Division_by_zero DEC_IEEE_754_Division_by_zero
+ #define DEC_IEEE_854_Inexact DEC_IEEE_754_Inexact
+ #define DEC_IEEE_854_Invalid_operation DEC_IEEE_754_Invalid_operation
+ #define DEC_IEEE_854_Overflow DEC_IEEE_754_Overflow
+ #define DEC_IEEE_854_Underflow DEC_IEEE_754_Underflow
+
+ /* Name strings for the exceptional conditions */
+ #define DEC_Condition_CS "Conversion syntax"
+ #define DEC_Condition_DZ "Division by zero"
+ #define DEC_Condition_DI "Division impossible"
+ #define DEC_Condition_DU "Division undefined"
+ #define DEC_Condition_IE "Inexact"
+ #define DEC_Condition_IS "Insufficient storage"
+ #define DEC_Condition_IC "Invalid context"
+ #define DEC_Condition_IO "Invalid operation"
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ #define DEC_Condition_LD "Lost digits"
+ #endif
+ #define DEC_Condition_OV "Overflow"
+ #define DEC_Condition_PA "Clamped"
+ #define DEC_Condition_RO "Rounded"
+ #define DEC_Condition_SU "Subnormal"
+ #define DEC_Condition_UN "Underflow"
+ #define DEC_Condition_ZE "No status"
+ #define DEC_Condition_MU "Multiple status"
+ #define DEC_Condition_Length 21 /* length of the longest string, */
+ /* including terminator */
+
+ /* Initialization descriptors, used by decContextDefault */
+ #define DEC_INIT_BASE 0
+ #define DEC_INIT_DECIMAL32 32
+ #define DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64 64
+ #define DEC_INIT_DECIMAL128 128
+ /* Synonyms */
+ #define DEC_INIT_DECSINGLE DEC_INIT_DECIMAL32
+ #define DEC_INIT_DECDOUBLE DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64
+ #define DEC_INIT_DECQUAD DEC_INIT_DECIMAL128
+
+ /* decContext routines */
+ extern decContext * decContextClearStatus(decContext *, uint32_t);
+ extern decContext * decContextDefault(decContext *, int32_t);
+ extern enum rounding decContextGetRounding(decContext *);
+ extern uint32_t decContextGetStatus(decContext *);
+ extern decContext * decContextRestoreStatus(decContext *, uint32_t, uint32_t);
+ extern uint32_t decContextSaveStatus(decContext *, uint32_t);
+ extern decContext * decContextSetRounding(decContext *, enum rounding);
+ extern decContext * decContextSetStatus(decContext *, uint32_t);
+ extern decContext * decContextSetStatusFromString(decContext *, const char *);
+ extern decContext * decContextSetStatusFromStringQuiet(decContext *, const char *);
+ extern decContext * decContextSetStatusQuiet(decContext *, uint32_t);
+ extern const char * decContextStatusToString(const decContext *);
+ extern int32_t decContextTestEndian(uint8_t);
+ extern uint32_t decContextTestSavedStatus(uint32_t, uint32_t);
+ extern uint32_t decContextTestStatus(decContext *, uint32_t);
+ extern decContext * decContextZeroStatus(decContext *);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.c b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19230b89576 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.c @@ -0,0 +1,8141 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Decimal Number arithmetic module */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Copyright (c) IBM Corporation, 2000, 2009. All rights reserved. */
+/* */
+/* This software is made available under the terms of the */
+/* ICU License -- ICU 1.8.1 and later. */
+/* */
+/* The description and User's Guide ("The decNumber C Library") for */
+/* this software is called decNumber.pdf. This document is */
+/* available, together with arithmetic and format specifications, */
+/* testcases, and Web links, on the General Decimal Arithmetic page. */
+/* */
+/* Please send comments, suggestions, and corrections to the author: */
+/* mfc@uk.ibm.com */
+/* Mike Cowlishaw, IBM Fellow */
+/* IBM UK, PO Box 31, Birmingham Road, Warwick CV34 5JL, UK */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This module comprises the routines for arbitrary-precision General */
+/* Decimal Arithmetic as defined in the specification which may be */
+/* found on the General Decimal Arithmetic pages. It implements both */
+/* the full ('extended') arithmetic and the simpler ('subset') */
+/* arithmetic. */
+/* */
+/* Usage notes: */
+/* */
+/* 1. This code is ANSI C89 except: */
+/* */
+/* a) C99 line comments (double forward slash) are used. (Most C */
+/* compilers accept these. If yours does not, a simple script */
+/* can be used to convert them to ANSI C comments.) */
+/* */
+/* b) Types from C99 stdint.h are used. If you do not have this */
+/* header file, see the User's Guide section of the decNumber */
+/* documentation; this lists the necessary definitions. */
+/* */
+/* c) If DECDPUN>4 or DECUSE64=1, the C99 64-bit int64_t and */
+/* uint64_t types may be used. To avoid these, set DECUSE64=0 */
+/* and DECDPUN<=4 (see documentation). */
+/* */
+/* The code also conforms to C99 restrictions; in particular, */
+/* strict aliasing rules are observed. */
+/* */
+/* 2. The decNumber format which this library uses is optimized for */
+/* efficient processing of relatively short numbers; in particular */
+/* it allows the use of fixed sized structures and minimizes copy */
+/* and move operations. It does, however, support arbitrary */
+/* precision (up to 999,999,999 digits) and arbitrary exponent */
+/* range (Emax in the range 0 through 999,999,999 and Emin in the */
+/* range -999,999,999 through 0). Mathematical functions (for */
+/* example decNumberExp) as identified below are restricted more */
+/* tightly: digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be <= */
+/* DEC_MAX_MATH (999999), and their operand(s) must be within */
+/* these bounds. */
+/* */
+/* 3. Logical functions are further restricted; their operands must */
+/* be finite, positive, have an exponent of zero, and all digits */
+/* must be either 0 or 1. The result will only contain digits */
+/* which are 0 or 1 (and will have exponent=0 and a sign of 0). */
+/* */
+/* 4. Operands to operator functions are never modified unless they */
+/* are also specified to be the result number (which is always */
+/* permitted). Other than that case, operands must not overlap. */
+/* */
+/* 5. Error handling: the type of the error is ORed into the status */
+/* flags in the current context (decContext structure). The */
+/* SIGFPE signal is then raised if the corresponding trap-enabler */
+/* flag in the decContext is set (is 1). */
+/* */
+/* It is the responsibility of the caller to clear the status */
+/* flags as required. */
+/* */
+/* The result of any routine which returns a number will always */
+/* be a valid number (which may be a special value, such as an */
+/* Infinity or NaN). */
+/* */
+/* 6. The decNumber format is not an exchangeable concrete */
+/* representation as it comprises fields which may be machine- */
+/* dependent (packed or unpacked, or special length, for example). */
+/* Canonical conversions to and from strings are provided; other */
+/* conversions are available in separate modules. */
+/* */
+/* 7. Normally, input operands are assumed to be valid. Set DECCHECK */
+/* to 1 for extended operand checking (including NULL operands). */
+/* Results are undefined if a badly-formed structure (or a NULL */
+/* pointer to a structure) is provided, though with DECCHECK */
+/* enabled the operator routines are protected against exceptions. */
+/* (Except if the result pointer is NULL, which is unrecoverable.) */
+/* */
+/* However, the routines will never cause exceptions if they are */
+/* given well-formed operands, even if the value of the operands */
+/* is inappropriate for the operation and DECCHECK is not set. */
+/* (Except for SIGFPE, as and where documented.) */
+/* */
+/* 8. Subset arithmetic is available only if DECSUBSET is set to 1. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Implementation notes for maintenance of this module: */
+/* */
+/* 1. Storage leak protection: Routines which use malloc are not */
+/* permitted to use return for fastpath or error exits (i.e., */
+/* they follow strict structured programming conventions). */
+/* Instead they have a do{}while(0); construct surrounding the */
+/* code which is protected -- break may be used to exit this. */
+/* Other routines can safely use the return statement inline. */
+/* */
+/* Storage leak accounting can be enabled using DECALLOC. */
+/* */
+/* 2. All loops use the for(;;) construct. Any do construct does */
+/* not loop; it is for allocation protection as just described. */
+/* */
+/* 3. Setting status in the context must always be the very last */
+/* action in a routine, as non-0 status may raise a trap and hence */
+/* the call to set status may not return (if the handler uses long */
+/* jump). Therefore all cleanup must be done first. In general, */
+/* to achieve this status is accumulated and is only applied just */
+/* before return by calling decContextSetStatus (via decStatus). */
+/* */
+/* Routines which allocate storage cannot, in general, use the */
+/* 'top level' routines which could cause a non-returning */
+/* transfer of control. The decXxxxOp routines are safe (do not */
+/* call decStatus even if traps are set in the context) and should */
+/* be used instead (they are also a little faster). */
+/* */
+/* 4. Exponent checking is minimized by allowing the exponent to */
+/* grow outside its limits during calculations, provided that */
+/* the decFinalize function is called later. Multiplication and */
+/* division, and intermediate calculations in exponentiation, */
+/* require more careful checks because of the risk of 31-bit */
+/* overflow (the most negative valid exponent is -1999999997, for */
+/* a 999999999-digit number with adjusted exponent of -999999999). */
+/* */
+/* 5. Rounding is deferred until finalization of results, with any */
+/* 'off to the right' data being represented as a single digit */
+/* residue (in the range -1 through 9). This avoids any double- */
+/* rounding when more than one shortening takes place (for */
+/* example, when a result is subnormal). */
+/* */
+/* 6. The digits count is allowed to rise to a multiple of DECDPUN */
+/* during many operations, so whole Units are handled and exact */
+/* accounting of digits is not needed. The correct digits value */
+/* is found by decGetDigits, which accounts for leading zeros. */
+/* This must be called before any rounding if the number of digits */
+/* is not known exactly. */
+/* */
+/* 7. The multiply-by-reciprocal 'trick' is used for partitioning */
+/* numbers up to four digits, using appropriate constants. This */
+/* is not useful for longer numbers because overflow of 32 bits */
+/* would lead to 4 multiplies, which is almost as expensive as */
+/* a divide (unless a floating-point or 64-bit multiply is */
+/* assumed to be available). */
+/* */
+/* 8. Unusual abbreviations that may be used in the commentary: */
+/* lhs -- left hand side (operand, of an operation) */
+/* lsd -- least significant digit (of coefficient) */
+/* lsu -- least significant Unit (of coefficient) */
+/* msd -- most significant digit (of coefficient) */
+/* msi -- most significant item (in an array) */
+/* msu -- most significant Unit (of coefficient) */
+/* rhs -- right hand side (operand, of an operation) */
+/* +ve -- positive */
+/* -ve -- negative */
+/* ** -- raise to the power */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h> // for malloc, free, etc.
+#include <stdio.h> // for printf [if needed]
+#include <string.h> // for strcpy
+#include <ctype.h> // for lower
+#include "decNumber.h" // base number library
+#include "decNumberLocal.h" // decNumber local types, etc.
+
+/* Constants */
+// Public lookup table used by the D2U macro
+const uByte d2utable[DECMAXD2U+1]=D2UTABLE;
+
+#define DECVERB 1 // set to 1 for verbose DECCHECK
+#define powers DECPOWERS // old internal name
+
+// Local constants
+#define DIVIDE 0x80 // Divide operators
+#define REMAINDER 0x40 // ..
+#define DIVIDEINT 0x20 // ..
+#define REMNEAR 0x10 // ..
+#define COMPARE 0x01 // Compare operators
+#define COMPMAX 0x02 // ..
+#define COMPMIN 0x03 // ..
+#define COMPTOTAL 0x04 // ..
+#define COMPNAN 0x05 // .. [NaN processing]
+#define COMPSIG 0x06 // .. [signaling COMPARE]
+#define COMPMAXMAG 0x07 // ..
+#define COMPMINMAG 0x08 // ..
+
+#define DEC_sNaN 0x40000000 // local status: sNaN signal
+#define BADINT (Int)0x80000000 // most-negative Int; error indicator
+// Next two indicate an integer >= 10**6, and its parity (bottom bit)
+#define BIGEVEN (Int)0x80000002
+#define BIGODD (Int)0x80000003
+
+static Unit uarrone[1]={1}; // Unit array of 1, used for incrementing
+
+/* Granularity-dependent code */
+#if DECDPUN<=4
+ #define eInt Int // extended integer
+ #define ueInt uInt // unsigned extended integer
+ // Constant multipliers for divide-by-power-of five using reciprocal
+ // multiply, after removing powers of 2 by shifting, and final shift
+ // of 17 [we only need up to **4]
+ static const uInt multies[]={131073, 26215, 5243, 1049, 210};
+ // QUOT10 -- macro to return the quotient of unit u divided by 10**n
+ #define QUOT10(u, n) ((((uInt)(u)>>(n))*multies[n])>>17)
+#else
+ // For DECDPUN>4 non-ANSI-89 64-bit types are needed.
+ #if !DECUSE64
+ #error decNumber.c: DECUSE64 must be 1 when DECDPUN>4
+ #endif
+ #define eInt Long // extended integer
+ #define ueInt uLong // unsigned extended integer
+#endif
+
+/* Local routines */
+static decNumber * decAddOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ decContext *, uByte, uInt *);
+static Flag decBiStr(const char *, const char *, const char *);
+static uInt decCheckMath(const decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
+static void decApplyRound(decNumber *, decContext *, Int, uInt *);
+static Int decCompare(const decNumber *lhs, const decNumber *rhs, Flag);
+static decNumber * decCompareOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ const decNumber *, decContext *,
+ Flag, uInt *);
+static void decCopyFit(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *,
+ Int *, uInt *);
+static decNumber * decDecap(decNumber *, Int);
+static decNumber * decDivideOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ const decNumber *, decContext *, Flag, uInt *);
+static decNumber * decExpOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ decContext *, uInt *);
+static void decFinalize(decNumber *, decContext *, Int *, uInt *);
+static Int decGetDigits(Unit *, Int);
+static Int decGetInt(const decNumber *);
+static decNumber * decLnOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ decContext *, uInt *);
+static decNumber * decMultiplyOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ const decNumber *, decContext *,
+ uInt *);
+static decNumber * decNaNs(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ const decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
+static decNumber * decQuantizeOp(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ const decNumber *, decContext *, Flag,
+ uInt *);
+static void decReverse(Unit *, Unit *);
+static void decSetCoeff(decNumber *, decContext *, const Unit *,
+ Int, Int *, uInt *);
+static void decSetMaxValue(decNumber *, decContext *);
+static void decSetOverflow(decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
+static void decSetSubnormal(decNumber *, decContext *, Int *, uInt *);
+static Int decShiftToLeast(Unit *, Int, Int);
+static Int decShiftToMost(Unit *, Int, Int);
+static void decStatus(decNumber *, uInt, decContext *);
+static void decToString(const decNumber *, char[], Flag);
+static decNumber * decTrim(decNumber *, decContext *, Flag, Flag, Int *);
+static Int decUnitAddSub(const Unit *, Int, const Unit *, Int, Int,
+ Unit *, Int);
+static Int decUnitCompare(const Unit *, Int, const Unit *, Int, Int);
+
+#if !DECSUBSET
+/* decFinish == decFinalize when no subset arithmetic needed */
+#define decFinish(a,b,c,d) decFinalize(a,b,c,d)
+#else
+static void decFinish(decNumber *, decContext *, Int *, uInt *);
+static decNumber * decRoundOperand(const decNumber *, decContext *, uInt *);
+#endif
+
+/* Local macros */
+// masked special-values bits
+#define SPECIALARG (rhs->bits & DECSPECIAL)
+#define SPECIALARGS ((lhs->bits | rhs->bits) & DECSPECIAL)
+
+/* Diagnostic macros, etc. */
+#if DECALLOC
+// Handle malloc/free accounting. If enabled, our accountable routines
+// are used; otherwise the code just goes straight to the system malloc
+// and free routines.
+#define malloc(a) decMalloc(a)
+#define free(a) decFree(a)
+#define DECFENCE 0x5a // corruption detector
+// 'Our' malloc and free:
+static void *decMalloc(size_t);
+static void decFree(void *);
+uInt decAllocBytes=0; // count of bytes allocated
+// Note that DECALLOC code only checks for storage buffer overflow.
+// To check for memory leaks, the decAllocBytes variable must be
+// checked to be 0 at appropriate times (e.g., after the test
+// harness completes a set of tests). This checking may be unreliable
+// if the testing is done in a multi-thread environment.
+#endif
+
+#if DECCHECK
+// Optional checking routines. Enabling these means that decNumber
+// and decContext operands to operator routines are checked for
+// correctness. This roughly doubles the execution time of the
+// fastest routines (and adds 600+ bytes), so should not normally be
+// used in 'production'.
+// decCheckInexact is used to check that inexact results have a full
+// complement of digits (where appropriate -- this is not the case
+// for Quantize, for example)
+#define DECUNRESU ((decNumber *)(void *)0xffffffff)
+#define DECUNUSED ((const decNumber *)(void *)0xffffffff)
+#define DECUNCONT ((decContext *)(void *)(0xffffffff))
+static Flag decCheckOperands(decNumber *, const decNumber *,
+ const decNumber *, decContext *);
+static Flag decCheckNumber(const decNumber *);
+static void decCheckInexact(const decNumber *, decContext *);
+#endif
+
+#if DECTRACE || DECCHECK
+// Optional trace/debugging routines (may or may not be used)
+void decNumberShow(const decNumber *); // displays the components of a number
+static void decDumpAr(char, const Unit *, Int);
+#endif
+
+/* ================================================================== */
+/* Conversions */
+/* ================================================================== */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* from-int32 -- conversion from Int or uInt */
+/* */
+/* dn is the decNumber to receive the integer */
+/* in or uin is the integer to be converted */
+/* returns dn */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberFromInt32(decNumber *dn, Int in) {
+ uInt unsig;
+ if (in>=0) unsig=in;
+ else { // negative (possibly BADINT)
+ if (in==BADINT) unsig=(uInt)1073741824*2; // special case
+ else unsig=-in; // invert
+ }
+ // in is now positive
+ decNumberFromUInt32(dn, unsig);
+ if (in<0) dn->bits=DECNEG; // sign needed
+ return dn;
+ } // decNumberFromInt32
+
+decNumber * decNumberFromUInt32(decNumber *dn, uInt uin) {
+ Unit *up; // work pointer
+ decNumberZero(dn); // clean
+ if (uin==0) return dn; // [or decGetDigits bad call]
+ for (up=dn->lsu; uin>0; up++) {
+ *up=(Unit)(uin%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ uin=uin/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
+ }
+ dn->digits=decGetDigits(dn->lsu, up-dn->lsu);
+ return dn;
+ } // decNumberFromUInt32
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* to-int32 -- conversion to Int or uInt */
+/* */
+/* dn is the decNumber to convert */
+/* set is the context for reporting errors */
+/* returns the converted decNumber, or 0 if Invalid is set */
+/* */
+/* Invalid is set if the decNumber does not have exponent==0 or if */
+/* it is a NaN, Infinite, or out-of-range. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+Int decNumberToInt32(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
+ #endif
+
+ // special or too many digits, or bad exponent
+ if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL || dn->digits>10 || dn->exponent!=0) ; // bad
+ else { // is a finite integer with 10 or fewer digits
+ Int d; // work
+ const Unit *up; // ..
+ uInt hi=0, lo; // ..
+ up=dn->lsu; // -> lsu
+ lo=*up; // get 1 to 9 digits
+ #if DECDPUN>1 // split to higher
+ hi=lo/10;
+ lo=lo%10;
+ #endif
+ up++;
+ // collect remaining Units, if any, into hi
+ for (d=DECDPUN; d<dn->digits; up++, d+=DECDPUN) hi+=*up*powers[d-1];
+ // now low has the lsd, hi the remainder
+ if (hi>214748364 || (hi==214748364 && lo>7)) { // out of range?
+ // most-negative is a reprieve
+ if (dn->bits&DECNEG && hi==214748364 && lo==8) return 0x80000000;
+ // bad -- drop through
+ }
+ else { // in-range always
+ Int i=X10(hi)+lo;
+ if (dn->bits&DECNEG) return -i;
+ return i;
+ }
+ } // integer
+ decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation); // [may not return]
+ return 0;
+ } // decNumberToInt32
+
+uInt decNumberToUInt32(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
+ #endif
+ // special or too many digits, or bad exponent, or negative (<0)
+ if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL || dn->digits>10 || dn->exponent!=0
+ || (dn->bits&DECNEG && !ISZERO(dn))); // bad
+ else { // is a finite integer with 10 or fewer digits
+ Int d; // work
+ const Unit *up; // ..
+ uInt hi=0, lo; // ..
+ up=dn->lsu; // -> lsu
+ lo=*up; // get 1 to 9 digits
+ #if DECDPUN>1 // split to higher
+ hi=lo/10;
+ lo=lo%10;
+ #endif
+ up++;
+ // collect remaining Units, if any, into hi
+ for (d=DECDPUN; d<dn->digits; up++, d+=DECDPUN) hi+=*up*powers[d-1];
+
+ // now low has the lsd, hi the remainder
+ if (hi>429496729 || (hi==429496729 && lo>5)) ; // no reprieve possible
+ else return X10(hi)+lo;
+ } // integer
+ decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation); // [may not return]
+ return 0;
+ } // decNumberToUInt32
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* to-scientific-string -- conversion to numeric string */
+/* to-engineering-string -- conversion to numeric string */
+/* */
+/* decNumberToString(dn, string); */
+/* decNumberToEngString(dn, string); */
+/* */
+/* dn is the decNumber to convert */
+/* string is the string where the result will be laid out */
+/* */
+/* string must be at least dn->digits+14 characters long */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible, and no status can be set. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+char * decNumberToString(const decNumber *dn, char *string){
+ decToString(dn, string, 0);
+ return string;
+ } // DecNumberToString
+
+char * decNumberToEngString(const decNumber *dn, char *string){
+ decToString(dn, string, 1);
+ return string;
+ } // DecNumberToEngString
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* to-number -- conversion from numeric string */
+/* */
+/* decNumberFromString -- convert string to decNumber */
+/* dn -- the number structure to fill */
+/* chars[] -- the string to convert ('\0' terminated) */
+/* set -- the context used for processing any error, */
+/* determining the maximum precision available */
+/* (set.digits), determining the maximum and minimum */
+/* exponent (set.emax and set.emin), determining if */
+/* extended values are allowed, and checking the */
+/* rounding mode if overflow occurs or rounding is */
+/* needed. */
+/* */
+/* The length of the coefficient and the size of the exponent are */
+/* checked by this routine, so the correct error (Underflow or */
+/* Overflow) can be reported or rounding applied, as necessary. */
+/* */
+/* If bad syntax is detected, the result will be a quiet NaN. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberFromString(decNumber *dn, const char chars[],
+ decContext *set) {
+ Int exponent=0; // working exponent [assume 0]
+ uByte bits=0; // working flags [assume +ve]
+ Unit *res; // where result will be built
+ Unit resbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER+9)];// local buffer in case need temporary
+ // [+9 allows for ln() constants]
+ Unit *allocres=NULL; // -> allocated result, iff allocated
+ Int d=0; // count of digits found in decimal part
+ const char *dotchar=NULL; // where dot was found
+ const char *cfirst=chars; // -> first character of decimal part
+ const char *last=NULL; // -> last digit of decimal part
+ const char *c; // work
+ Unit *up; // ..
+ #if DECDPUN>1
+ Int cut, out; // ..
+ #endif
+ Int residue; // rounding residue
+ uInt status=0; // error code
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, DECUNUSED, set))
+ return decNumberZero(dn);
+ #endif
+
+ do { // status & malloc protection
+ for (c=chars;; c++) { // -> input character
+ if (*c>='0' && *c<='9') { // test for Arabic digit
+ last=c;
+ d++; // count of real digits
+ continue; // still in decimal part
+ }
+ if (*c=='.' && dotchar==NULL) { // first '.'
+ dotchar=c; // record offset into decimal part
+ if (c==cfirst) cfirst++; // first digit must follow
+ continue;}
+ if (c==chars) { // first in string...
+ if (*c=='-') { // valid - sign
+ cfirst++;
+ bits=DECNEG;
+ continue;}
+ if (*c=='+') { // valid + sign
+ cfirst++;
+ continue;}
+ }
+ // *c is not a digit, or a valid +, -, or '.'
+ break;
+ } // c
+
+ if (last==NULL) { // no digits yet
+ status=DEC_Conversion_syntax;// assume the worst
+ if (*c=='\0') break; // and no more to come...
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ // if subset then infinities and NaNs are not allowed
+ if (!set->extended) break; // hopeless
+ #endif
+ // Infinities and NaNs are possible, here
+ if (dotchar!=NULL) break; // .. unless had a dot
+ decNumberZero(dn); // be optimistic
+ if (decBiStr(c, "infinity", "INFINITY")
+ || decBiStr(c, "inf", "INF")) {
+ dn->bits=bits | DECINF;
+ status=0; // is OK
+ break; // all done
+ }
+ // a NaN expected
+ // 2003.09.10 NaNs are now permitted to have a sign
+ dn->bits=bits | DECNAN; // assume simple NaN
+ if (*c=='s' || *c=='S') { // looks like an sNaN
+ c++;
+ dn->bits=bits | DECSNAN;
+ }
+ if (*c!='n' && *c!='N') break; // check caseless "NaN"
+ c++;
+ if (*c!='a' && *c!='A') break; // ..
+ c++;
+ if (*c!='n' && *c!='N') break; // ..
+ c++;
+ // now either nothing, or nnnn payload, expected
+ // -> start of integer and skip leading 0s [including plain 0]
+ for (cfirst=c; *cfirst=='0';) cfirst++;
+ if (*cfirst=='\0') { // "NaN" or "sNaN", maybe with all 0s
+ status=0; // it's good
+ break; // ..
+ }
+ // something other than 0s; setup last and d as usual [no dots]
+ for (c=cfirst;; c++, d++) {
+ if (*c<'0' || *c>'9') break; // test for Arabic digit
+ last=c;
+ }
+ if (*c!='\0') break; // not all digits
+ if (d>set->digits-1) {
+ // [NB: payload in a decNumber can be full length unless
+ // clamped, in which case can only be digits-1]
+ if (set->clamp) break;
+ if (d>set->digits) break;
+ } // too many digits?
+ // good; drop through to convert the integer to coefficient
+ status=0; // syntax is OK
+ bits=dn->bits; // for copy-back
+ } // last==NULL
+
+ else if (*c!='\0') { // more to process...
+ // had some digits; exponent is only valid sequence now
+ Flag nege; // 1=negative exponent
+ const char *firstexp; // -> first significant exponent digit
+ status=DEC_Conversion_syntax;// assume the worst
+ if (*c!='e' && *c!='E') break;
+ /* Found 'e' or 'E' -- now process explicit exponent */
+ // 1998.07.11: sign no longer required
+ nege=0;
+ c++; // to (possible) sign
+ if (*c=='-') {nege=1; c++;}
+ else if (*c=='+') c++;
+ if (*c=='\0') break;
+
+ for (; *c=='0' && *(c+1)!='\0';) c++; // strip insignificant zeros
+ firstexp=c; // save exponent digit place
+ for (; ;c++) {
+ if (*c<'0' || *c>'9') break; // not a digit
+ exponent=X10(exponent)+(Int)*c-(Int)'0';
+ } // c
+ // if not now on a '\0', *c must not be a digit
+ if (*c!='\0') break;
+
+ // (this next test must be after the syntax checks)
+ // if it was too long the exponent may have wrapped, so check
+ // carefully and set it to a certain overflow if wrap possible
+ if (c>=firstexp+9+1) {
+ if (c>firstexp+9+1 || *firstexp>'1') exponent=DECNUMMAXE*2;
+ // [up to 1999999999 is OK, for example 1E-1000000998]
+ }
+ if (nege) exponent=-exponent; // was negative
+ status=0; // is OK
+ } // stuff after digits
+
+ // Here when whole string has been inspected; syntax is good
+ // cfirst->first digit (never dot), last->last digit (ditto)
+
+ // strip leading zeros/dot [leave final 0 if all 0's]
+ if (*cfirst=='0') { // [cfirst has stepped over .]
+ for (c=cfirst; c<last; c++, cfirst++) {
+ if (*c=='.') continue; // ignore dots
+ if (*c!='0') break; // non-zero found
+ d--; // 0 stripped
+ } // c
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ // make a rapid exit for easy zeros if !extended
+ if (*cfirst=='0' && !set->extended) {
+ decNumberZero(dn); // clean result
+ break; // [could be return]
+ }
+ #endif
+ } // at least one leading 0
+
+ // Handle decimal point...
+ if (dotchar!=NULL && dotchar<last) // non-trailing '.' found?
+ exponent-=(last-dotchar); // adjust exponent
+ // [we can now ignore the .]
+
+ // OK, the digits string is good. Assemble in the decNumber, or in
+ // a temporary units array if rounding is needed
+ if (d<=set->digits) res=dn->lsu; // fits into supplied decNumber
+ else { // rounding needed
+ Int needbytes=D2U(d)*sizeof(Unit);// bytes needed
+ res=resbuff; // assume use local buffer
+ if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(resbuff)) { // too big for local
+ allocres=(Unit *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocres==NULL) {status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; break;}
+ res=allocres;
+ }
+ }
+ // res now -> number lsu, buffer, or allocated storage for Unit array
+
+ // Place the coefficient into the selected Unit array
+ // [this is often 70% of the cost of this function when DECDPUN>1]
+ #if DECDPUN>1
+ out=0; // accumulator
+ up=res+D2U(d)-1; // -> msu
+ cut=d-(up-res)*DECDPUN; // digits in top unit
+ for (c=cfirst;; c++) { // along the digits
+ if (*c=='.') continue; // ignore '.' [don't decrement cut]
+ out=X10(out)+(Int)*c-(Int)'0';
+ if (c==last) break; // done [never get to trailing '.']
+ cut--;
+ if (cut>0) continue; // more for this unit
+ *up=(Unit)out; // write unit
+ up--; // prepare for unit below..
+ cut=DECDPUN; // ..
+ out=0; // ..
+ } // c
+ *up=(Unit)out; // write lsu
+
+ #else
+ // DECDPUN==1
+ up=res; // -> lsu
+ for (c=last; c>=cfirst; c--) { // over each character, from least
+ if (*c=='.') continue; // ignore . [don't step up]
+ *up=(Unit)((Int)*c-(Int)'0');
+ up++;
+ } // c
+ #endif
+
+ dn->bits=bits;
+ dn->exponent=exponent;
+ dn->digits=d;
+
+ // if not in number (too long) shorten into the number
+ if (d>set->digits) {
+ residue=0;
+ decSetCoeff(dn, set, res, d, &residue, &status);
+ // always check for overflow or subnormal and round as needed
+ decFinalize(dn, set, &residue, &status);
+ }
+ else { // no rounding, but may still have overflow or subnormal
+ // [these tests are just for performance; finalize repeats them]
+ if ((dn->exponent-1<set->emin-dn->digits)
+ || (dn->exponent-1>set->emax-set->digits)) {
+ residue=0;
+ decFinalize(dn, set, &residue, &status);
+ }
+ }
+ // decNumberShow(dn);
+ } while(0); // [for break]
+
+ if (allocres!=NULL) free(allocres); // drop any storage used
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(dn, status, set);
+ return dn;
+ } /* decNumberFromString */
+
+/* ================================================================== */
+/* Operators */
+/* ================================================================== */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberAbs -- absolute value operator */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = abs(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* See also decNumberCopyAbs for a quiet bitwise version of this. */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This has the same effect as decNumberPlus unless A is negative, */
+/* in which case it has the same effect as decNumberMinus. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberAbs(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decNumber dzero; // for 0
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ decNumberZero(&dzero); // set 0
+ dzero.exponent=rhs->exponent; // [no coefficient expansion]
+ decAddOp(res, &dzero, rhs, set, (uByte)(rhs->bits & DECNEG), &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberAbs
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberAdd -- add two Numbers */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A + B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X+X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This just calls the routine shared with Subtract */
+decNumber * decNumberAdd(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decAddOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, 0, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberAdd
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberAnd -- AND two Numbers, digitwise */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A & B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X&X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context (used for result length and error report) */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberAnd(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ const Unit *ua, *ub; // -> operands
+ const Unit *msua, *msub; // -> operand msus
+ Unit *uc, *msuc; // -> result and its msu
+ Int msudigs; // digits in res msu
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ if (lhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) || decNumberIsNegative(lhs)
+ || rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+
+ // operands are valid
+ ua=lhs->lsu; // bottom-up
+ ub=rhs->lsu; // ..
+ uc=res->lsu; // ..
+ msua=ua+D2U(lhs->digits)-1; // -> msu of lhs
+ msub=ub+D2U(rhs->digits)-1; // -> msu of rhs
+ msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1; // -> msu of result
+ msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits); // [faster than remainder]
+ for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, ub++, uc++) { // Unit loop
+ Unit a, b; // extract units
+ if (ua>msua) a=0;
+ else a=*ua;
+ if (ub>msub) b=0;
+ else b=*ub;
+ *uc=0; // can now write back
+ if (a|b) { // maybe 1 bits to examine
+ Int i, j;
+ *uc=0; // can now write back
+ // This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables
+ for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
+ if (a&b&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i]; // effect AND
+ j=a%10;
+ a=a/10;
+ j|=b%10;
+ b=b/10;
+ if (j>1) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+ if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break; // just did final digit
+ } // each digit
+ } // both OK
+ } // each unit
+ // [here uc-1 is the msu of the result]
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
+ res->exponent=0; // integer
+ res->bits=0; // sign=0
+ return res; // [no status to set]
+ } // decNumberAnd
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCompare -- compare two Numbers */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for one digit (or NaN). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCompare(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPARE, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberCompare
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCompareSignal -- compare, signalling on all NaNs */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for one digit (or NaN). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCompareSignal(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPSIG, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberCompareSignal
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCompareTotal -- compare two Numbers, using total ordering */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B, under total ordering */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for one digit; the result will always be one of */
+/* -1, 0, or 1. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCompareTotal(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPTOTAL, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberCompareTotal
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCompareTotalMag -- compare, total ordering of magnitudes */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = |A| ? |B|, under total ordering */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for one digit; the result will always be one of */
+/* -1, 0, or 1. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCompareTotalMag(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ uInt needbytes; // for space calculations
+ decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+1)];// +1 in case DECBUFFER=0
+ decNumber *allocbufa=NULL; // -> allocated bufa, iff allocated
+ decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER+1)];
+ decNumber *allocbufb=NULL; // -> allocated bufb, iff allocated
+ decNumber *a, *b; // temporary pointers
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ // if either is negative, take a copy and absolute
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) { // lhs<0
+ a=bufa;
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(lhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufa==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ a=allocbufa; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ decNumberCopy(a, lhs); // copy content
+ a->bits&=~DECNEG; // .. and clear the sign
+ lhs=a; // use copy from here on
+ }
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) { // rhs<0
+ b=bufb;
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(rhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufb)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufb==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ b=allocbufb; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ decNumberCopy(b, rhs); // copy content
+ b->bits&=~DECNEG; // .. and clear the sign
+ rhs=b; // use copy from here on
+ }
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPTOTAL, &status);
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); // drop any storage used
+ if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb); // ..
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberCompareTotalMag
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberDivide -- divide one number by another */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A / B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X/X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberDivide(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, DIVIDE, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberDivide
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberDivideInteger -- divide and return integer quotient */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A # B, where # is the integer divide operator */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X#X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberDivideInteger(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, DIVIDEINT, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberDivideInteger
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberExp -- exponentiation */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = exp(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* */
+/* Finite results will always be full precision and Inexact, except */
+/* when A is a zero or -Infinity (giving 1 or 0 respectively). */
+/* */
+/* An Inexact result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will */
+/* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in */
+/* error in rare cases. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This is a wrapper for decExpOp which can handle the slightly wider */
+/* (double) range needed by Ln (which has to be able to calculate */
+/* exp(-a) where a can be the tiniest number (Ntiny). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberExp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated
+ #endif
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // Check restrictions; these restrictions ensure that if h=8 (see
+ // decExpOp) then the result will either overflow or underflow to 0.
+ // Other math functions restrict the input range, too, for inverses.
+ // If not violated then carry out the operation.
+ if (!decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) do { // protect allocation
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ decExpOp(res, rhs, set, &status);
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs); // drop any storage used
+ #endif
+ // apply significant status
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberExp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberFMA -- fused multiply add */
+/* */
+/* This computes D = (A * B) + C with only one rounding */
+/* */
+/* res is D, the result. D may be A or B or C (e.g., X=FMA(X,X,X)) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* fhs is C [far hand side] */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberFMA(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, const decNumber *fhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decContext dcmul; // context for the multiplication
+ uInt needbytes; // for space calculations
+ decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+1)];
+ decNumber *allocbufa=NULL; // -> allocated bufa, iff allocated
+ decNumber *acc; // accumulator pointer
+ decNumber dzero; // work
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, fhs, DECUNUSED, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) { // [undefined if subset]
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;}
+ #endif
+ // Check math restrictions [these ensure no overflow or underflow]
+ if ((!decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) && decCheckMath(lhs, set, &status))
+ || (!decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) && decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status))
+ || (!decNumberIsSpecial(fhs) && decCheckMath(fhs, set, &status))) break;
+ // set up context for multiply
+ dcmul=*set;
+ dcmul.digits=lhs->digits+rhs->digits; // just enough
+ // [The above may be an over-estimate for subset arithmetic, but that's OK]
+ dcmul.emax=DEC_MAX_EMAX; // effectively unbounded ..
+ dcmul.emin=DEC_MIN_EMIN; // [thanks to Math restrictions]
+ // set up decNumber space to receive the result of the multiply
+ acc=bufa; // may fit
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(dcmul.digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufa==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ acc=allocbufa; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ // multiply with extended range and necessary precision
+ //printf("emin=%ld\n", dcmul.emin);
+ decMultiplyOp(acc, lhs, rhs, &dcmul, &status);
+ // Only Invalid operation (from sNaN or Inf * 0) is possible in
+ // status; if either is seen than ignore fhs (in case it is
+ // another sNaN) and set acc to NaN unless we had an sNaN
+ // [decMultiplyOp leaves that to caller]
+ // Note sNaN has to go through addOp to shorten payload if
+ // necessary
+ if ((status&DEC_Invalid_operation)!=0) {
+ if (!(status&DEC_sNaN)) { // but be true invalid
+ decNumberZero(res); // acc not yet set
+ res->bits=DECNAN;
+ break;
+ }
+ decNumberZero(&dzero); // make 0 (any non-NaN would do)
+ fhs=&dzero; // use that
+ }
+ #if DECCHECK
+ else { // multiply was OK
+ if (status!=0) printf("Status=%08lx after FMA multiply\n", (LI)status);
+ }
+ #endif
+ // add the third operand and result -> res, and all is done
+ decAddOp(res, acc, fhs, set, 0, &status);
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); // drop any storage used
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberFMA
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberInvert -- invert a Number, digitwise */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = ~A */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A (e.g., X=~X) */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context (used for result length and error report) */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberInvert(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ const Unit *ua, *msua; // -> operand and its msu
+ Unit *uc, *msuc; // -> result and its msu
+ Int msudigs; // digits in res msu
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ if (rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+ // operand is valid
+ ua=rhs->lsu; // bottom-up
+ uc=res->lsu; // ..
+ msua=ua+D2U(rhs->digits)-1; // -> msu of rhs
+ msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1; // -> msu of result
+ msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits); // [faster than remainder]
+ for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, uc++) { // Unit loop
+ Unit a; // extract unit
+ Int i, j; // work
+ if (ua>msua) a=0;
+ else a=*ua;
+ *uc=0; // can now write back
+ // always need to examine all bits in rhs
+ // This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables
+ for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
+ if ((~a)&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i]; // effect INVERT
+ j=a%10;
+ a=a/10;
+ if (j>1) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+ if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break; // just did final digit
+ } // each digit
+ } // each unit
+ // [here uc-1 is the msu of the result]
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
+ res->exponent=0; // integer
+ res->bits=0; // sign=0
+ return res; // [no status to set]
+ } // decNumberInvert
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberLn -- natural logarithm */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = ln(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Notable cases: */
+/* A<0 -> Invalid */
+/* A=0 -> -Infinity (Exact) */
+/* A=+Infinity -> +Infinity (Exact) */
+/* A=1 exactly -> 0 (Exact) */
+/* */
+/* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* */
+/* An Inexact result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will */
+/* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in */
+/* error in rare cases. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This is a wrapper for decLnOp which can handle the slightly wider */
+/* (+11) range needed by Ln, Log10, etc. (which may have to be able */
+/* to calculate at p+e+2). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberLn(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated
+ #endif
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // Check restrictions; this is a math function; if not violated
+ // then carry out the operation.
+ if (!decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) do { // protect allocation
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ // special check in subset for rhs=0
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) { // +/- zeros -> error
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;}
+ } // extended=0
+ #endif
+ decLnOp(res, rhs, set, &status);
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs); // drop any storage used
+ #endif
+ // apply significant status
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberLn
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberLogB - get adjusted exponent, by 754 rules */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = adjustedexponent(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context, used only for digits and status */
+/* */
+/* For an unrounded result, digits may need to be 10 (A might have */
+/* 10**9 digits and an exponent of +999999999, or one digit and an */
+/* exponent of -1999999999). */
+/* */
+/* This returns the adjusted exponent of A after (in theory) padding */
+/* with zeros on the right to set->digits digits while keeping the */
+/* same value. The exponent is not limited by emin/emax. */
+/* */
+/* Notable cases: */
+/* A<0 -> Use |A| */
+/* A=0 -> -Infinity (Division by zero) */
+/* A=Infinite -> +Infinity (Exact) */
+/* A=1 exactly -> 0 (Exact) */
+/* NaNs are propagated as usual */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberLogB(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // NaNs as usual; Infinities return +Infinity; 0->oops
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status);
+ else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) decNumberCopyAbs(res, rhs);
+ else if (decNumberIsZero(rhs)) {
+ decNumberZero(res); // prepare for Infinity
+ res->bits=DECNEG|DECINF; // -Infinity
+ status|=DEC_Division_by_zero; // as per 754
+ }
+ else { // finite non-zero
+ Int ae=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits-1; // adjusted exponent
+ if (set->digits>=10) decNumberFromInt32(res, ae); // lay it out
+ else {
+ decNumber buft[D2N(10)]; // temporary number
+ decNumber *t=buft; // ..
+ decNumberFromInt32(t, ae); // lay it out
+ decNumberPlus(res, t, set); // round as necessary
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberLogB
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberLog10 -- logarithm in base 10 */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = log10(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Notable cases: */
+/* A<0 -> Invalid */
+/* A=0 -> -Infinity (Exact) */
+/* A=+Infinity -> +Infinity (Exact) */
+/* A=10**n (if n is an integer) -> n (Exact) */
+/* */
+/* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* */
+/* An Inexact result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will */
+/* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in */
+/* error in rare cases. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This calculates ln(A)/ln(10) using appropriate precision. For */
+/* ln(A) this is the max(p, rhs->digits + t) + 3, where p is the */
+/* requested digits and t is the number of digits in the exponent */
+/* (maximum 6). For ln(10) it is p + 3; this is often handled by the */
+/* fastpath in decLnOp. The final division is done to the requested */
+/* precision. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberLog10(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0, ignore=0; // status accumulators
+ uInt needbytes; // for space calculations
+ Int p; // working precision
+ Int t; // digits in exponent of A
+
+ // buffers for a and b working decimals
+ // (adjustment calculator, same size)
+ decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
+ decNumber *allocbufa=NULL; // -> allocated bufa, iff allocated
+ decNumber *a=bufa; // temporary a
+ decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
+ decNumber *allocbufb=NULL; // -> allocated bufb, iff allocated
+ decNumber *b=bufb; // temporary b
+ decNumber bufw[D2N(10)]; // working 2-10 digit number
+ decNumber *w=bufw; // ..
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated
+ #endif
+
+ decContext aset; // working context
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // Check restrictions; this is a math function; if not violated
+ // then carry out the operation.
+ if (!decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) do { // protect malloc
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ // special check in subset for rhs=0
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) { // +/- zeros -> error
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;}
+ } // extended=0
+ #endif
+
+ decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64); // clean context
+
+ // handle exact powers of 10; only check if +ve finite
+ if (!(rhs->bits&(DECNEG|DECSPECIAL)) && !ISZERO(rhs)) {
+ Int residue=0; // (no residue)
+ uInt copystat=0; // clean status
+
+ // round to a single digit...
+ aset.digits=1;
+ decCopyFit(w, rhs, &aset, &residue, ©stat); // copy & shorten
+ // if exact and the digit is 1, rhs is a power of 10
+ if (!(copystat&DEC_Inexact) && w->lsu[0]==1) {
+ // the exponent, conveniently, is the power of 10; making
+ // this the result needs a little care as it might not fit,
+ // so first convert it into the working number, and then move
+ // to res
+ decNumberFromInt32(w, w->exponent);
+ residue=0;
+ decCopyFit(res, w, set, &residue, &status); // copy & round
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status); // cleanup/set flags
+ break;
+ } // not a power of 10
+ } // not a candidate for exact
+
+ // simplify the information-content calculation to use 'total
+ // number of digits in a, including exponent' as compared to the
+ // requested digits, as increasing this will only rarely cost an
+ // iteration in ln(a) anyway
+ t=6; // it can never be >6
+
+ // allocate space when needed...
+ p=(rhs->digits+t>set->digits?rhs->digits+t:set->digits)+3;
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufa==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ a=allocbufa; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ aset.digits=p; // as calculated
+ aset.emax=DEC_MAX_MATH; // usual bounds
+ aset.emin=-DEC_MAX_MATH; // ..
+ aset.clamp=0; // and no concrete format
+ decLnOp(a, rhs, &aset, &status); // a=ln(rhs)
+
+ // skip the division if the result so far is infinite, NaN, or
+ // zero, or there was an error; note NaN from sNaN needs copy
+ if (status&DEC_NaNs && !(status&DEC_sNaN)) break;
+ if (a->bits&DECSPECIAL || ISZERO(a)) {
+ decNumberCopy(res, a); // [will fit]
+ break;}
+
+ // for ln(10) an extra 3 digits of precision are needed
+ p=set->digits+3;
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufb)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufb==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ b=allocbufb; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ decNumberZero(w); // set up 10...
+ #if DECDPUN==1
+ w->lsu[1]=1; w->lsu[0]=0; // ..
+ #else
+ w->lsu[0]=10; // ..
+ #endif
+ w->digits=2; // ..
+
+ aset.digits=p;
+ decLnOp(b, w, &aset, &ignore); // b=ln(10)
+
+ aset.digits=set->digits; // for final divide
+ decDivideOp(res, a, b, &aset, DIVIDE, &status); // into result
+ } while(0); // [for break]
+
+ if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); // drop any storage used
+ if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb); // ..
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ // apply significant status
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberLog10
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberMax -- compare two Numbers and return the maximum */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B, returning the maximum by 754 rules */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberMax(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMAX, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberMax
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberMaxMag -- compare and return the maximum by magnitude */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B, returning the maximum by 754 rules */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberMaxMag(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMAXMAG, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberMaxMag
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberMin -- compare two Numbers and return the minimum */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B, returning the minimum by 754 rules */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberMin(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMIN, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberMin
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberMinMag -- compare and return the minimum by magnitude */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B, returning the minimum by 754 rules */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberMinMag(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decCompareOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, COMPMINMAG, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberMinMag
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberMinus -- prefix minus operator */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = 0 - A */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* See also decNumberCopyNegate for a quiet bitwise version of this. */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Simply use AddOp for the subtract, which will do the necessary. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberMinus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decNumber dzero;
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ decNumberZero(&dzero); // make 0
+ dzero.exponent=rhs->exponent; // [no coefficient expansion]
+ decAddOp(res, &dzero, rhs, set, DECNEG, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberMinus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberNextMinus -- next towards -Infinity */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A - infinitesimal, rounded towards -Infinity */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* This is a generalization of 754 NextDown. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberNextMinus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decNumber dtiny; // constant
+ decContext workset=*set; // work
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // +Infinity is the special case
+ if ((rhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==DECINF) {
+ decSetMaxValue(res, set); // is +ve
+ // there is no status to set
+ return res;
+ }
+ decNumberZero(&dtiny); // start with 0
+ dtiny.lsu[0]=1; // make number that is ..
+ dtiny.exponent=DEC_MIN_EMIN-1; // .. smaller than tiniest
+ workset.round=DEC_ROUND_FLOOR;
+ decAddOp(res, rhs, &dtiny, &workset, DECNEG, &status);
+ status&=DEC_Invalid_operation|DEC_sNaN; // only sNaN Invalid please
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberNextMinus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberNextPlus -- next towards +Infinity */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A + infinitesimal, rounded towards +Infinity */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* This is a generalization of 754 NextUp. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberNextPlus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decNumber dtiny; // constant
+ decContext workset=*set; // work
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // -Infinity is the special case
+ if ((rhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==(DECINF|DECNEG)) {
+ decSetMaxValue(res, set);
+ res->bits=DECNEG; // negative
+ // there is no status to set
+ return res;
+ }
+ decNumberZero(&dtiny); // start with 0
+ dtiny.lsu[0]=1; // make number that is ..
+ dtiny.exponent=DEC_MIN_EMIN-1; // .. smaller than tiniest
+ workset.round=DEC_ROUND_CEILING;
+ decAddOp(res, rhs, &dtiny, &workset, 0, &status);
+ status&=DEC_Invalid_operation|DEC_sNaN; // only sNaN Invalid please
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberNextPlus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberNextToward -- next towards rhs */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A +/- infinitesimal, rounded towards */
+/* +/-Infinity in the direction of B, as per 754-1985 nextafter */
+/* modified during revision but dropped from 754-2008. */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A or B. */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* This is a generalization of 754-1985 NextAfter. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberNextToward(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ decNumber dtiny; // constant
+ decContext workset=*set; // work
+ Int result; // ..
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) {
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
+ }
+ else { // Is numeric, so no chance of sNaN Invalid, etc.
+ result=decCompare(lhs, rhs, 0); // sign matters
+ if (result==BADINT) status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; // rare
+ else { // valid compare
+ if (result==0) decNumberCopySign(res, lhs, rhs); // easy
+ else { // differ: need NextPlus or NextMinus
+ uByte sub; // add or subtract
+ if (result<0) { // lhs<rhs, do nextplus
+ // -Infinity is the special case
+ if ((lhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==(DECINF|DECNEG)) {
+ decSetMaxValue(res, set);
+ res->bits=DECNEG; // negative
+ return res; // there is no status to set
+ }
+ workset.round=DEC_ROUND_CEILING;
+ sub=0; // add, please
+ } // plus
+ else { // lhs>rhs, do nextminus
+ // +Infinity is the special case
+ if ((lhs->bits&(DECINF|DECNEG))==DECINF) {
+ decSetMaxValue(res, set);
+ return res; // there is no status to set
+ }
+ workset.round=DEC_ROUND_FLOOR;
+ sub=DECNEG; // subtract, please
+ } // minus
+ decNumberZero(&dtiny); // start with 0
+ dtiny.lsu[0]=1; // make number that is ..
+ dtiny.exponent=DEC_MIN_EMIN-1; // .. smaller than tiniest
+ decAddOp(res, lhs, &dtiny, &workset, sub, &status); // + or -
+ // turn off exceptions if the result is a normal number
+ // (including Nmin), otherwise let all status through
+ if (decNumberIsNormal(res, set)) status=0;
+ } // unequal
+ } // compare OK
+ } // numeric
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberNextToward
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberOr -- OR two Numbers, digitwise */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A | B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X|X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context (used for result length and error report) */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberOr(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ const Unit *ua, *ub; // -> operands
+ const Unit *msua, *msub; // -> operand msus
+ Unit *uc, *msuc; // -> result and its msu
+ Int msudigs; // digits in res msu
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ if (lhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) || decNumberIsNegative(lhs)
+ || rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+ // operands are valid
+ ua=lhs->lsu; // bottom-up
+ ub=rhs->lsu; // ..
+ uc=res->lsu; // ..
+ msua=ua+D2U(lhs->digits)-1; // -> msu of lhs
+ msub=ub+D2U(rhs->digits)-1; // -> msu of rhs
+ msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1; // -> msu of result
+ msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits); // [faster than remainder]
+ for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, ub++, uc++) { // Unit loop
+ Unit a, b; // extract units
+ if (ua>msua) a=0;
+ else a=*ua;
+ if (ub>msub) b=0;
+ else b=*ub;
+ *uc=0; // can now write back
+ if (a|b) { // maybe 1 bits to examine
+ Int i, j;
+ // This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables
+ for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
+ if ((a|b)&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i]; // effect OR
+ j=a%10;
+ a=a/10;
+ j|=b%10;
+ b=b/10;
+ if (j>1) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+ if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break; // just did final digit
+ } // each digit
+ } // non-zero
+ } // each unit
+ // [here uc-1 is the msu of the result]
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
+ res->exponent=0; // integer
+ res->bits=0; // sign=0
+ return res; // [no status to set]
+ } // decNumberOr
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberPlus -- prefix plus operator */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = 0 + A */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* See also decNumberCopy for a quiet bitwise version of this. */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This simply uses AddOp; Add will take fast path after preparing A. */
+/* Performance is a concern here, as this routine is often used to */
+/* check operands and apply rounding and overflow/underflow testing. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberPlus(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decNumber dzero;
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ decNumberZero(&dzero); // make 0
+ dzero.exponent=rhs->exponent; // [no coefficient expansion]
+ decAddOp(res, &dzero, rhs, set, 0, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberPlus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberMultiply -- multiply two Numbers */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A x B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X+X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberMultiply(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decMultiplyOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberMultiply
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberPower -- raise a number to a power */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ** B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X**X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Mathematical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* */
+/* However, if 1999999997<=B<=999999999 and B is an integer then the */
+/* restrictions on A and the context are relaxed to the usual bounds, */
+/* for compatibility with the earlier (integer power only) version */
+/* of this function. */
+/* */
+/* When B is an integer, the result may be exact, even if rounded. */
+/* */
+/* The final result is rounded according to the context; it will */
+/* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in */
+/* error in rare cases. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberPower(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *alloclhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // .., rhs
+ #endif
+ decNumber *allocdac=NULL; // -> allocated acc buffer, iff used
+ decNumber *allocinv=NULL; // -> allocated 1/x buffer, iff used
+ Int reqdigits=set->digits; // requested DIGITS
+ Int n; // rhs in binary
+ Flag rhsint=0; // 1 if rhs is an integer
+ Flag useint=0; // 1 if can use integer calculation
+ Flag isoddint=0; // 1 if rhs is an integer and odd
+ Int i; // work
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ Int dropped; // ..
+ #endif
+ uInt needbytes; // buffer size needed
+ Flag seenbit; // seen a bit while powering
+ Int residue=0; // rounding residue
+ uInt status=0; // accumulators
+ uByte bits=0; // result sign if errors
+ decContext aset; // working context
+ decNumber dnOne; // work value 1...
+ // local accumulator buffer [a decNumber, with digits+elength+1 digits]
+ decNumber dacbuff[D2N(DECBUFFER+9)];
+ decNumber *dac=dacbuff; // -> result accumulator
+ // same again for possible 1/lhs calculation
+ decNumber invbuff[D2N(DECBUFFER+9)];
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) { // reduce operands and set status, as needed
+ if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
+ alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, &status);
+ if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
+ lhs=alloclhs;
+ }
+ if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ // handle NaNs and rhs Infinity (lhs infinity is harder)
+ if (SPECIALARGS) {
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) { // NaNs
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
+ break;}
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) { // rhs Infinity
+ Flag rhsneg=rhs->bits&DECNEG; // save rhs sign
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs) // lhs<0
+ && !decNumberIsZero(lhs)) // ..
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else { // lhs >=0
+ decNumberZero(&dnOne); // set up 1
+ dnOne.lsu[0]=1;
+ decNumberCompare(dac, lhs, &dnOne, set); // lhs ? 1
+ decNumberZero(res); // prepare for 0/1/Infinity
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dac)) { // lhs<1
+ if (rhsneg) res->bits|=DECINF; // +Infinity [else is +0]
+ }
+ else if (dac->lsu[0]==0) { // lhs=1
+ // 1**Infinity is inexact, so return fully-padded 1.0000
+ Int shift=set->digits-1;
+ *res->lsu=1; // was 0, make int 1
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, 1, shift);
+ res->exponent=-shift; // make 1.0000...
+ status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded; // deemed inexact
+ }
+ else { // lhs>1
+ if (!rhsneg) res->bits|=DECINF; // +Infinity [else is +0]
+ }
+ } // lhs>=0
+ break;}
+ // [lhs infinity drops through]
+ } // specials
+
+ // Original rhs may be an integer that fits and is in range
+ n=decGetInt(rhs);
+ if (n!=BADINT) { // it is an integer
+ rhsint=1; // record the fact for 1**n
+ isoddint=(Flag)n&1; // [works even if big]
+ if (n!=BIGEVEN && n!=BIGODD) // can use integer path?
+ useint=1; // looks good
+ }
+
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs) // -x ..
+ && isoddint) bits=DECNEG; // .. to an odd power
+
+ // handle LHS infinity
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) { // [NaNs already handled]
+ uByte rbits=rhs->bits; // save
+ decNumberZero(res); // prepare
+ if (n==0) *res->lsu=1; // [-]Inf**0 => 1
+ else {
+ // -Inf**nonint -> error
+ if (!rhsint && decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) {
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation; // -Inf**nonint is error
+ break;}
+ if (!(rbits & DECNEG)) bits|=DECINF; // was not a **-n
+ // [otherwise will be 0 or -0]
+ res->bits=bits;
+ }
+ break;}
+
+ // similarly handle LHS zero
+ if (decNumberIsZero(lhs)) {
+ if (n==0) { // 0**0 => Error
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) { // [unless subset]
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ *res->lsu=1; // return 1
+ break;}
+ #endif
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ }
+ else { // 0**x
+ uByte rbits=rhs->bits; // save
+ if (rbits & DECNEG) { // was a 0**(-n)
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) { // [bad if subset]
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;}
+ #endif
+ bits|=DECINF;
+ }
+ decNumberZero(res); // prepare
+ // [otherwise will be 0 or -0]
+ res->bits=bits;
+ }
+ break;}
+
+ // here both lhs and rhs are finite; rhs==0 is handled in the
+ // integer path. Next handle the non-integer cases
+ if (!useint) { // non-integral rhs
+ // any -ve lhs is bad, as is either operand or context out of
+ // bounds
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) {
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;}
+ if (decCheckMath(lhs, set, &status)
+ || decCheckMath(rhs, set, &status)) break; // variable status
+
+ decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64); // clean context
+ aset.emax=DEC_MAX_MATH; // usual bounds
+ aset.emin=-DEC_MAX_MATH; // ..
+ aset.clamp=0; // and no concrete format
+
+ // calculate the result using exp(ln(lhs)*rhs), which can
+ // all be done into the accumulator, dac. The precision needed
+ // is enough to contain the full information in the lhs (which
+ // is the total digits, including exponent), or the requested
+ // precision, if larger, + 4; 6 is used for the exponent
+ // maximum length, and this is also used when it is shorter
+ // than the requested digits as it greatly reduces the >0.5 ulp
+ // cases at little cost (because Ln doubles digits each
+ // iteration so a few extra digits rarely causes an extra
+ // iteration)
+ aset.digits=MAXI(lhs->digits, set->digits)+6+4;
+ } // non-integer rhs
+
+ else { // rhs is in-range integer
+ if (n==0) { // x**0 = 1
+ // (0**0 was handled above)
+ decNumberZero(res); // result=1
+ *res->lsu=1; // ..
+ break;}
+ // rhs is a non-zero integer
+ if (n<0) n=-n; // use abs(n)
+
+ aset=*set; // clone the context
+ aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; // internally use balanced
+ // calculate the working DIGITS
+ aset.digits=reqdigits+(rhs->digits+rhs->exponent)+2;
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) aset.digits--; // use classic precision
+ #endif
+ // it's an error if this is more than can be handled
+ if (aset.digits>DECNUMMAXP) {status|=DEC_Invalid_operation; break;}
+ } // integer path
+
+ // aset.digits is the count of digits for the accumulator needed
+ // if accumulator is too long for local storage, then allocate
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(aset.digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ // [needbytes also used below if 1/lhs needed]
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(dacbuff)) {
+ allocdac=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocdac==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ dac=allocdac; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ // here, aset is set up and accumulator is ready for use
+
+ if (!useint) { // non-integral rhs
+ // x ** y; special-case x=1 here as it will otherwise always
+ // reduce to integer 1; decLnOp has a fastpath which detects
+ // the case of x=1
+ decLnOp(dac, lhs, &aset, &status); // dac=ln(lhs)
+ // [no error possible, as lhs 0 already handled]
+ if (ISZERO(dac)) { // x==1, 1.0, etc.
+ // need to return fully-padded 1.0000 etc., but rhsint->1
+ *dac->lsu=1; // was 0, make int 1
+ if (!rhsint) { // add padding
+ Int shift=set->digits-1;
+ dac->digits=decShiftToMost(dac->lsu, 1, shift);
+ dac->exponent=-shift; // make 1.0000...
+ status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded; // deemed inexact
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ decMultiplyOp(dac, dac, rhs, &aset, &status); // dac=dac*rhs
+ decExpOp(dac, dac, &aset, &status); // dac=exp(dac)
+ }
+ // and drop through for final rounding
+ } // non-integer rhs
+
+ else { // carry on with integer
+ decNumberZero(dac); // acc=1
+ *dac->lsu=1; // ..
+
+ // if a negative power the constant 1 is needed, and if not subset
+ // invert the lhs now rather than inverting the result later
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) { // was a **-n [hence digits>0]
+ decNumber *inv=invbuff; // asssume use fixed buffer
+ decNumberCopy(&dnOne, dac); // dnOne=1; [needed now or later]
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (set->extended) { // need to calculate 1/lhs
+ #endif
+ // divide lhs into 1, putting result in dac [dac=1/dac]
+ decDivideOp(dac, &dnOne, lhs, &aset, DIVIDE, &status);
+ // now locate or allocate space for the inverted lhs
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(invbuff)) {
+ allocinv=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocinv==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ inv=allocinv; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ // [inv now points to big-enough buffer or allocated storage]
+ decNumberCopy(inv, dac); // copy the 1/lhs
+ decNumberCopy(dac, &dnOne); // restore acc=1
+ lhs=inv; // .. and go forward with new lhs
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ // Raise-to-the-power loop...
+ seenbit=0; // set once a 1-bit is encountered
+ for (i=1;;i++){ // for each bit [top bit ignored]
+ // abandon if had overflow or terminal underflow
+ if (status & (DEC_Overflow|DEC_Underflow)) { // interesting?
+ if (status&DEC_Overflow || ISZERO(dac)) break;
+ }
+ // [the following two lines revealed an optimizer bug in a C++
+ // compiler, with symptom: 5**3 -> 25, when n=n+n was used]
+ n=n<<1; // move next bit to testable position
+ if (n<0) { // top bit is set
+ seenbit=1; // OK, significant bit seen
+ decMultiplyOp(dac, dac, lhs, &aset, &status); // dac=dac*x
+ }
+ if (i==31) break; // that was the last bit
+ if (!seenbit) continue; // no need to square 1
+ decMultiplyOp(dac, dac, dac, &aset, &status); // dac=dac*dac [square]
+ } /*i*/ // 32 bits
+
+ // complete internal overflow or underflow processing
+ if (status & (DEC_Overflow|DEC_Underflow)) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ // If subset, and power was negative, reverse the kind of -erflow
+ // [1/x not yet done]
+ if (!set->extended && decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ if (status & DEC_Overflow)
+ status^=DEC_Overflow | DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal;
+ else { // trickier -- Underflow may or may not be set
+ status&=~(DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal); // [one or both]
+ status|=DEC_Overflow;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ dac->bits=(dac->bits & ~DECNEG) | bits; // force correct sign
+ // round subnormals [to set.digits rather than aset.digits]
+ // or set overflow result similarly as required
+ decFinalize(dac, set, &residue, &status);
+ decNumberCopy(res, dac); // copy to result (is now OK length)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended && // subset math
+ decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) { // was a **-n [hence digits>0]
+ // so divide result into 1 [dac=1/dac]
+ decDivideOp(dac, &dnOne, dac, &aset, DIVIDE, &status);
+ }
+ #endif
+ } // rhs integer path
+
+ // reduce result to the requested length and copy to result
+ decCopyFit(res, dac, set, &residue, &status);
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status); // final cleanup
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) decTrim(res, set, 0, 1, &dropped); // trailing zeros
+ #endif
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocdac!=NULL) free(allocdac); // drop any storage used
+ if (allocinv!=NULL) free(allocinv); // ..
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs); // ..
+ if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberPower
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberQuantize -- force exponent to requested value */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = op(A, B), where op adjusts the coefficient */
+/* of C (by rounding or shifting) such that the exponent (-scale) */
+/* of C has exponent of B. The numerical value of C will equal A, */
+/* except for the effects of any rounding that occurred. */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A or B */
+/* lhs is A, the number to adjust */
+/* rhs is B, the number with exponent to match */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Unless there is an error or the result is infinite, the exponent */
+/* after the operation is guaranteed to be equal to that of B. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberQuantize(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decQuantizeOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, 1, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberQuantize
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberReduce -- remove trailing zeros */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = 0 + A, and normalizes the result */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+// Previously known as Normalize
+decNumber * decNumberNormalize(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ return decNumberReduce(res, rhs, set);
+ } // decNumberNormalize
+
+decNumber * decNumberReduce(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated
+ #endif
+ uInt status=0; // as usual
+ Int residue=0; // as usual
+ Int dropped; // work
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ // Infinities copy through; NaNs need usual treatment
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) {
+ decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // reduce result to the requested length and copy to result
+ decCopyFit(res, rhs, set, &residue, &status); // copy & round
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status); // cleanup/set flags
+ decTrim(res, set, 1, 0, &dropped); // normalize in place
+ // [may clamp]
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);// then report status
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberReduce
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberRescale -- force exponent to requested value */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = op(A, B), where op adjusts the coefficient */
+/* of C (by rounding or shifting) such that the exponent (-scale) */
+/* of C has the value B. The numerical value of C will equal A, */
+/* except for the effects of any rounding that occurred. */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A or B */
+/* lhs is A, the number to adjust */
+/* rhs is B, the requested exponent */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Unless there is an error or the result is infinite, the exponent */
+/* after the operation is guaranteed to be equal to B. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberRescale(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decQuantizeOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, 0, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberRescale
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberRemainder -- divide and return remainder */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A % B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X%X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberRemainder(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, REMAINDER, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberRemainder
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberRemainderNear -- divide and return remainder from nearest */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A % B, where % is the IEEE remainder operator */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X%X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberRemainderNear(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ decDivideOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, REMNEAR, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberRemainderNear
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberRotate -- rotate the coefficient of a Number left/right */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A rot B (in base ten and rotating set->digits */
+/* digits). */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=XrotX) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B, the number of digits to rotate (-ve to right) */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* The digits of the coefficient of A are rotated to the left (if B */
+/* is positive) or to the right (if B is negative) without adjusting */
+/* the exponent or the sign of A. If lhs->digits is less than */
+/* set->digits the coefficient is padded with zeros on the left */
+/* before the rotate. Any leading zeros in the result are removed */
+/* as usual. */
+/* */
+/* B must be an integer (q=0) and in the range -set->digits through */
+/* +set->digits. */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* NaNs are propagated as usual. Infinities are unaffected (but */
+/* B must be valid). No status is set unless B is invalid or an */
+/* operand is an sNaN. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberRotate(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ Int rotate; // rhs as an Int
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // NaNs propagate as normal
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs))
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
+ // rhs must be an integer
+ else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || rhs->exponent!=0)
+ status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else { // both numeric, rhs is an integer
+ rotate=decGetInt(rhs); // [cannot fail]
+ if (rotate==BADINT // something bad ..
+ || rotate==BIGODD || rotate==BIGEVEN // .. very big ..
+ || abs(rotate)>set->digits) // .. or out of range
+ status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else { // rhs is OK
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs);
+ // convert -ve rotate to equivalent positive rotation
+ if (rotate<0) rotate=set->digits+rotate;
+ if (rotate!=0 && rotate!=set->digits // zero or full rotation
+ && !decNumberIsInfinite(res)) { // lhs was infinite
+ // left-rotate to do; 0 < rotate < set->digits
+ uInt units, shift; // work
+ uInt msudigits; // digits in result msu
+ Unit *msu=res->lsu+D2U(res->digits)-1; // current msu
+ Unit *msumax=res->lsu+D2U(set->digits)-1; // rotation msu
+ for (msu++; msu<=msumax; msu++) *msu=0; // ensure high units=0
+ res->digits=set->digits; // now full-length
+ msudigits=MSUDIGITS(res->digits); // actual digits in msu
+
+ // rotation here is done in-place, in three steps
+ // 1. shift all to least up to one unit to unit-align final
+ // lsd [any digits shifted out are rotated to the left,
+ // abutted to the original msd (which may require split)]
+ //
+ // [if there are no whole units left to rotate, the
+ // rotation is now complete]
+ //
+ // 2. shift to least, from below the split point only, so that
+ // the final msd is in the right place in its Unit [any
+ // digits shifted out will fit exactly in the current msu,
+ // left aligned, no split required]
+ //
+ // 3. rotate all the units by reversing left part, right
+ // part, and then whole
+ //
+ // example: rotate right 8 digits (2 units + 2), DECDPUN=3.
+ //
+ // start: 00a bcd efg hij klm npq
+ //
+ // 1a 000 0ab cde fgh|ijk lmn [pq saved]
+ // 1b 00p qab cde fgh|ijk lmn
+ //
+ // 2a 00p qab cde fgh|00i jkl [mn saved]
+ // 2b mnp qab cde fgh|00i jkl
+ //
+ // 3a fgh cde qab mnp|00i jkl
+ // 3b fgh cde qab mnp|jkl 00i
+ // 3c 00i jkl mnp qab cde fgh
+
+ // Step 1: amount to shift is the partial right-rotate count
+ rotate=set->digits-rotate; // make it right-rotate
+ units=rotate/DECDPUN; // whole units to rotate
+ shift=rotate%DECDPUN; // left-over digits count
+ if (shift>0) { // not an exact number of units
+ uInt save=res->lsu[0]%powers[shift]; // save low digit(s)
+ decShiftToLeast(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits), shift);
+ if (shift>msudigits) { // msumax-1 needs >0 digits
+ uInt rem=save%powers[shift-msudigits];// split save
+ *msumax=(Unit)(save/powers[shift-msudigits]); // and insert
+ *(msumax-1)=*(msumax-1)
+ +(Unit)(rem*powers[DECDPUN-(shift-msudigits)]); // ..
+ }
+ else { // all fits in msumax
+ *msumax=*msumax+(Unit)(save*powers[msudigits-shift]); // [maybe *1]
+ }
+ } // digits shift needed
+
+ // If whole units to rotate...
+ if (units>0) { // some to do
+ // Step 2: the units to touch are the whole ones in rotate,
+ // if any, and the shift is DECDPUN-msudigits (which may be
+ // 0, again)
+ shift=DECDPUN-msudigits;
+ if (shift>0) { // not an exact number of units
+ uInt save=res->lsu[0]%powers[shift]; // save low digit(s)
+ decShiftToLeast(res->lsu, units, shift);
+ *msumax=*msumax+(Unit)(save*powers[msudigits]);
+ } // partial shift needed
+
+ // Step 3: rotate the units array using triple reverse
+ // (reversing is easy and fast)
+ decReverse(res->lsu+units, msumax); // left part
+ decReverse(res->lsu, res->lsu+units-1); // right part
+ decReverse(res->lsu, msumax); // whole
+ } // whole units to rotate
+ // the rotation may have left an undetermined number of zeros
+ // on the left, so true length needs to be calculated
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, msumax-res->lsu+1);
+ } // rotate needed
+ } // rhs OK
+ } // numerics
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberRotate
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberSameQuantum -- test for equal exponents */
+/* */
+/* res is the result number, which will contain either 0 or 1 */
+/* lhs is a number to test */
+/* rhs is the second (usually a pattern) */
+/* */
+/* No errors are possible and no context is needed. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberSameQuantum(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs) {
+ Unit ret=0; // return value
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ if (SPECIALARGS) {
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) && decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) ret=1;
+ else if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs) && decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) ret=1;
+ // [anything else with a special gives 0]
+ }
+ else if (lhs->exponent==rhs->exponent) ret=1;
+
+ decNumberZero(res); // OK to overwrite an operand now
+ *res->lsu=ret;
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberSameQuantum
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberScaleB -- multiply by a power of 10 */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A x 10**B where B is an integer (q=0) with */
+/* maximum magnitude 2*(emax+digits) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A or B */
+/* lhs is A, the number to adjust */
+/* rhs is B, the requested power of ten to use */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* The result may underflow or overflow. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberScaleB(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ Int reqexp; // requested exponent change [B]
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ Int residue; // work
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // Handle special values except lhs infinite
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs))
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
+ // rhs must be an integer
+ else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || rhs->exponent!=0)
+ status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else {
+ // lhs is a number; rhs is a finite with q==0
+ reqexp=decGetInt(rhs); // [cannot fail]
+ // maximum range is larger than getInt can handle, so this is
+ // more restrictive than the specification
+ if (reqexp==BADINT // something bad ..
+ || reqexp==BIGODD || reqexp==BIGEVEN // it was huge
+ || (abs(reqexp)+1)/2>(set->digits+set->emax)) // .. or out of range
+ status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else { // rhs is OK
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // all done if infinite lhs
+ if (!decNumberIsInfinite(res)) { // prepare to scale
+ Int exp=res->exponent; // save for overflow test
+ res->exponent+=reqexp; // adjust the exponent
+ if (((exp^reqexp)>=0) // same sign ...
+ && ((exp^res->exponent)<0)) { // .. but result had different
+ // the calculation overflowed, so force right treatment
+ if (exp<0) res->exponent=DEC_MIN_EMIN-DEC_MAX_DIGITS;
+ else res->exponent=DEC_MAX_EMAX+1;
+ }
+ residue=0;
+ decFinalize(res, set, &residue, &status); // final check
+ } // finite LHS
+ } // rhs OK
+ } // rhs finite
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberScaleB
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberShift -- shift the coefficient of a Number left or right */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A << B or C = A >> -B (in base ten). */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X<<X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B, the number of digits to shift (-ve to right) */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* The digits of the coefficient of A are shifted to the left (if B */
+/* is positive) or to the right (if B is negative) without adjusting */
+/* the exponent or the sign of A. */
+/* */
+/* B must be an integer (q=0) and in the range -set->digits through */
+/* +set->digits. */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* NaNs are propagated as usual. Infinities are unaffected (but */
+/* B must be valid). No status is set unless B is invalid or an */
+/* operand is an sNaN. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberShift(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+ Int shift; // rhs as an Int
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // NaNs propagate as normal
+ if (decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || decNumberIsNaN(rhs))
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, &status);
+ // rhs must be an integer
+ else if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || rhs->exponent!=0)
+ status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else { // both numeric, rhs is an integer
+ shift=decGetInt(rhs); // [cannot fail]
+ if (shift==BADINT // something bad ..
+ || shift==BIGODD || shift==BIGEVEN // .. very big ..
+ || abs(shift)>set->digits) // .. or out of range
+ status=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else { // rhs is OK
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs);
+ if (shift!=0 && !decNumberIsInfinite(res)) { // something to do
+ if (shift>0) { // to left
+ if (shift==set->digits) { // removing all
+ *res->lsu=0; // so place 0
+ res->digits=1; // ..
+ }
+ else { //
+ // first remove leading digits if necessary
+ if (res->digits+shift>set->digits) {
+ decDecap(res, res->digits+shift-set->digits);
+ // that updated res->digits; may have gone to 1 (for a
+ // single digit or for zero
+ }
+ if (res->digits>1 || *res->lsu) // if non-zero..
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, shift);
+ } // partial left
+ } // left
+ else { // to right
+ if (-shift>=res->digits) { // discarding all
+ *res->lsu=0; // so place 0
+ res->digits=1; // ..
+ }
+ else {
+ decShiftToLeast(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits), -shift);
+ res->digits-=(-shift);
+ }
+ } // to right
+ } // non-0 non-Inf shift
+ } // rhs OK
+ } // numerics
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberShift
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberSquareRoot -- square root operator */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = squareroot(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This uses the following varying-precision algorithm in: */
+/* */
+/* Properly Rounded Variable Precision Square Root, T. E. Hull and */
+/* A. Abrham, ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, Vol 11 #3, */
+/* pp229-237, ACM, September 1985. */
+/* */
+/* The square-root is calculated using Newton's method, after which */
+/* a check is made to ensure the result is correctly rounded. */
+/* */
+/* % [Reformatted original Numerical Turing source code follows.] */
+/* function sqrt(x : real) : real */
+/* % sqrt(x) returns the properly rounded approximation to the square */
+/* % root of x, in the precision of the calling environment, or it */
+/* % fails if x < 0. */
+/* % t e hull and a abrham, august, 1984 */
+/* if x <= 0 then */
+/* if x < 0 then */
+/* assert false */
+/* else */
+/* result 0 */
+/* end if */
+/* end if */
+/* var f := setexp(x, 0) % fraction part of x [0.1 <= x < 1] */
+/* var e := getexp(x) % exponent part of x */
+/* var approx : real */
+/* if e mod 2 = 0 then */
+/* approx := .259 + .819 * f % approx to root of f */
+/* else */
+/* f := f/l0 % adjustments */
+/* e := e + 1 % for odd */
+/* approx := .0819 + 2.59 * f % exponent */
+/* end if */
+/* */
+/* var p:= 3 */
+/* const maxp := currentprecision + 2 */
+/* loop */
+/* p := min(2*p - 2, maxp) % p = 4,6,10, . . . , maxp */
+/* precision p */
+/* approx := .5 * (approx + f/approx) */
+/* exit when p = maxp */
+/* end loop */
+/* */
+/* % approx is now within 1 ulp of the properly rounded square root */
+/* % of f; to ensure proper rounding, compare squares of (approx - */
+/* % l/2 ulp) and (approx + l/2 ulp) with f. */
+/* p := currentprecision */
+/* begin */
+/* precision p + 2 */
+/* const approxsubhalf := approx - setexp(.5, -p) */
+/* if mulru(approxsubhalf, approxsubhalf) > f then */
+/* approx := approx - setexp(.l, -p + 1) */
+/* else */
+/* const approxaddhalf := approx + setexp(.5, -p) */
+/* if mulrd(approxaddhalf, approxaddhalf) < f then */
+/* approx := approx + setexp(.l, -p + 1) */
+/* end if */
+/* end if */
+/* end */
+/* result setexp(approx, e div 2) % fix exponent */
+/* end sqrt */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberSquareRoot(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decContext workset, approxset; // work contexts
+ decNumber dzero; // used for constant zero
+ Int maxp; // largest working precision
+ Int workp; // working precision
+ Int residue=0; // rounding residue
+ uInt status=0, ignore=0; // status accumulators
+ uInt rstatus; // ..
+ Int exp; // working exponent
+ Int ideal; // ideal (preferred) exponent
+ Int needbytes; // work
+ Int dropped; // ..
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded rhs allocated
+ #endif
+ // buffer for f [needs +1 in case DECBUFFER 0]
+ decNumber buff[D2N(DECBUFFER+1)];
+ // buffer for a [needs +2 to match likely maxp]
+ decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
+ // buffer for temporary, b [must be same size as a]
+ decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER+2)];
+ decNumber *allocbuff=NULL; // -> allocated buff, iff allocated
+ decNumber *allocbufa=NULL; // -> allocated bufa, iff allocated
+ decNumber *allocbufb=NULL; // -> allocated bufb, iff allocated
+ decNumber *f=buff; // reduced fraction
+ decNumber *a=bufa; // approximation to result
+ decNumber *b=bufb; // intermediate result
+ // buffer for temporary variable, up to 3 digits
+ decNumber buft[D2N(3)];
+ decNumber *t=buft; // up-to-3-digit constant or work
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operand and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, &status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ // [Note: 'f' allocation below could reuse this buffer if
+ // used, but as this is rare they are kept separate for clarity.]
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ // handle infinities and NaNs
+ if (SPECIALARG) {
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) { // an infinity
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else decNumberCopy(res, rhs); // +Infinity
+ }
+ else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status); // a NaN
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // calculate the ideal (preferred) exponent [floor(exp/2)]
+ // [It would be nicer to write: ideal=rhs->exponent>>1, but this
+ // generates a compiler warning. Generated code is the same.]
+ ideal=(rhs->exponent&~1)/2; // target
+
+ // handle zeros
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) {
+ decNumberCopy(res, rhs); // could be 0 or -0
+ res->exponent=ideal; // use the ideal [safe]
+ // use decFinish to clamp any out-of-range exponent, etc.
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, &status);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // any other -x is an oops
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // space is needed for three working variables
+ // f -- the same precision as the RHS, reduced to 0.01->0.99...
+ // a -- Hull's approximation -- precision, when assigned, is
+ // currentprecision+1 or the input argument precision,
+ // whichever is larger (+2 for use as temporary)
+ // b -- intermediate temporary result (same size as a)
+ // if any is too long for local storage, then allocate
+ workp=MAXI(set->digits+1, rhs->digits); // actual rounding precision
+ workp=MAXI(workp, 7); // at least 7 for low cases
+ maxp=workp+2; // largest working precision
+
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(rhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(buff)) {
+ allocbuff=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbuff==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ f=allocbuff; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ // a and b both need to be able to hold a maxp-length number
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(maxp)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(bufa)) { // [same applies to b]
+ allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufa==NULL || allocbufb==NULL) { // hopeless
+ status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ a=allocbufa; // use the allocated spaces
+ b=allocbufb; // ..
+ }
+
+ // copy rhs -> f, save exponent, and reduce so 0.1 <= f < 1
+ decNumberCopy(f, rhs);
+ exp=f->exponent+f->digits; // adjusted to Hull rules
+ f->exponent=-(f->digits); // to range
+
+ // set up working context
+ decContextDefault(&workset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64);
+ workset.emax=DEC_MAX_EMAX;
+ workset.emin=DEC_MIN_EMIN;
+
+ // [Until further notice, no error is possible and status bits
+ // (Rounded, etc.) should be ignored, not accumulated.]
+
+ // Calculate initial approximation, and allow for odd exponent
+ workset.digits=workp; // p for initial calculation
+ t->bits=0; t->digits=3;
+ a->bits=0; a->digits=3;
+ if ((exp & 1)==0) { // even exponent
+ // Set t=0.259, a=0.819
+ t->exponent=-3;
+ a->exponent=-3;
+ #if DECDPUN>=3
+ t->lsu[0]=259;
+ a->lsu[0]=819;
+ #elif DECDPUN==2
+ t->lsu[0]=59; t->lsu[1]=2;
+ a->lsu[0]=19; a->lsu[1]=8;
+ #else
+ t->lsu[0]=9; t->lsu[1]=5; t->lsu[2]=2;
+ a->lsu[0]=9; a->lsu[1]=1; a->lsu[2]=8;
+ #endif
+ }
+ else { // odd exponent
+ // Set t=0.0819, a=2.59
+ f->exponent--; // f=f/10
+ exp++; // e=e+1
+ t->exponent=-4;
+ a->exponent=-2;
+ #if DECDPUN>=3
+ t->lsu[0]=819;
+ a->lsu[0]=259;
+ #elif DECDPUN==2
+ t->lsu[0]=19; t->lsu[1]=8;
+ a->lsu[0]=59; a->lsu[1]=2;
+ #else
+ t->lsu[0]=9; t->lsu[1]=1; t->lsu[2]=8;
+ a->lsu[0]=9; a->lsu[1]=5; a->lsu[2]=2;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ decMultiplyOp(a, a, f, &workset, &ignore); // a=a*f
+ decAddOp(a, a, t, &workset, 0, &ignore); // ..+t
+ // [a is now the initial approximation for sqrt(f), calculated with
+ // currentprecision, which is also a's precision.]
+
+ // the main calculation loop
+ decNumberZero(&dzero); // make 0
+ decNumberZero(t); // set t = 0.5
+ t->lsu[0]=5; // ..
+ t->exponent=-1; // ..
+ workset.digits=3; // initial p
+ for (; workset.digits<maxp;) {
+ // set p to min(2*p - 2, maxp) [hence 3; or: 4, 6, 10, ... , maxp]
+ workset.digits=MINI(workset.digits*2-2, maxp);
+ // a = 0.5 * (a + f/a)
+ // [calculated at p then rounded to currentprecision]
+ decDivideOp(b, f, a, &workset, DIVIDE, &ignore); // b=f/a
+ decAddOp(b, b, a, &workset, 0, &ignore); // b=b+a
+ decMultiplyOp(a, b, t, &workset, &ignore); // a=b*0.5
+ } // loop
+
+ // Here, 0.1 <= a < 1 [Hull], and a has maxp digits
+ // now reduce to length, etc.; this needs to be done with a
+ // having the correct exponent so as to handle subnormals
+ // correctly
+ approxset=*set; // get emin, emax, etc.
+ approxset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;
+ a->exponent+=exp/2; // set correct exponent
+ rstatus=0; // clear status
+ residue=0; // .. and accumulator
+ decCopyFit(a, a, &approxset, &residue, &rstatus); // reduce (if needed)
+ decFinish(a, &approxset, &residue, &rstatus); // clean and finalize
+
+ // Overflow was possible if the input exponent was out-of-range,
+ // in which case quit
+ if (rstatus&DEC_Overflow) {
+ status=rstatus; // use the status as-is
+ decNumberCopy(res, a); // copy to result
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Preserve status except Inexact/Rounded
+ status|=(rstatus & ~(DEC_Rounded|DEC_Inexact));
+
+ // Carry out the Hull correction
+ a->exponent-=exp/2; // back to 0.1->1
+
+ // a is now at final precision and within 1 ulp of the properly
+ // rounded square root of f; to ensure proper rounding, compare
+ // squares of (a - l/2 ulp) and (a + l/2 ulp) with f.
+ // Here workset.digits=maxp and t=0.5, and a->digits determines
+ // the ulp
+ workset.digits--; // maxp-1 is OK now
+ t->exponent=-a->digits-1; // make 0.5 ulp
+ decAddOp(b, a, t, &workset, DECNEG, &ignore); // b = a - 0.5 ulp
+ workset.round=DEC_ROUND_UP;
+ decMultiplyOp(b, b, b, &workset, &ignore); // b = mulru(b, b)
+ decCompareOp(b, f, b, &workset, COMPARE, &ignore); // b ? f, reversed
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(b)) { // f < b [i.e., b > f]
+ // this is the more common adjustment, though both are rare
+ t->exponent++; // make 1.0 ulp
+ t->lsu[0]=1; // ..
+ decAddOp(a, a, t, &workset, DECNEG, &ignore); // a = a - 1 ulp
+ // assign to approx [round to length]
+ approxset.emin-=exp/2; // adjust to match a
+ approxset.emax-=exp/2;
+ decAddOp(a, &dzero, a, &approxset, 0, &ignore);
+ }
+ else {
+ decAddOp(b, a, t, &workset, 0, &ignore); // b = a + 0.5 ulp
+ workset.round=DEC_ROUND_DOWN;
+ decMultiplyOp(b, b, b, &workset, &ignore); // b = mulrd(b, b)
+ decCompareOp(b, b, f, &workset, COMPARE, &ignore); // b ? f
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(b)) { // b < f
+ t->exponent++; // make 1.0 ulp
+ t->lsu[0]=1; // ..
+ decAddOp(a, a, t, &workset, 0, &ignore); // a = a + 1 ulp
+ // assign to approx [round to length]
+ approxset.emin-=exp/2; // adjust to match a
+ approxset.emax-=exp/2;
+ decAddOp(a, &dzero, a, &approxset, 0, &ignore);
+ }
+ }
+ // [no errors are possible in the above, and rounding/inexact during
+ // estimation are irrelevant, so status was not accumulated]
+
+ // Here, 0.1 <= a < 1 (still), so adjust back
+ a->exponent+=exp/2; // set correct exponent
+
+ // count droppable zeros [after any subnormal rounding] by
+ // trimming a copy
+ decNumberCopy(b, a);
+ decTrim(b, set, 1, 1, &dropped); // [drops trailing zeros]
+
+ // Set Inexact and Rounded. The answer can only be exact if
+ // it is short enough so that squaring it could fit in workp
+ // digits, so this is the only (relatively rare) condition that
+ // a careful check is needed
+ if (b->digits*2-1 > workp) { // cannot fit
+ status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded;
+ }
+ else { // could be exact/unrounded
+ uInt mstatus=0; // local status
+ decMultiplyOp(b, b, b, &workset, &mstatus); // try the multiply
+ if (mstatus&DEC_Overflow) { // result just won't fit
+ status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded;
+ }
+ else { // plausible
+ decCompareOp(t, b, rhs, &workset, COMPARE, &mstatus); // b ? rhs
+ if (!ISZERO(t)) status|=DEC_Inexact|DEC_Rounded; // not equal
+ else { // is Exact
+ // here, dropped is the count of trailing zeros in 'a'
+ // use closest exponent to ideal...
+ Int todrop=ideal-a->exponent; // most that can be dropped
+ if (todrop<0) status|=DEC_Rounded; // ideally would add 0s
+ else { // unrounded
+ // there are some to drop, but emax may not allow all
+ Int maxexp=set->emax-set->digits+1;
+ Int maxdrop=maxexp-a->exponent;
+ if (todrop>maxdrop && set->clamp) { // apply clamping
+ todrop=maxdrop;
+ status|=DEC_Clamped;
+ }
+ if (dropped<todrop) { // clamp to those available
+ todrop=dropped;
+ status|=DEC_Clamped;
+ }
+ if (todrop>0) { // have some to drop
+ decShiftToLeast(a->lsu, D2U(a->digits), todrop);
+ a->exponent+=todrop; // maintain numerical value
+ a->digits-=todrop; // new length
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // double-check Underflow, as perhaps the result could not have
+ // been subnormal (initial argument too big), or it is now Exact
+ if (status&DEC_Underflow) {
+ Int ae=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits-1; // adjusted exponent
+ // check if truly subnormal
+ #if DECEXTFLAG // DEC_Subnormal too
+ if (ae>=set->emin*2) status&=~(DEC_Subnormal|DEC_Underflow);
+ #else
+ if (ae>=set->emin*2) status&=~DEC_Underflow;
+ #endif
+ // check if truly inexact
+ if (!(status&DEC_Inexact)) status&=~DEC_Underflow;
+ }
+
+ decNumberCopy(res, a); // a is now the result
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocbuff!=NULL) free(allocbuff); // drop any storage used
+ if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); // ..
+ if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb); // ..
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);// then report status
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberSquareRoot
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberSubtract -- subtract two Numbers */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A - B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X-X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberSubtract(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+
+ decAddOp(res, lhs, rhs, set, DECNEG, &status);
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ #if DECCHECK
+ decCheckInexact(res, set);
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberSubtract
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberToIntegralExact -- round-to-integral-value with InExact */
+/* decNumberToIntegralValue -- round-to-integral-value */
+/* */
+/* res is the result */
+/* rhs is input number */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* res must have space for any value of rhs. */
+/* */
+/* This implements the IEEE special operators and therefore treats */
+/* special values as valid. For finite numbers it returns */
+/* rescale(rhs, 0) if rhs->exponent is <0. */
+/* Otherwise the result is rhs (so no error is possible, except for */
+/* sNaN). */
+/* */
+/* The context is used for rounding mode and status after sNaN, but */
+/* the digits setting is ignored. The Exact version will signal */
+/* Inexact if the result differs numerically from rhs; the other */
+/* never signals Inexact. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberToIntegralExact(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decNumber dn;
+ decContext workset; // working context
+ uInt status=0; // accumulator
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // handle infinities and NaNs
+ if (SPECIALARG) {
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) decNumberCopy(res, rhs); // an Infinity
+ else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, &status); // a NaN
+ }
+ else { // finite
+ // have a finite number; no error possible (res must be big enough)
+ if (rhs->exponent>=0) return decNumberCopy(res, rhs);
+ // that was easy, but if negative exponent there is work to do...
+ workset=*set; // clone rounding, etc.
+ workset.digits=rhs->digits; // no length rounding
+ workset.traps=0; // no traps
+ decNumberZero(&dn); // make a number with exponent 0
+ decNumberQuantize(res, rhs, &dn, &workset);
+ status|=workset.status;
+ }
+ if (status!=0) decStatus(res, status, set);
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberToIntegralExact
+
+decNumber * decNumberToIntegralValue(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set) {
+ decContext workset=*set; // working context
+ workset.traps=0; // no traps
+ decNumberToIntegralExact(res, rhs, &workset);
+ // this never affects set, except for sNaNs; NaN will have been set
+ // or propagated already, so no need to call decStatus
+ set->status|=workset.status&DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberToIntegralValue
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberXor -- XOR two Numbers, digitwise */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ^ B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X^X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context (used for result length and error report) */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Logical function restrictions apply (see above); a NaN is */
+/* returned with Invalid_operation if a restriction is violated. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberXor(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ const Unit *ua, *ub; // -> operands
+ const Unit *msua, *msub; // -> operand msus
+ Unit *uc, *msuc; // -> result and its msu
+ Int msudigs; // digits in res msu
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ if (lhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(lhs) || decNumberIsNegative(lhs)
+ || rhs->exponent!=0 || decNumberIsSpecial(rhs) || decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+ // operands are valid
+ ua=lhs->lsu; // bottom-up
+ ub=rhs->lsu; // ..
+ uc=res->lsu; // ..
+ msua=ua+D2U(lhs->digits)-1; // -> msu of lhs
+ msub=ub+D2U(rhs->digits)-1; // -> msu of rhs
+ msuc=uc+D2U(set->digits)-1; // -> msu of result
+ msudigs=MSUDIGITS(set->digits); // [faster than remainder]
+ for (; uc<=msuc; ua++, ub++, uc++) { // Unit loop
+ Unit a, b; // extract units
+ if (ua>msua) a=0;
+ else a=*ua;
+ if (ub>msub) b=0;
+ else b=*ub;
+ *uc=0; // can now write back
+ if (a|b) { // maybe 1 bits to examine
+ Int i, j;
+ // This loop could be unrolled and/or use BIN2BCD tables
+ for (i=0; i<DECDPUN; i++) {
+ if ((a^b)&1) *uc=*uc+(Unit)powers[i]; // effect XOR
+ j=a%10;
+ a=a/10;
+ j|=b%10;
+ b=b/10;
+ if (j>1) {
+ decStatus(res, DEC_Invalid_operation, set);
+ return res;
+ }
+ if (uc==msuc && i==msudigs-1) break; // just did final digit
+ } // each digit
+ } // non-zero
+ } // each unit
+ // [here uc-1 is the msu of the result]
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, uc-res->lsu);
+ res->exponent=0; // integer
+ res->bits=0; // sign=0
+ return res; // [no status to set]
+ } // decNumberXor
+
+
+/* ================================================================== */
+/* Utility routines */
+/* ================================================================== */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberClass -- return the decClass of a decNumber */
+/* dn -- the decNumber to test */
+/* set -- the context to use for Emin */
+/* returns the decClass enum */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+enum decClass decNumberClass(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
+ if (decNumberIsSpecial(dn)) {
+ if (decNumberIsQNaN(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_QNAN;
+ if (decNumberIsSNaN(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_SNAN;
+ // must be an infinity
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_INF;
+ return DEC_CLASS_POS_INF;
+ }
+ // is finite
+ if (decNumberIsNormal(dn, set)) { // most common
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_NORMAL;
+ return DEC_CLASS_POS_NORMAL;
+ }
+ // is subnormal or zero
+ if (decNumberIsZero(dn)) { // most common
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_ZERO;
+ return DEC_CLASS_POS_ZERO;
+ }
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) return DEC_CLASS_NEG_SUBNORMAL;
+ return DEC_CLASS_POS_SUBNORMAL;
+ } // decNumberClass
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberClassToString -- convert decClass to a string */
+/* */
+/* eclass is a valid decClass */
+/* returns a constant string describing the class (max 13+1 chars) */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+const char *decNumberClassToString(enum decClass eclass) {
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_NORMAL) return DEC_ClassString_PN;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_NORMAL) return DEC_ClassString_NN;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_ZERO) return DEC_ClassString_PZ;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_ZERO) return DEC_ClassString_NZ;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_SUBNORMAL) return DEC_ClassString_PS;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_SUBNORMAL) return DEC_ClassString_NS;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_POS_INF) return DEC_ClassString_PI;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_NEG_INF) return DEC_ClassString_NI;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_QNAN) return DEC_ClassString_QN;
+ if (eclass==DEC_CLASS_SNAN) return DEC_ClassString_SN;
+ return DEC_ClassString_UN; // Unknown
+ } // decNumberClassToString
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCopy -- copy a number */
+/* */
+/* dest is the target decNumber */
+/* src is the source decNumber */
+/* returns dest */
+/* */
+/* (dest==src is allowed and is a no-op) */
+/* All fields are updated as required. This is a utility operation, */
+/* so special values are unchanged and no error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCopy(decNumber *dest, const decNumber *src) {
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (src==NULL) return decNumberZero(dest);
+ #endif
+
+ if (dest==src) return dest; // no copy required
+
+ // Use explicit assignments here as structure assignment could copy
+ // more than just the lsu (for small DECDPUN). This would not affect
+ // the value of the results, but could disturb test harness spill
+ // checking.
+ dest->bits=src->bits;
+ dest->exponent=src->exponent;
+ dest->digits=src->digits;
+ dest->lsu[0]=src->lsu[0];
+ if (src->digits>DECDPUN) { // more Units to come
+ const Unit *smsup, *s; // work
+ Unit *d; // ..
+ // memcpy for the remaining Units would be safe as they cannot
+ // overlap. However, this explicit loop is faster in short cases.
+ d=dest->lsu+1; // -> first destination
+ smsup=src->lsu+D2U(src->digits); // -> source msu+1
+ for (s=src->lsu+1; s<smsup; s++, d++) *d=*s;
+ }
+ return dest;
+ } // decNumberCopy
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCopyAbs -- quiet absolute value operator */
+/* */
+/* This sets C = abs(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* No exception or error can occur; this is a quiet bitwise operation.*/
+/* See also decNumberAbs for a checking version of this. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCopyAbs(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs) {
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
+ #endif
+ decNumberCopy(res, rhs);
+ res->bits&=~DECNEG; // turn off sign
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberCopyAbs
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCopyNegate -- quiet negate value operator */
+/* */
+/* This sets C = negate(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* No exception or error can occur; this is a quiet bitwise operation.*/
+/* See also decNumberMinus for a checking version of this. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCopyNegate(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs) {
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
+ #endif
+ decNumberCopy(res, rhs);
+ res->bits^=DECNEG; // invert the sign
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberCopyNegate
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberCopySign -- quiet copy and set sign operator */
+/* */
+/* This sets C = A with the sign of B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* No exception or error can occur; this is a quiet bitwise operation.*/
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberCopySign(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs) {
+ uByte sign; // rhs sign
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, DECUNCONT)) return res;
+ #endif
+ sign=rhs->bits & DECNEG; // save sign bit
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs);
+ res->bits&=~DECNEG; // clear the sign
+ res->bits|=sign; // set from rhs
+ return res;
+ } // decNumberCopySign
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberGetBCD -- get the coefficient in BCD8 */
+/* dn is the source decNumber */
+/* bcd is the uInt array that will receive dn->digits BCD bytes, */
+/* most-significant at offset 0 */
+/* returns bcd */
+/* */
+/* bcd must have at least dn->digits bytes. No error is possible; if */
+/* dn is a NaN or Infinite, digits must be 1 and the coefficient 0. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+uByte * decNumberGetBCD(const decNumber *dn, uByte *bcd) {
+ uByte *ub=bcd+dn->digits-1; // -> lsd
+ const Unit *up=dn->lsu; // Unit pointer, -> lsu
+
+ #if DECDPUN==1 // trivial simple copy
+ for (; ub>=bcd; ub--, up++) *ub=*up;
+ #else // chopping needed
+ uInt u=*up; // work
+ uInt cut=DECDPUN; // downcounter through unit
+ for (; ub>=bcd; ub--) {
+ *ub=(uByte)(u%10); // [*6554 trick inhibits, here]
+ u=u/10;
+ cut--;
+ if (cut>0) continue; // more in this unit
+ up++;
+ u=*up;
+ cut=DECDPUN;
+ }
+ #endif
+ return bcd;
+ } // decNumberGetBCD
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberSetBCD -- set (replace) the coefficient from BCD8 */
+/* dn is the target decNumber */
+/* bcd is the uInt array that will source n BCD bytes, most- */
+/* significant at offset 0 */
+/* n is the number of digits in the source BCD array (bcd) */
+/* returns dn */
+/* */
+/* dn must have space for at least n digits. No error is possible; */
+/* if dn is a NaN, or Infinite, or is to become a zero, n must be 1 */
+/* and bcd[0] zero. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberSetBCD(decNumber *dn, const uByte *bcd, uInt n) {
+ Unit *up=dn->lsu+D2U(dn->digits)-1; // -> msu [target pointer]
+ const uByte *ub=bcd; // -> source msd
+
+ #if DECDPUN==1 // trivial simple copy
+ for (; ub<bcd+n; ub++, up--) *up=*ub;
+ #else // some assembly needed
+ // calculate how many digits in msu, and hence first cut
+ Int cut=MSUDIGITS(n); // [faster than remainder]
+ for (;up>=dn->lsu; up--) { // each Unit from msu
+ *up=0; // will take <=DECDPUN digits
+ for (; cut>0; ub++, cut--) *up=X10(*up)+*ub;
+ cut=DECDPUN; // next Unit has all digits
+ }
+ #endif
+ dn->digits=n; // set digit count
+ return dn;
+ } // decNumberSetBCD
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberIsNormal -- test normality of a decNumber */
+/* dn is the decNumber to test */
+/* set is the context to use for Emin */
+/* returns 1 if |dn| is finite and >=Nmin, 0 otherwise */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+Int decNumberIsNormal(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
+ Int ae; // adjusted exponent
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
+ #endif
+
+ if (decNumberIsSpecial(dn)) return 0; // not finite
+ if (decNumberIsZero(dn)) return 0; // not non-zero
+
+ ae=dn->exponent+dn->digits-1; // adjusted exponent
+ if (ae<set->emin) return 0; // is subnormal
+ return 1;
+ } // decNumberIsNormal
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberIsSubnormal -- test subnormality of a decNumber */
+/* dn is the decNumber to test */
+/* set is the context to use for Emin */
+/* returns 1 if |dn| is finite, non-zero, and <Nmin, 0 otherwise */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+Int decNumberIsSubnormal(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
+ Int ae; // adjusted exponent
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, set)) return 0;
+ #endif
+
+ if (decNumberIsSpecial(dn)) return 0; // not finite
+ if (decNumberIsZero(dn)) return 0; // not non-zero
+
+ ae=dn->exponent+dn->digits-1; // adjusted exponent
+ if (ae<set->emin) return 1; // is subnormal
+ return 0;
+ } // decNumberIsSubnormal
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberTrim -- remove insignificant zeros */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to trim */
+/* returns dn */
+/* */
+/* All fields are updated as required. This is a utility operation, */
+/* so special values are unchanged and no error is possible. The */
+/* zeros are removed unconditionally. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decNumberTrim(decNumber *dn) {
+ Int dropped; // work
+ decContext set; // ..
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, DECUNUSED, dn, DECUNCONT)) return dn;
+ #endif
+ decContextDefault(&set, DEC_INIT_BASE); // clamp=0
+ return decTrim(dn, &set, 0, 1, &dropped);
+ } // decNumberTrim
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberVersion -- return the name and version of this module */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+const char * decNumberVersion(void) {
+ return DECVERSION;
+ } // decNumberVersion
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberZero -- set a number to 0 */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to set, with space for one digit */
+/* returns dn */
+/* */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+// Memset is not used as it is much slower in some environments.
+decNumber * decNumberZero(decNumber *dn) {
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(dn, DECUNUSED, DECUNUSED, DECUNCONT)) return dn;
+ #endif
+
+ dn->bits=0;
+ dn->exponent=0;
+ dn->digits=1;
+ dn->lsu[0]=0;
+ return dn;
+ } // decNumberZero
+
+/* ================================================================== */
+/* Local routines */
+/* ================================================================== */
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decToString -- lay out a number into a string */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to lay out */
+/* string is where to lay out the number */
+/* eng is 1 if Engineering, 0 if Scientific */
+/* */
+/* string must be at least dn->digits+14 characters long */
+/* No error is possible. */
+/* */
+/* Note that this routine can generate a -0 or 0.000. These are */
+/* never generated in subset to-number or arithmetic, but can occur */
+/* in non-subset arithmetic (e.g., -1*0 or 1.234-1.234). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+// If DECCHECK is enabled the string "?" is returned if a number is
+// invalid.
+static void decToString(const decNumber *dn, char *string, Flag eng) {
+ Int exp=dn->exponent; // local copy
+ Int e; // E-part value
+ Int pre; // digits before the '.'
+ Int cut; // for counting digits in a Unit
+ char *c=string; // work [output pointer]
+ const Unit *up=dn->lsu+D2U(dn->digits)-1; // -> msu [input pointer]
+ uInt u, pow; // work
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(DECUNRESU, dn, DECUNUSED, DECUNCONT)) {
+ strcpy(string, "?");
+ return;}
+ #endif
+
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) { // Negatives get a minus
+ *c='-';
+ c++;
+ }
+ if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL) { // Is a special value
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(dn)) {
+ strcpy(c, "Inf");
+ strcpy(c+3, "inity");
+ return;}
+ // a NaN
+ if (dn->bits&DECSNAN) { // signalling NaN
+ *c='s';
+ c++;
+ }
+ strcpy(c, "NaN");
+ c+=3; // step past
+ // if not a clean non-zero coefficient, that's all there is in a
+ // NaN string
+ if (exp!=0 || (*dn->lsu==0 && dn->digits==1)) return;
+ // [drop through to add integer]
+ }
+
+ // calculate how many digits in msu, and hence first cut
+ cut=MSUDIGITS(dn->digits); // [faster than remainder]
+ cut--; // power of ten for digit
+
+ if (exp==0) { // simple integer [common fastpath]
+ for (;up>=dn->lsu; up--) { // each Unit from msu
+ u=*up; // contains DECDPUN digits to lay out
+ for (; cut>=0; c++, cut--) TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
+ cut=DECDPUN-1; // next Unit has all digits
+ }
+ *c='\0'; // terminate the string
+ return;}
+
+ /* non-0 exponent -- assume plain form */
+ pre=dn->digits+exp; // digits before '.'
+ e=0; // no E
+ if ((exp>0) || (pre<-5)) { // need exponential form
+ e=exp+dn->digits-1; // calculate E value
+ pre=1; // assume one digit before '.'
+ if (eng && (e!=0)) { // engineering: may need to adjust
+ Int adj; // adjustment
+ // The C remainder operator is undefined for negative numbers, so
+ // a positive remainder calculation must be used here
+ if (e<0) {
+ adj=(-e)%3;
+ if (adj!=0) adj=3-adj;
+ }
+ else { // e>0
+ adj=e%3;
+ }
+ e=e-adj;
+ // if dealing with zero still produce an exponent which is a
+ // multiple of three, as expected, but there will only be the
+ // one zero before the E, still. Otherwise note the padding.
+ if (!ISZERO(dn)) pre+=adj;
+ else { // is zero
+ if (adj!=0) { // 0.00Esnn needed
+ e=e+3;
+ pre=-(2-adj);
+ }
+ } // zero
+ } // eng
+ } // need exponent
+
+ /* lay out the digits of the coefficient, adding 0s and . as needed */
+ u=*up;
+ if (pre>0) { // xxx.xxx or xx00 (engineering) form
+ Int n=pre;
+ for (; pre>0; pre--, c++, cut--) {
+ if (cut<0) { // need new Unit
+ if (up==dn->lsu) break; // out of input digits (pre>digits)
+ up--;
+ cut=DECDPUN-1;
+ u=*up;
+ }
+ TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
+ }
+ if (n<dn->digits) { // more to come, after '.'
+ *c='.'; c++;
+ for (;; c++, cut--) {
+ if (cut<0) { // need new Unit
+ if (up==dn->lsu) break; // out of input digits
+ up--;
+ cut=DECDPUN-1;
+ u=*up;
+ }
+ TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
+ }
+ }
+ else for (; pre>0; pre--, c++) *c='0'; // 0 padding (for engineering) needed
+ }
+ else { // 0.xxx or 0.000xxx form
+ *c='0'; c++;
+ *c='.'; c++;
+ for (; pre<0; pre++, c++) *c='0'; // add any 0's after '.'
+ for (; ; c++, cut--) {
+ if (cut<0) { // need new Unit
+ if (up==dn->lsu) break; // out of input digits
+ up--;
+ cut=DECDPUN-1;
+ u=*up;
+ }
+ TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Finally add the E-part, if needed. It will never be 0, has a
+ base maximum and minimum of +999999999 through -999999999, but
+ could range down to -1999999998 for anormal numbers */
+ if (e!=0) {
+ Flag had=0; // 1=had non-zero
+ *c='E'; c++;
+ *c='+'; c++; // assume positive
+ u=e; // ..
+ if (e<0) {
+ *(c-1)='-'; // oops, need -
+ u=-e; // uInt, please
+ }
+ // lay out the exponent [_itoa or equivalent is not ANSI C]
+ for (cut=9; cut>=0; cut--) {
+ TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow);
+ if (*c=='0' && !had) continue; // skip leading zeros
+ had=1; // had non-0
+ c++; // step for next
+ } // cut
+ }
+ *c='\0'; // terminate the string (all paths)
+ return;
+ } // decToString
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decAddOp -- add/subtract operation */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A + B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X+X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* negate is DECNEG if rhs should be negated, or 0 otherwise */
+/* status accumulates status for the caller */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* Inexact in status must be 0 for correct Exact zero sign in result */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* If possible, the coefficient is calculated directly into C. */
+/* However, if: */
+/* -- a digits+1 calculation is needed because the numbers are */
+/* unaligned and span more than set->digits digits */
+/* -- a carry to digits+1 digits looks possible */
+/* -- C is the same as A or B, and the result would destructively */
+/* overlap the A or B coefficient */
+/* then the result must be calculated into a temporary buffer. In */
+/* this case a local (stack) buffer is used if possible, and only if */
+/* too long for that does malloc become the final resort. */
+/* */
+/* Misalignment is handled as follows: */
+/* Apad: (AExp>BExp) Swap operands and proceed as for BExp>AExp. */
+/* BPad: Apply the padding by a combination of shifting (whole */
+/* units) and multiplication (part units). */
+/* */
+/* Addition, especially x=x+1, is speed-critical. */
+/* The static buffer is larger than might be expected to allow for */
+/* calls from higher-level funtions (notable exp). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static decNumber * decAddOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
+ uByte negate, uInt *status) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *alloclhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // .., rhs
+ #endif
+ Int rhsshift; // working shift (in Units)
+ Int maxdigits; // longest logical length
+ Int mult; // multiplier
+ Int residue; // rounding accumulator
+ uByte bits; // result bits
+ Flag diffsign; // non-0 if arguments have different sign
+ Unit *acc; // accumulator for result
+ Unit accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*2+20)]; // local buffer [*2+20 reduces many
+ // allocations when called from
+ // other operations, notable exp]
+ Unit *allocacc=NULL; // -> allocated acc buffer, iff allocated
+ Int reqdigits=set->digits; // local copy; requested DIGITS
+ Int padding; // work
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
+ alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
+ if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
+ lhs=alloclhs;
+ }
+ if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ // note whether signs differ [used all paths]
+ diffsign=(Flag)((lhs->bits^rhs->bits^negate)&DECNEG);
+
+ // handle infinities and NaNs
+ if (SPECIALARGS) { // a special bit set
+ if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN)) // a NaN
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
+ else { // one or two infinities
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) { // LHS is infinity
+ // two infinities with different signs is invalid
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) && diffsign) {
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;
+ }
+ bits=lhs->bits & DECNEG; // get sign from LHS
+ }
+ else bits=(rhs->bits^negate) & DECNEG;// RHS must be Infinity
+ bits|=DECINF;
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ res->bits=bits; // set +/- infinity
+ } // an infinity
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Quick exit for add 0s; return the non-0, modified as need be
+ if (ISZERO(lhs)) {
+ Int adjust; // work
+ Int lexp=lhs->exponent; // save in case LHS==RES
+ bits=lhs->bits; // ..
+ residue=0; // clear accumulator
+ decCopyFit(res, rhs, set, &residue, status); // copy (as needed)
+ res->bits^=negate; // flip if rhs was negated
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (set->extended) { // exponents on zeros count
+ #endif
+ // exponent will be the lower of the two
+ adjust=lexp-res->exponent; // adjustment needed [if -ve]
+ if (ISZERO(res)) { // both 0: special IEEE 754 rules
+ if (adjust<0) res->exponent=lexp; // set exponent
+ // 0-0 gives +0 unless rounding to -infinity, and -0-0 gives -0
+ if (diffsign) {
+ if (set->round!=DEC_ROUND_FLOOR) res->bits=0;
+ else res->bits=DECNEG; // preserve 0 sign
+ }
+ }
+ else { // non-0 res
+ if (adjust<0) { // 0-padding needed
+ if ((res->digits-adjust)>set->digits) {
+ adjust=res->digits-set->digits; // to fit exactly
+ *status|=DEC_Rounded; // [but exact]
+ }
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, -adjust);
+ res->exponent+=adjust; // set the exponent.
+ }
+ } // non-0 res
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ } // extended
+ #endif
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // clean and finalize
+ break;}
+
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) { // [lhs is non-zero]
+ Int adjust; // work
+ Int rexp=rhs->exponent; // save in case RHS==RES
+ bits=rhs->bits; // be clean
+ residue=0; // clear accumulator
+ decCopyFit(res, lhs, set, &residue, status); // copy (as needed)
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (set->extended) { // exponents on zeros count
+ #endif
+ // exponent will be the lower of the two
+ // [0-0 case handled above]
+ adjust=rexp-res->exponent; // adjustment needed [if -ve]
+ if (adjust<0) { // 0-padding needed
+ if ((res->digits-adjust)>set->digits) {
+ adjust=res->digits-set->digits; // to fit exactly
+ *status|=DEC_Rounded; // [but exact]
+ }
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, -adjust);
+ res->exponent+=adjust; // set the exponent.
+ }
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ } // extended
+ #endif
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // clean and finalize
+ break;}
+
+ // [NB: both fastpath and mainpath code below assume these cases
+ // (notably 0-0) have already been handled]
+
+ // calculate the padding needed to align the operands
+ padding=rhs->exponent-lhs->exponent;
+
+ // Fastpath cases where the numbers are aligned and normal, the RHS
+ // is all in one unit, no operand rounding is needed, and no carry,
+ // lengthening, or borrow is needed
+ if (padding==0
+ && rhs->digits<=DECDPUN
+ && rhs->exponent>=set->emin // [some normals drop through]
+ && rhs->exponent<=set->emax-set->digits+1 // [could clamp]
+ && rhs->digits<=reqdigits
+ && lhs->digits<=reqdigits) {
+ Int partial=*lhs->lsu;
+ if (!diffsign) { // adding
+ partial+=*rhs->lsu;
+ if ((partial<=DECDPUNMAX) // result fits in unit
+ && (lhs->digits>=DECDPUN || // .. and no digits-count change
+ partial<(Int)powers[lhs->digits])) { // ..
+ if (res!=lhs) decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // not in place
+ *res->lsu=(Unit)partial; // [copy could have overwritten RHS]
+ break;
+ }
+ // else drop out for careful add
+ }
+ else { // signs differ
+ partial-=*rhs->lsu;
+ if (partial>0) { // no borrow needed, and non-0 result
+ if (res!=lhs) decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // not in place
+ *res->lsu=(Unit)partial;
+ // this could have reduced digits [but result>0]
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits));
+ break;
+ }
+ // else drop out for careful subtract
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Now align (pad) the lhs or rhs so they can be added or
+ // subtracted, as necessary. If one number is much larger than
+ // the other (that is, if in plain form there is a least one
+ // digit between the lowest digit of one and the highest of the
+ // other) padding with up to DIGITS-1 trailing zeros may be
+ // needed; then apply rounding (as exotic rounding modes may be
+ // affected by the residue).
+ rhsshift=0; // rhs shift to left (padding) in Units
+ bits=lhs->bits; // assume sign is that of LHS
+ mult=1; // likely multiplier
+
+ // [if padding==0 the operands are aligned; no padding is needed]
+ if (padding!=0) {
+ // some padding needed; always pad the RHS, as any required
+ // padding can then be effected by a simple combination of
+ // shifts and a multiply
+ Flag swapped=0;
+ if (padding<0) { // LHS needs the padding
+ const decNumber *t;
+ padding=-padding; // will be +ve
+ bits=(uByte)(rhs->bits^negate); // assumed sign is now that of RHS
+ t=lhs; lhs=rhs; rhs=t;
+ swapped=1;
+ }
+
+ // If, after pad, rhs would be longer than lhs by digits+1 or
+ // more then lhs cannot affect the answer, except as a residue,
+ // so only need to pad up to a length of DIGITS+1.
+ if (rhs->digits+padding > lhs->digits+reqdigits+1) {
+ // The RHS is sufficient
+ // for residue use the relative sign indication...
+ Int shift=reqdigits-rhs->digits; // left shift needed
+ residue=1; // residue for rounding
+ if (diffsign) residue=-residue; // signs differ
+ // copy, shortening if necessary
+ decCopyFit(res, rhs, set, &residue, status);
+ // if it was already shorter, then need to pad with zeros
+ if (shift>0) {
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, shift);
+ res->exponent-=shift; // adjust the exponent.
+ }
+ // flip the result sign if unswapped and rhs was negated
+ if (!swapped) res->bits^=negate;
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // done
+ break;}
+
+ // LHS digits may affect result
+ rhsshift=D2U(padding+1)-1; // this much by Unit shift ..
+ mult=powers[padding-(rhsshift*DECDPUN)]; // .. this by multiplication
+ } // padding needed
+
+ if (diffsign) mult=-mult; // signs differ
+
+ // determine the longer operand
+ maxdigits=rhs->digits+padding; // virtual length of RHS
+ if (lhs->digits>maxdigits) maxdigits=lhs->digits;
+
+ // Decide on the result buffer to use; if possible place directly
+ // into result.
+ acc=res->lsu; // assume add direct to result
+ // If destructive overlap, or the number is too long, or a carry or
+ // borrow to DIGITS+1 might be possible, a buffer must be used.
+ // [Might be worth more sophisticated tests when maxdigits==reqdigits]
+ if ((maxdigits>=reqdigits) // is, or could be, too large
+ || (res==rhs && rhsshift>0)) { // destructive overlap
+ // buffer needed, choose it; units for maxdigits digits will be
+ // needed, +1 Unit for carry or borrow
+ Int need=D2U(maxdigits)+1;
+ acc=accbuff; // assume use local buffer
+ if (need*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(accbuff)) {
+ // printf("malloc add %ld %ld\n", need, sizeof(accbuff));
+ allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(need*sizeof(Unit));
+ if (allocacc==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ acc=allocacc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ res->bits=(uByte)(bits&DECNEG); // it's now safe to overwrite..
+ res->exponent=lhs->exponent; // .. operands (even if aliased)
+
+ #if DECTRACE
+ decDumpAr('A', lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits));
+ decDumpAr('B', rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits));
+ printf(" :h: %ld %ld\n", rhsshift, mult);
+ #endif
+
+ // add [A+B*m] or subtract [A+B*(-m)]
+ res->digits=decUnitAddSub(lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits),
+ rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
+ rhsshift, acc, mult)
+ *DECDPUN; // [units -> digits]
+ if (res->digits<0) { // borrowed...
+ res->digits=-res->digits;
+ res->bits^=DECNEG; // flip the sign
+ }
+ #if DECTRACE
+ decDumpAr('+', acc, D2U(res->digits));
+ #endif
+
+ // If a buffer was used the result must be copied back, possibly
+ // shortening. (If no buffer was used then the result must have
+ // fit, so can't need rounding and residue must be 0.)
+ residue=0; // clear accumulator
+ if (acc!=res->lsu) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (set->extended) { // round from first significant digit
+ #endif
+ // remove leading zeros that were added due to rounding up to
+ // integral Units -- before the test for rounding.
+ if (res->digits>reqdigits)
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(acc, D2U(res->digits));
+ decSetCoeff(res, set, acc, res->digits, &residue, status);
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ }
+ else { // subset arithmetic rounds from original significant digit
+ // May have an underestimate. This only occurs when both
+ // numbers fit in DECDPUN digits and are padding with a
+ // negative multiple (-10, -100...) and the top digit(s) become
+ // 0. (This only matters when using X3.274 rules where the
+ // leading zero could be included in the rounding.)
+ if (res->digits<maxdigits) {
+ *(acc+D2U(res->digits))=0; // ensure leading 0 is there
+ res->digits=maxdigits;
+ }
+ else {
+ // remove leading zeros that added due to rounding up to
+ // integral Units (but only those in excess of the original
+ // maxdigits length, unless extended) before test for rounding.
+ if (res->digits>reqdigits) {
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(acc, D2U(res->digits));
+ if (res->digits<maxdigits) res->digits=maxdigits;
+ }
+ }
+ decSetCoeff(res, set, acc, res->digits, &residue, status);
+ // Now apply rounding if needed before removing leading zeros.
+ // This is safe because subnormals are not a possibility
+ if (residue!=0) {
+ decApplyRound(res, set, residue, status);
+ residue=0; // did what needed to be done
+ }
+ } // subset
+ #endif
+ } // used buffer
+
+ // strip leading zeros [these were left on in case of subset subtract]
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(res->lsu, D2U(res->digits));
+
+ // apply checks and rounding
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
+
+ // "When the sum of two operands with opposite signs is exactly
+ // zero, the sign of that sum shall be '+' in all rounding modes
+ // except round toward -Infinity, in which mode that sign shall be
+ // '-'." [Subset zeros also never have '-', set by decFinish.]
+ if (ISZERO(res) && diffsign
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ && set->extended
+ #endif
+ && (*status&DEC_Inexact)==0) {
+ if (set->round==DEC_ROUND_FLOOR) res->bits|=DECNEG; // sign -
+ else res->bits&=~DECNEG; // sign +
+ }
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc); // drop any storage used
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs); // ..
+ if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decAddOp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decDivideOp -- division operation */
+/* */
+/* This routine performs the calculations for all four division */
+/* operators (divide, divideInteger, remainder, remainderNear). */
+/* */
+/* C=A op B */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X/X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* op is DIVIDE, DIVIDEINT, REMAINDER, or REMNEAR respectively. */
+/* status is the usual accumulator */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* The underlying algorithm of this routine is the same as in the */
+/* 1981 S/370 implementation, that is, non-restoring long division */
+/* with bi-unit (rather than bi-digit) estimation for each unit */
+/* multiplier. In this pseudocode overview, complications for the */
+/* Remainder operators and division residues for exact rounding are */
+/* omitted for clarity. */
+/* */
+/* Prepare operands and handle special values */
+/* Test for x/0 and then 0/x */
+/* Exp =Exp1 - Exp2 */
+/* Exp =Exp +len(var1) -len(var2) */
+/* Sign=Sign1 * Sign2 */
+/* Pad accumulator (Var1) to double-length with 0's (pad1) */
+/* Pad Var2 to same length as Var1 */
+/* msu2pair/plus=1st 2 or 1 units of var2, +1 to allow for round */
+/* have=0 */
+/* Do until (have=digits+1 OR residue=0) */
+/* if exp<0 then if integer divide/residue then leave */
+/* this_unit=0 */
+/* Do forever */
+/* compare numbers */
+/* if <0 then leave inner_loop */
+/* if =0 then (* quick exit without subtract *) do */
+/* this_unit=this_unit+1; output this_unit */
+/* leave outer_loop; end */
+/* Compare lengths of numbers (mantissae): */
+/* If same then tops2=msu2pair -- {units 1&2 of var2} */
+/* else tops2=msu2plus -- {0, unit 1 of var2} */
+/* tops1=first_unit_of_Var1*10**DECDPUN +second_unit_of_var1 */
+/* mult=tops1/tops2 -- Good and safe guess at divisor */
+/* if mult=0 then mult=1 */
+/* this_unit=this_unit+mult */
+/* subtract */
+/* end inner_loop */
+/* if have\=0 | this_unit\=0 then do */
+/* output this_unit */
+/* have=have+1; end */
+/* var2=var2/10 */
+/* exp=exp-1 */
+/* end outer_loop */
+/* exp=exp+1 -- set the proper exponent */
+/* if have=0 then generate answer=0 */
+/* Return (Result is defined by Var1) */
+/* */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Two working buffers are needed during the division; one (digits+ */
+/* 1) to accumulate the result, and the other (up to 2*digits+1) for */
+/* long subtractions. These are acc and var1 respectively. */
+/* var1 is a copy of the lhs coefficient, var2 is the rhs coefficient.*/
+/* The static buffers may be larger than might be expected to allow */
+/* for calls from higher-level funtions (notable exp). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static decNumber * decDivideOp(decNumber *res,
+ const decNumber *lhs, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set, Flag op, uInt *status) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *alloclhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // .., rhs
+ #endif
+ Unit accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER+DECDPUN+10)]; // local buffer
+ Unit *acc=accbuff; // -> accumulator array for result
+ Unit *allocacc=NULL; // -> allocated buffer, iff allocated
+ Unit *accnext; // -> where next digit will go
+ Int acclength; // length of acc needed [Units]
+ Int accunits; // count of units accumulated
+ Int accdigits; // count of digits accumulated
+
+ Unit varbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*2+DECDPUN)]; // buffer for var1
+ Unit *var1=varbuff; // -> var1 array for long subtraction
+ Unit *varalloc=NULL; // -> allocated buffer, iff used
+ Unit *msu1; // -> msu of var1
+
+ const Unit *var2; // -> var2 array
+ const Unit *msu2; // -> msu of var2
+ Int msu2plus; // msu2 plus one [does not vary]
+ eInt msu2pair; // msu2 pair plus one [does not vary]
+
+ Int var1units, var2units; // actual lengths
+ Int var2ulen; // logical length (units)
+ Int var1initpad=0; // var1 initial padding (digits)
+ Int maxdigits; // longest LHS or required acc length
+ Int mult; // multiplier for subtraction
+ Unit thisunit; // current unit being accumulated
+ Int residue; // for rounding
+ Int reqdigits=set->digits; // requested DIGITS
+ Int exponent; // working exponent
+ Int maxexponent=0; // DIVIDE maximum exponent if unrounded
+ uByte bits; // working sign
+ Unit *target; // work
+ const Unit *source; // ..
+ uInt const *pow; // ..
+ Int shift, cut; // ..
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ Int dropped; // work
+ #endif
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
+ alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
+ if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
+ lhs=alloclhs;
+ }
+ if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ bits=(lhs->bits^rhs->bits)&DECNEG; // assumed sign for divisions
+
+ // handle infinities and NaNs
+ if (SPECIALARGS) { // a special bit set
+ if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN)) { // one or two NaNs
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
+ break;
+ }
+ // one or two infinities
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) { // LHS (dividend) is infinite
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs) || // two infinities are invalid ..
+ op & (REMAINDER | REMNEAR)) { // as is remainder of infinity
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;
+ }
+ // [Note that infinity/0 raises no exceptions]
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ res->bits=bits|DECINF; // set +/- infinity
+ break;
+ }
+ else { // RHS (divisor) is infinite
+ residue=0;
+ if (op&(REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) {
+ // result is [finished clone of] lhs
+ decCopyFit(res, lhs, set, &residue, status);
+ }
+ else { // a division
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ res->bits=bits; // set +/- zero
+ // for DIVIDEINT the exponent is always 0. For DIVIDE, result
+ // is a 0 with infinitely negative exponent, clamped to minimum
+ if (op&DIVIDE) {
+ res->exponent=set->emin-set->digits+1;
+ *status|=DEC_Clamped;
+ }
+ }
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // handle 0 rhs (x/0)
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) { // x/0 is always exceptional
+ if (ISZERO(lhs)) {
+ decNumberZero(res); // [after lhs test]
+ *status|=DEC_Division_undefined;// 0/0 will become NaN
+ }
+ else {
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ if (op&(REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else {
+ *status|=DEC_Division_by_zero; // x/0
+ res->bits=bits|DECINF; // .. is +/- Infinity
+ }
+ }
+ break;}
+
+ // handle 0 lhs (0/x)
+ if (ISZERO(lhs)) { // 0/x [x!=0]
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) decNumberZero(res);
+ else {
+ #endif
+ if (op&DIVIDE) {
+ residue=0;
+ exponent=lhs->exponent-rhs->exponent; // ideal exponent
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // [zeros always fit]
+ res->bits=bits; // sign as computed
+ res->exponent=exponent; // exponent, too
+ decFinalize(res, set, &residue, status); // check exponent
+ }
+ else if (op&DIVIDEINT) {
+ decNumberZero(res); // integer 0
+ res->bits=bits; // sign as computed
+ }
+ else { // a remainder
+ exponent=rhs->exponent; // [save in case overwrite]
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // [zeros always fit]
+ if (exponent<res->exponent) res->exponent=exponent; // use lower
+ }
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ }
+ #endif
+ break;}
+
+ // Precalculate exponent. This starts off adjusted (and hence fits
+ // in 31 bits) and becomes the usual unadjusted exponent as the
+ // division proceeds. The order of evaluation is important, here,
+ // to avoid wrap.
+ exponent=(lhs->exponent+lhs->digits)-(rhs->exponent+rhs->digits);
+
+ // If the working exponent is -ve, then some quick exits are
+ // possible because the quotient is known to be <1
+ // [for REMNEAR, it needs to be < -1, as -0.5 could need work]
+ if (exponent<0 && !(op==DIVIDE)) {
+ if (op&DIVIDEINT) {
+ decNumberZero(res); // integer part is 0
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (set->extended)
+ #endif
+ res->bits=bits; // set +/- zero
+ break;}
+ // fastpath remainders so long as the lhs has the smaller
+ // (or equal) exponent
+ if (lhs->exponent<=rhs->exponent) {
+ if (op&REMAINDER || exponent<-1) {
+ // It is REMAINDER or safe REMNEAR; result is [finished
+ // clone of] lhs (r = x - 0*y)
+ residue=0;
+ decCopyFit(res, lhs, set, &residue, status);
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
+ break;
+ }
+ // [unsafe REMNEAR drops through]
+ }
+ } // fastpaths
+
+ /* Long (slow) division is needed; roll up the sleeves... */
+
+ // The accumulator will hold the quotient of the division.
+ // If it needs to be too long for stack storage, then allocate.
+ acclength=D2U(reqdigits+DECDPUN); // in Units
+ if (acclength*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(accbuff)) {
+ // printf("malloc dvacc %ld units\n", acclength);
+ allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(acclength*sizeof(Unit));
+ if (allocacc==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ acc=allocacc; // use the allocated space
+ }
+
+ // var1 is the padded LHS ready for subtractions.
+ // If it needs to be too long for stack storage, then allocate.
+ // The maximum units needed for var1 (long subtraction) is:
+ // Enough for
+ // (rhs->digits+reqdigits-1) -- to allow full slide to right
+ // or (lhs->digits) -- to allow for long lhs
+ // whichever is larger
+ // +1 -- for rounding of slide to right
+ // +1 -- for leading 0s
+ // +1 -- for pre-adjust if a remainder or DIVIDEINT
+ // [Note: unused units do not participate in decUnitAddSub data]
+ maxdigits=rhs->digits+reqdigits-1;
+ if (lhs->digits>maxdigits) maxdigits=lhs->digits;
+ var1units=D2U(maxdigits)+2;
+ // allocate a guard unit above msu1 for REMAINDERNEAR
+ if (!(op&DIVIDE)) var1units++;
+ if ((var1units+1)*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(varbuff)) {
+ // printf("malloc dvvar %ld units\n", var1units+1);
+ varalloc=(Unit *)malloc((var1units+1)*sizeof(Unit));
+ if (varalloc==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ var1=varalloc; // use the allocated space
+ }
+
+ // Extend the lhs and rhs to full long subtraction length. The lhs
+ // is truly extended into the var1 buffer, with 0 padding, so a
+ // subtract in place is always possible. The rhs (var2) has
+ // virtual padding (implemented by decUnitAddSub).
+ // One guard unit was allocated above msu1 for rem=rem+rem in
+ // REMAINDERNEAR.
+ msu1=var1+var1units-1; // msu of var1
+ source=lhs->lsu+D2U(lhs->digits)-1; // msu of input array
+ for (target=msu1; source>=lhs->lsu; source--, target--) *target=*source;
+ for (; target>=var1; target--) *target=0;
+
+ // rhs (var2) is left-aligned with var1 at the start
+ var2ulen=var1units; // rhs logical length (units)
+ var2units=D2U(rhs->digits); // rhs actual length (units)
+ var2=rhs->lsu; // -> rhs array
+ msu2=var2+var2units-1; // -> msu of var2 [never changes]
+ // now set up the variables which will be used for estimating the
+ // multiplication factor. If these variables are not exact, add
+ // 1 to make sure that the multiplier is never overestimated.
+ msu2plus=*msu2; // it's value ..
+ if (var2units>1) msu2plus++; // .. +1 if any more
+ msu2pair=(eInt)*msu2*(DECDPUNMAX+1);// top two pair ..
+ if (var2units>1) { // .. [else treat 2nd as 0]
+ msu2pair+=*(msu2-1); // ..
+ if (var2units>2) msu2pair++; // .. +1 if any more
+ }
+
+ // The calculation is working in units, which may have leading zeros,
+ // but the exponent was calculated on the assumption that they are
+ // both left-aligned. Adjust the exponent to compensate: add the
+ // number of leading zeros in var1 msu and subtract those in var2 msu.
+ // [This is actually done by counting the digits and negating, as
+ // lead1=DECDPUN-digits1, and similarly for lead2.]
+ for (pow=&powers[1]; *msu1>=*pow; pow++) exponent--;
+ for (pow=&powers[1]; *msu2>=*pow; pow++) exponent++;
+
+ // Now, if doing an integer divide or remainder, ensure that
+ // the result will be Unit-aligned. To do this, shift the var1
+ // accumulator towards least if need be. (It's much easier to
+ // do this now than to reassemble the residue afterwards, if
+ // doing a remainder.) Also ensure the exponent is not negative.
+ if (!(op&DIVIDE)) {
+ Unit *u; // work
+ // save the initial 'false' padding of var1, in digits
+ var1initpad=(var1units-D2U(lhs->digits))*DECDPUN;
+ // Determine the shift to do.
+ if (exponent<0) cut=-exponent;
+ else cut=DECDPUN-exponent%DECDPUN;
+ decShiftToLeast(var1, var1units, cut);
+ exponent+=cut; // maintain numerical value
+ var1initpad-=cut; // .. and reduce padding
+ // clean any most-significant units which were just emptied
+ for (u=msu1; cut>=DECDPUN; cut-=DECDPUN, u--) *u=0;
+ } // align
+ else { // is DIVIDE
+ maxexponent=lhs->exponent-rhs->exponent; // save
+ // optimization: if the first iteration will just produce 0,
+ // preadjust to skip it [valid for DIVIDE only]
+ if (*msu1<*msu2) {
+ var2ulen--; // shift down
+ exponent-=DECDPUN; // update the exponent
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ---- start the long-division loops ------------------------------
+ accunits=0; // no units accumulated yet
+ accdigits=0; // .. or digits
+ accnext=acc+acclength-1; // -> msu of acc [NB: allows digits+1]
+ for (;;) { // outer forever loop
+ thisunit=0; // current unit assumed 0
+ // find the next unit
+ for (;;) { // inner forever loop
+ // strip leading zero units [from either pre-adjust or from
+ // subtract last time around]. Leave at least one unit.
+ for (; *msu1==0 && msu1>var1; msu1--) var1units--;
+
+ if (var1units<var2ulen) break; // var1 too low for subtract
+ if (var1units==var2ulen) { // unit-by-unit compare needed
+ // compare the two numbers, from msu
+ const Unit *pv1, *pv2;
+ Unit v2; // units to compare
+ pv2=msu2; // -> msu
+ for (pv1=msu1; ; pv1--, pv2--) {
+ // v1=*pv1 -- always OK
+ v2=0; // assume in padding
+ if (pv2>=var2) v2=*pv2; // in range
+ if (*pv1!=v2) break; // no longer the same
+ if (pv1==var1) break; // done; leave pv1 as is
+ }
+ // here when all inspected or a difference seen
+ if (*pv1<v2) break; // var1 too low to subtract
+ if (*pv1==v2) { // var1 == var2
+ // reach here if var1 and var2 are identical; subtraction
+ // would increase digit by one, and the residue will be 0 so
+ // the calculation is done; leave the loop with residue=0.
+ thisunit++; // as though subtracted
+ *var1=0; // set var1 to 0
+ var1units=1; // ..
+ break; // from inner
+ } // var1 == var2
+ // *pv1>v2. Prepare for real subtraction; the lengths are equal
+ // Estimate the multiplier (there's always a msu1-1)...
+ // Bring in two units of var2 to provide a good estimate.
+ mult=(Int)(((eInt)*msu1*(DECDPUNMAX+1)+*(msu1-1))/msu2pair);
+ } // lengths the same
+ else { // var1units > var2ulen, so subtraction is safe
+ // The var2 msu is one unit towards the lsu of the var1 msu,
+ // so only one unit for var2 can be used.
+ mult=(Int)(((eInt)*msu1*(DECDPUNMAX+1)+*(msu1-1))/msu2plus);
+ }
+ if (mult==0) mult=1; // must always be at least 1
+ // subtraction needed; var1 is > var2
+ thisunit=(Unit)(thisunit+mult); // accumulate
+ // subtract var1-var2, into var1; only the overlap needs
+ // processing, as this is an in-place calculation
+ shift=var2ulen-var2units;
+ #if DECTRACE
+ decDumpAr('1', &var1[shift], var1units-shift);
+ decDumpAr('2', var2, var2units);
+ printf("m=%ld\n", -mult);
+ #endif
+ decUnitAddSub(&var1[shift], var1units-shift,
+ var2, var2units, 0,
+ &var1[shift], -mult);
+ #if DECTRACE
+ decDumpAr('#', &var1[shift], var1units-shift);
+ #endif
+ // var1 now probably has leading zeros; these are removed at the
+ // top of the inner loop.
+ } // inner loop
+
+ // The next unit has been calculated in full; unless it's a
+ // leading zero, add to acc
+ if (accunits!=0 || thisunit!=0) { // is first or non-zero
+ *accnext=thisunit; // store in accumulator
+ // account exactly for the new digits
+ if (accunits==0) {
+ accdigits++; // at least one
+ for (pow=&powers[1]; thisunit>=*pow; pow++) accdigits++;
+ }
+ else accdigits+=DECDPUN;
+ accunits++; // update count
+ accnext--; // ready for next
+ if (accdigits>reqdigits) break; // have enough digits
+ }
+
+ // if the residue is zero, the operation is done (unless divide
+ // or divideInteger and still not enough digits yet)
+ if (*var1==0 && var1units==1) { // residue is 0
+ if (op&(REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) break;
+ if ((op&DIVIDE) && (exponent<=maxexponent)) break;
+ // [drop through if divideInteger]
+ }
+ // also done enough if calculating remainder or integer
+ // divide and just did the last ('units') unit
+ if (exponent==0 && !(op&DIVIDE)) break;
+
+ // to get here, var1 is less than var2, so divide var2 by the per-
+ // Unit power of ten and go for the next digit
+ var2ulen--; // shift down
+ exponent-=DECDPUN; // update the exponent
+ } // outer loop
+
+ // ---- division is complete ---------------------------------------
+ // here: acc has at least reqdigits+1 of good results (or fewer
+ // if early stop), starting at accnext+1 (its lsu)
+ // var1 has any residue at the stopping point
+ // accunits is the number of digits collected in acc
+ if (accunits==0) { // acc is 0
+ accunits=1; // show have a unit ..
+ accdigits=1; // ..
+ *accnext=0; // .. whose value is 0
+ }
+ else accnext++; // back to last placed
+ // accnext now -> lowest unit of result
+
+ residue=0; // assume no residue
+ if (op&DIVIDE) {
+ // record the presence of any residue, for rounding
+ if (*var1!=0 || var1units>1) residue=1;
+ else { // no residue
+ // Had an exact division; clean up spurious trailing 0s.
+ // There will be at most DECDPUN-1, from the final multiply,
+ // and then only if the result is non-0 (and even) and the
+ // exponent is 'loose'.
+ #if DECDPUN>1
+ Unit lsu=*accnext;
+ if (!(lsu&0x01) && (lsu!=0)) {
+ // count the trailing zeros
+ Int drop=0;
+ for (;; drop++) { // [will terminate because lsu!=0]
+ if (exponent>=maxexponent) break; // don't chop real 0s
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ if ((lsu-QUOT10(lsu, drop+1)
+ *powers[drop+1])!=0) break; // found non-0 digit
+ #else
+ if (lsu%powers[drop+1]!=0) break; // found non-0 digit
+ #endif
+ exponent++;
+ }
+ if (drop>0) {
+ accunits=decShiftToLeast(accnext, accunits, drop);
+ accdigits=decGetDigits(accnext, accunits);
+ accunits=D2U(accdigits);
+ // [exponent was adjusted in the loop]
+ }
+ } // neither odd nor 0
+ #endif
+ } // exact divide
+ } // divide
+ else /* op!=DIVIDE */ {
+ // check for coefficient overflow
+ if (accdigits+exponent>reqdigits) {
+ *status|=DEC_Division_impossible;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (op & (REMAINDER|REMNEAR)) {
+ // [Here, the exponent will be 0, because var1 was adjusted
+ // appropriately.]
+ Int postshift; // work
+ Flag wasodd=0; // integer was odd
+ Unit *quotlsu; // for save
+ Int quotdigits; // ..
+
+ bits=lhs->bits; // remainder sign is always as lhs
+
+ // Fastpath when residue is truly 0 is worthwhile [and
+ // simplifies the code below]
+ if (*var1==0 && var1units==1) { // residue is 0
+ Int exp=lhs->exponent; // save min(exponents)
+ if (rhs->exponent<exp) exp=rhs->exponent;
+ decNumberZero(res); // 0 coefficient
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (set->extended)
+ #endif
+ res->exponent=exp; // .. with proper exponent
+ res->bits=(uByte)(bits&DECNEG); // [cleaned]
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // might clamp
+ break;
+ }
+ // note if the quotient was odd
+ if (*accnext & 0x01) wasodd=1; // acc is odd
+ quotlsu=accnext; // save in case need to reinspect
+ quotdigits=accdigits; // ..
+
+ // treat the residue, in var1, as the value to return, via acc
+ // calculate the unused zero digits. This is the smaller of:
+ // var1 initial padding (saved above)
+ // var2 residual padding, which happens to be given by:
+ postshift=var1initpad+exponent-lhs->exponent+rhs->exponent;
+ // [the 'exponent' term accounts for the shifts during divide]
+ if (var1initpad<postshift) postshift=var1initpad;
+
+ // shift var1 the requested amount, and adjust its digits
+ var1units=decShiftToLeast(var1, var1units, postshift);
+ accnext=var1;
+ accdigits=decGetDigits(var1, var1units);
+ accunits=D2U(accdigits);
+
+ exponent=lhs->exponent; // exponent is smaller of lhs & rhs
+ if (rhs->exponent<exponent) exponent=rhs->exponent;
+
+ // Now correct the result if doing remainderNear; if it
+ // (looking just at coefficients) is > rhs/2, or == rhs/2 and
+ // the integer was odd then the result should be rem-rhs.
+ if (op&REMNEAR) {
+ Int compare, tarunits; // work
+ Unit *up; // ..
+ // calculate remainder*2 into the var1 buffer (which has
+ // 'headroom' of an extra unit and hence enough space)
+ // [a dedicated 'double' loop would be faster, here]
+ tarunits=decUnitAddSub(accnext, accunits, accnext, accunits,
+ 0, accnext, 1);
+ // decDumpAr('r', accnext, tarunits);
+
+ // Here, accnext (var1) holds tarunits Units with twice the
+ // remainder's coefficient, which must now be compared to the
+ // RHS. The remainder's exponent may be smaller than the RHS's.
+ compare=decUnitCompare(accnext, tarunits, rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
+ rhs->exponent-exponent);
+ if (compare==BADINT) { // deep trouble
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+
+ // now restore the remainder by dividing by two; the lsu
+ // is known to be even.
+ for (up=accnext; up<accnext+tarunits; up++) {
+ Int half; // half to add to lower unit
+ half=*up & 0x01;
+ *up/=2; // [shift]
+ if (!half) continue;
+ *(up-1)+=(DECDPUNMAX+1)/2;
+ }
+ // [accunits still describes the original remainder length]
+
+ if (compare>0 || (compare==0 && wasodd)) { // adjustment needed
+ Int exp, expunits, exprem; // work
+ // This is effectively causing round-up of the quotient,
+ // so if it was the rare case where it was full and all
+ // nines, it would overflow and hence division-impossible
+ // should be raised
+ Flag allnines=0; // 1 if quotient all nines
+ if (quotdigits==reqdigits) { // could be borderline
+ for (up=quotlsu; ; up++) {
+ if (quotdigits>DECDPUN) {
+ if (*up!=DECDPUNMAX) break;// non-nines
+ }
+ else { // this is the last Unit
+ if (*up==powers[quotdigits]-1) allnines=1;
+ break;
+ }
+ quotdigits-=DECDPUN; // checked those digits
+ } // up
+ } // borderline check
+ if (allnines) {
+ *status|=DEC_Division_impossible;
+ break;}
+
+ // rem-rhs is needed; the sign will invert. Again, var1
+ // can safely be used for the working Units array.
+ exp=rhs->exponent-exponent; // RHS padding needed
+ // Calculate units and remainder from exponent.
+ expunits=exp/DECDPUN;
+ exprem=exp%DECDPUN;
+ // subtract [A+B*(-m)]; the result will always be negative
+ accunits=-decUnitAddSub(accnext, accunits,
+ rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
+ expunits, accnext, -(Int)powers[exprem]);
+ accdigits=decGetDigits(accnext, accunits); // count digits exactly
+ accunits=D2U(accdigits); // and recalculate the units for copy
+ // [exponent is as for original remainder]
+ bits^=DECNEG; // flip the sign
+ }
+ } // REMNEAR
+ } // REMAINDER or REMNEAR
+ } // not DIVIDE
+
+ // Set exponent and bits
+ res->exponent=exponent;
+ res->bits=(uByte)(bits&DECNEG); // [cleaned]
+
+ // Now the coefficient.
+ decSetCoeff(res, set, accnext, accdigits, &residue, status);
+
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // final cleanup
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ // If a divide then strip trailing zeros if subset [after round]
+ if (!set->extended && (op==DIVIDE)) decTrim(res, set, 0, 1, &dropped);
+ #endif
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (varalloc!=NULL) free(varalloc); // drop any storage used
+ if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc); // ..
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs); // ..
+ if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decDivideOp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decMultiplyOp -- multiplication operation */
+/* */
+/* This routine performs the multiplication C=A x B. */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X*X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* status is the usual accumulator */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* 'Classic' multiplication is used rather than Karatsuba, as the */
+/* latter would give only a minor improvement for the short numbers */
+/* expected to be handled most (and uses much more memory). */
+/* */
+/* There are two major paths here: the general-purpose ('old code') */
+/* path which handles all DECDPUN values, and a fastpath version */
+/* which is used if 64-bit ints are available, DECDPUN<=4, and more */
+/* than two calls to decUnitAddSub would be made. */
+/* */
+/* The fastpath version lumps units together into 8-digit or 9-digit */
+/* chunks, and also uses a lazy carry strategy to minimise expensive */
+/* 64-bit divisions. The chunks are then broken apart again into */
+/* units for continuing processing. Despite this overhead, the */
+/* fastpath can speed up some 16-digit operations by 10x (and much */
+/* more for higher-precision calculations). */
+/* */
+/* A buffer always has to be used for the accumulator; in the */
+/* fastpath, buffers are also always needed for the chunked copies of */
+/* of the operand coefficients. */
+/* Static buffers are larger than needed just for multiply, to allow */
+/* for calls from other operations (notably exp). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+#define FASTMUL (DECUSE64 && DECDPUN<5)
+static decNumber * decMultiplyOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
+ uInt *status) {
+ Int accunits; // Units of accumulator in use
+ Int exponent; // work
+ Int residue=0; // rounding residue
+ uByte bits; // result sign
+ Unit *acc; // -> accumulator Unit array
+ Int needbytes; // size calculator
+ void *allocacc=NULL; // -> allocated accumulator, iff allocated
+ Unit accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*4+1)]; // buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0,
+ // *4 for calls from other operations)
+ const Unit *mer, *mermsup; // work
+ Int madlength; // Units in multiplicand
+ Int shift; // Units to shift multiplicand by
+
+ #if FASTMUL
+ // if DECDPUN is 1 or 3 work in base 10**9, otherwise
+ // (DECDPUN is 2 or 4) then work in base 10**8
+ #if DECDPUN & 1 // odd
+ #define FASTBASE 1000000000 // base
+ #define FASTDIGS 9 // digits in base
+ #define FASTLAZY 18 // carry resolution point [1->18]
+ #else
+ #define FASTBASE 100000000
+ #define FASTDIGS 8
+ #define FASTLAZY 1844 // carry resolution point [1->1844]
+ #endif
+ // three buffers are used, two for chunked copies of the operands
+ // (base 10**8 or base 10**9) and one base 2**64 accumulator with
+ // lazy carry evaluation
+ uInt zlhibuff[(DECBUFFER*2+1)/8+1]; // buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0)
+ uInt *zlhi=zlhibuff; // -> lhs array
+ uInt *alloclhi=NULL; // -> allocated buffer, iff allocated
+ uInt zrhibuff[(DECBUFFER*2+1)/8+1]; // buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0)
+ uInt *zrhi=zrhibuff; // -> rhs array
+ uInt *allocrhi=NULL; // -> allocated buffer, iff allocated
+ uLong zaccbuff[(DECBUFFER*2+1)/4+2]; // buffer (+1 for DECBUFFER==0)
+ // [allocacc is shared for both paths, as only one will run]
+ uLong *zacc=zaccbuff; // -> accumulator array for exact result
+ #if DECDPUN==1
+ Int zoff; // accumulator offset
+ #endif
+ uInt *lip, *rip; // item pointers
+ uInt *lmsi, *rmsi; // most significant items
+ Int ilhs, irhs, iacc; // item counts in the arrays
+ Int lazy; // lazy carry counter
+ uLong lcarry; // uLong carry
+ uInt carry; // carry (NB not uLong)
+ Int count; // work
+ const Unit *cup; // ..
+ Unit *up; // ..
+ uLong *lp; // ..
+ Int p; // ..
+ #endif
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *alloclhs=NULL; // -> allocated buffer, iff allocated
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // -> allocated buffer, iff allocated
+ #endif
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ // precalculate result sign
+ bits=(uByte)((lhs->bits^rhs->bits)&DECNEG);
+
+ // handle infinities and NaNs
+ if (SPECIALARGS) { // a special bit set
+ if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN)) { // one or two NaNs
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
+ return res;}
+ // one or two infinities; Infinity * 0 is invalid
+ if (((lhs->bits & DECINF)==0 && ISZERO(lhs))
+ ||((rhs->bits & DECINF)==0 && ISZERO(rhs))) {
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ return res;}
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ res->bits=bits|DECINF; // infinity
+ return res;}
+
+ // For best speed, as in DMSRCN [the original Rexx numerics
+ // module], use the shorter number as the multiplier (rhs) and
+ // the longer as the multiplicand (lhs) to minimise the number of
+ // adds (partial products)
+ if (lhs->digits<rhs->digits) { // swap...
+ const decNumber *hold=lhs;
+ lhs=rhs;
+ rhs=hold;
+ }
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (lhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
+ if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
+ lhs=alloclhs;
+ }
+ if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ #if FASTMUL // fastpath can be used
+ // use the fast path if there are enough digits in the shorter
+ // operand to make the setup and takedown worthwhile
+ #define NEEDTWO (DECDPUN*2) // within two decUnitAddSub calls
+ if (rhs->digits>NEEDTWO) { // use fastpath...
+ // calculate the number of elements in each array
+ ilhs=(lhs->digits+FASTDIGS-1)/FASTDIGS; // [ceiling]
+ irhs=(rhs->digits+FASTDIGS-1)/FASTDIGS; // ..
+ iacc=ilhs+irhs;
+
+ // allocate buffers if required, as usual
+ needbytes=ilhs*sizeof(uInt);
+ if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(zlhibuff)) {
+ alloclhi=(uInt *)malloc(needbytes);
+ zlhi=alloclhi;}
+ needbytes=irhs*sizeof(uInt);
+ if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(zrhibuff)) {
+ allocrhi=(uInt *)malloc(needbytes);
+ zrhi=allocrhi;}
+
+ // Allocating the accumulator space needs a special case when
+ // DECDPUN=1 because when converting the accumulator to Units
+ // after the multiplication each 8-byte item becomes 9 1-byte
+ // units. Therefore iacc extra bytes are needed at the front
+ // (rounded up to a multiple of 8 bytes), and the uLong
+ // accumulator starts offset the appropriate number of units
+ // to the right to avoid overwrite during the unchunking.
+ needbytes=iacc*sizeof(uLong);
+ #if DECDPUN==1
+ zoff=(iacc+7)/8; // items to offset by
+ needbytes+=zoff*8;
+ #endif
+ if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(zaccbuff)) {
+ allocacc=(uLong *)malloc(needbytes);
+ zacc=(uLong *)allocacc;}
+ if (zlhi==NULL||zrhi==NULL||zacc==NULL) {
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+
+ acc=(Unit *)zacc; // -> target Unit array
+ #if DECDPUN==1
+ zacc+=zoff; // start uLong accumulator to right
+ #endif
+
+ // assemble the chunked copies of the left and right sides
+ for (count=lhs->digits, cup=lhs->lsu, lip=zlhi; count>0; lip++)
+ for (p=0, *lip=0; p<FASTDIGS && count>0;
+ p+=DECDPUN, cup++, count-=DECDPUN)
+ *lip+=*cup*powers[p];
+ lmsi=lip-1; // save -> msi
+ for (count=rhs->digits, cup=rhs->lsu, rip=zrhi; count>0; rip++)
+ for (p=0, *rip=0; p<FASTDIGS && count>0;
+ p+=DECDPUN, cup++, count-=DECDPUN)
+ *rip+=*cup*powers[p];
+ rmsi=rip-1; // save -> msi
+
+ // zero the accumulator
+ for (lp=zacc; lp<zacc+iacc; lp++) *lp=0;
+
+ /* Start the multiplication */
+ // Resolving carries can dominate the cost of accumulating the
+ // partial products, so this is only done when necessary.
+ // Each uLong item in the accumulator can hold values up to
+ // 2**64-1, and each partial product can be as large as
+ // (10**FASTDIGS-1)**2. When FASTDIGS=9, this can be added to
+ // itself 18.4 times in a uLong without overflowing, so during
+ // the main calculation resolution is carried out every 18th
+ // add -- every 162 digits. Similarly, when FASTDIGS=8, the
+ // partial products can be added to themselves 1844.6 times in
+ // a uLong without overflowing, so intermediate carry
+ // resolution occurs only every 14752 digits. Hence for common
+ // short numbers usually only the one final carry resolution
+ // occurs.
+ // (The count is set via FASTLAZY to simplify experiments to
+ // measure the value of this approach: a 35% improvement on a
+ // [34x34] multiply.)
+ lazy=FASTLAZY; // carry delay count
+ for (rip=zrhi; rip<=rmsi; rip++) { // over each item in rhs
+ lp=zacc+(rip-zrhi); // where to add the lhs
+ for (lip=zlhi; lip<=lmsi; lip++, lp++) { // over each item in lhs
+ *lp+=(uLong)(*lip)*(*rip); // [this should in-line]
+ } // lip loop
+ lazy--;
+ if (lazy>0 && rip!=rmsi) continue;
+ lazy=FASTLAZY; // reset delay count
+ // spin up the accumulator resolving overflows
+ for (lp=zacc; lp<zacc+iacc; lp++) {
+ if (*lp<FASTBASE) continue; // it fits
+ lcarry=*lp/FASTBASE; // top part [slow divide]
+ // lcarry can exceed 2**32-1, so check again; this check
+ // and occasional extra divide (slow) is well worth it, as
+ // it allows FASTLAZY to be increased to 18 rather than 4
+ // in the FASTDIGS=9 case
+ if (lcarry<FASTBASE) carry=(uInt)lcarry; // [usual]
+ else { // two-place carry [fairly rare]
+ uInt carry2=(uInt)(lcarry/FASTBASE); // top top part
+ *(lp+2)+=carry2; // add to item+2
+ *lp-=((uLong)FASTBASE*FASTBASE*carry2); // [slow]
+ carry=(uInt)(lcarry-((uLong)FASTBASE*carry2)); // [inline]
+ }
+ *(lp+1)+=carry; // add to item above [inline]
+ *lp-=((uLong)FASTBASE*carry); // [inline]
+ } // carry resolution
+ } // rip loop
+
+ // The multiplication is complete; time to convert back into
+ // units. This can be done in-place in the accumulator and in
+ // 32-bit operations, because carries were resolved after the
+ // final add. This needs N-1 divides and multiplies for
+ // each item in the accumulator (which will become up to N
+ // units, where 2<=N<=9).
+ for (lp=zacc, up=acc; lp<zacc+iacc; lp++) {
+ uInt item=(uInt)*lp; // decapitate to uInt
+ for (p=0; p<FASTDIGS-DECDPUN; p+=DECDPUN, up++) {
+ uInt part=item/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
+ *up=(Unit)(item-(part*(DECDPUNMAX+1)));
+ item=part;
+ } // p
+ *up=(Unit)item; up++; // [final needs no division]
+ } // lp
+ accunits=up-acc; // count of units
+ }
+ else { // here to use units directly, without chunking ['old code']
+ #endif
+
+ // if accumulator will be too long for local storage, then allocate
+ acc=accbuff; // -> assume buffer for accumulator
+ needbytes=(D2U(lhs->digits)+D2U(rhs->digits))*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>(Int)sizeof(accbuff)) {
+ allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocacc==NULL) {*status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; break;}
+ acc=(Unit *)allocacc; // use the allocated space
+ }
+
+ /* Now the main long multiplication loop */
+ // Unlike the equivalent in the IBM Java implementation, there
+ // is no advantage in calculating from msu to lsu. So, do it
+ // by the book, as it were.
+ // Each iteration calculates ACC=ACC+MULTAND*MULT
+ accunits=1; // accumulator starts at '0'
+ *acc=0; // .. (lsu=0)
+ shift=0; // no multiplicand shift at first
+ madlength=D2U(lhs->digits); // this won't change
+ mermsup=rhs->lsu+D2U(rhs->digits); // -> msu+1 of multiplier
+
+ for (mer=rhs->lsu; mer<mermsup; mer++) {
+ // Here, *mer is the next Unit in the multiplier to use
+ // If non-zero [optimization] add it...
+ if (*mer!=0) accunits=decUnitAddSub(&acc[shift], accunits-shift,
+ lhs->lsu, madlength, 0,
+ &acc[shift], *mer)
+ + shift;
+ else { // extend acc with a 0; it will be used shortly
+ *(acc+accunits)=0; // [this avoids length of <=0 later]
+ accunits++;
+ }
+ // multiply multiplicand by 10**DECDPUN for next Unit to left
+ shift++; // add this for 'logical length'
+ } // n
+ #if FASTMUL
+ } // unchunked units
+ #endif
+ // common end-path
+ #if DECTRACE
+ decDumpAr('*', acc, accunits); // Show exact result
+ #endif
+
+ // acc now contains the exact result of the multiplication,
+ // possibly with a leading zero unit; build the decNumber from
+ // it, noting if any residue
+ res->bits=bits; // set sign
+ res->digits=decGetDigits(acc, accunits); // count digits exactly
+
+ // There can be a 31-bit wrap in calculating the exponent.
+ // This can only happen if both input exponents are negative and
+ // both their magnitudes are large. If there was a wrap, set a
+ // safe very negative exponent, from which decFinalize() will
+ // raise a hard underflow shortly.
+ exponent=lhs->exponent+rhs->exponent; // calculate exponent
+ if (lhs->exponent<0 && rhs->exponent<0 && exponent>0)
+ exponent=-2*DECNUMMAXE; // force underflow
+ res->exponent=exponent; // OK to overwrite now
+
+
+ // Set the coefficient. If any rounding, residue records
+ decSetCoeff(res, set, acc, res->digits, &residue, status);
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // final cleanup
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc); // drop any storage used
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs); // ..
+ if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ #if FASTMUL
+ if (allocrhi!=NULL) free(allocrhi); // ..
+ if (alloclhi!=NULL) free(alloclhi); // ..
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decMultiplyOp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decExpOp -- effect exponentiation */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = exp(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. status is updated but */
+/* not set. */
+/* */
+/* Restrictions: */
+/* */
+/* digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be less than */
+/* 2*DEC_MAX_MATH (1999998), and the rhs must be within these */
+/* bounds or a zero. This is an internal routine, so these */
+/* restrictions are contractual and not enforced. */
+/* */
+/* A finite result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will */
+/* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in */
+/* error in rare cases. */
+/* */
+/* Finite results will always be full precision and Inexact, except */
+/* when A is a zero or -Infinity (giving 1 or 0 respectively). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This approach used here is similar to the algorithm described in */
+/* */
+/* Variable Precision Exponential Function, T. E. Hull and */
+/* A. Abrham, ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, Vol 12 #2, */
+/* pp79-91, ACM, June 1986. */
+/* */
+/* with the main difference being that the iterations in the series */
+/* evaluation are terminated dynamically (which does not require the */
+/* extra variable-precision variables which are expensive in this */
+/* context). */
+/* */
+/* The error analysis in Hull & Abrham's paper applies except for the */
+/* round-off error accumulation during the series evaluation. This */
+/* code does not precalculate the number of iterations and so cannot */
+/* use Horner's scheme. Instead, the accumulation is done at double- */
+/* precision, which ensures that the additions of the terms are exact */
+/* and do not accumulate round-off (and any round-off errors in the */
+/* terms themselves move 'to the right' faster than they can */
+/* accumulate). This code also extends the calculation by allowing, */
+/* in the spirit of other decNumber operators, the input to be more */
+/* precise than the result (the precision used is based on the more */
+/* precise of the input or requested result). */
+/* */
+/* Implementation notes: */
+/* */
+/* 1. This is separated out as decExpOp so it can be called from */
+/* other Mathematical functions (notably Ln) with a wider range */
+/* than normal. In particular, it can handle the slightly wider */
+/* (double) range needed by Ln (which has to be able to calculate */
+/* exp(-x) where x can be the tiniest number (Ntiny). */
+/* */
+/* 2. Normalizing x to be <=0.1 (instead of <=1) reduces loop */
+/* iterations by appoximately a third with additional (although */
+/* diminishing) returns as the range is reduced to even smaller */
+/* fractions. However, h (the power of 10 used to correct the */
+/* result at the end, see below) must be kept <=8 as otherwise */
+/* the final result cannot be computed. Hence the leverage is a */
+/* sliding value (8-h), where potentially the range is reduced */
+/* more for smaller values. */
+/* */
+/* The leverage that can be applied in this way is severely */
+/* limited by the cost of the raise-to-the power at the end, */
+/* which dominates when the number of iterations is small (less */
+/* than ten) or when rhs is short. As an example, the adjustment */
+/* x**10,000,000 needs 31 multiplications, all but one full-width. */
+/* */
+/* 3. The restrictions (especially precision) could be raised with */
+/* care, but the full decNumber range seems very hard within the */
+/* 32-bit limits. */
+/* */
+/* 4. The working precisions for the static buffers are twice the */
+/* obvious size to allow for calls from decNumberPower. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decExpOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set, uInt *status) {
+ uInt ignore=0; // working status
+ Int h; // adjusted exponent for 0.xxxx
+ Int p; // working precision
+ Int residue; // rounding residue
+ uInt needbytes; // for space calculations
+ const decNumber *x=rhs; // (may point to safe copy later)
+ decContext aset, tset, dset; // working contexts
+ Int comp; // work
+
+ // the argument is often copied to normalize it, so (unusually) it
+ // is treated like other buffers, using DECBUFFER, +1 in case
+ // DECBUFFER is 0
+ decNumber bufr[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+1)];
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rhs buffer allocated
+
+ // the working precision will be no more than set->digits+8+1
+ // so for on-stack buffers DECBUFFER+9 is used, +1 in case DECBUFFER
+ // is 0 (and twice that for the accumulator)
+
+ // buffer for t, term (working precision plus)
+ decNumber buft[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+9+1)];
+ decNumber *allocbuft=NULL; // -> allocated buft, iff allocated
+ decNumber *t=buft; // term
+ // buffer for a, accumulator (working precision * 2), at least 9
+ decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER*4+18+1)];
+ decNumber *allocbufa=NULL; // -> allocated bufa, iff allocated
+ decNumber *a=bufa; // accumulator
+ // decNumber for the divisor term; this needs at most 9 digits
+ // and so can be fixed size [16 so can use standard context]
+ decNumber bufd[D2N(16)];
+ decNumber *d=bufd; // divisor
+ decNumber numone; // constant 1
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ Int iterations=0; // for later sanity check
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ if (SPECIALARG) { // handle infinities and NaNs
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) { // an infinity
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) // -Infinity -> +0
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ else decNumberCopy(res, rhs); // +Infinity -> self
+ }
+ else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, status); // a NaN
+ break;}
+
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) { // zeros -> exact 1
+ decNumberZero(res); // make clean 1
+ *res->lsu=1; // ..
+ break;} // [no status to set]
+
+ // e**x when 0 < x < 0.66 is < 1+3x/2, hence can fast-path
+ // positive and negative tiny cases which will result in inexact
+ // 1. This also allows the later add-accumulate to always be
+ // exact (because its length will never be more than twice the
+ // working precision).
+ // The comparator (tiny) needs just one digit, so use the
+ // decNumber d for it (reused as the divisor, etc., below); its
+ // exponent is such that if x is positive it will have
+ // set->digits-1 zeros between the decimal point and the digit,
+ // which is 4, and if x is negative one more zero there as the
+ // more precise result will be of the form 0.9999999 rather than
+ // 1.0000001. Hence, tiny will be 0.0000004 if digits=7 and x>0
+ // or 0.00000004 if digits=7 and x<0. If RHS not larger than
+ // this then the result will be 1.000000
+ decNumberZero(d); // clean
+ *d->lsu=4; // set 4 ..
+ d->exponent=-set->digits; // * 10**(-d)
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) d->exponent--; // negative case
+ comp=decCompare(d, rhs, 1); // signless compare
+ if (comp==BADINT) {
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ if (comp>=0) { // rhs < d
+ Int shift=set->digits-1;
+ decNumberZero(res); // set 1
+ *res->lsu=1; // ..
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, 1, shift);
+ res->exponent=-shift; // make 1.0000...
+ *status|=DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded; // .. inexactly
+ break;} // tiny
+
+ // set up the context to be used for calculating a, as this is
+ // used on both paths below
+ decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64);
+ // accumulator bounds are as requested (could underflow)
+ aset.emax=set->emax; // usual bounds
+ aset.emin=set->emin; // ..
+ aset.clamp=0; // and no concrete format
+
+ // calculate the adjusted (Hull & Abrham) exponent (where the
+ // decimal point is just to the left of the coefficient msd)
+ h=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits;
+ // if h>8 then 10**h cannot be calculated safely; however, when
+ // h=8 then exp(|rhs|) will be at least exp(1E+7) which is at
+ // least 6.59E+4342944, so (due to the restriction on Emax/Emin)
+ // overflow (or underflow to 0) is guaranteed -- so this case can
+ // be handled by simply forcing the appropriate excess
+ if (h>8) { // overflow/underflow
+ // set up here so Power call below will over or underflow to
+ // zero; set accumulator to either 2 or 0.02
+ // [stack buffer for a is always big enough for this]
+ decNumberZero(a);
+ *a->lsu=2; // not 1 but < exp(1)
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) a->exponent=-2; // make 0.02
+ h=8; // clamp so 10**h computable
+ p=9; // set a working precision
+ }
+ else { // h<=8
+ Int maxlever=(rhs->digits>8?1:0);
+ // [could/should increase this for precisions >40 or so, too]
+
+ // if h is 8, cannot normalize to a lower upper limit because
+ // the final result will not be computable (see notes above),
+ // but leverage can be applied whenever h is less than 8.
+ // Apply as much as possible, up to a MAXLEVER digits, which
+ // sets the tradeoff against the cost of the later a**(10**h).
+ // As h is increased, the working precision below also
+ // increases to compensate for the "constant digits at the
+ // front" effect.
+ Int lever=MINI(8-h, maxlever); // leverage attainable
+ Int use=-rhs->digits-lever; // exponent to use for RHS
+ h+=lever; // apply leverage selected
+ if (h<0) { // clamp
+ use+=h; // [may end up subnormal]
+ h=0;
+ }
+ // Take a copy of RHS if it needs normalization (true whenever x>=1)
+ if (rhs->exponent!=use) {
+ decNumber *newrhs=bufr; // assume will fit on stack
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(rhs->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufr)) { // need malloc space
+ allocrhs=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ newrhs=allocrhs; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ decNumberCopy(newrhs, rhs); // copy to safe space
+ newrhs->exponent=use; // normalize; now <1
+ x=newrhs; // ready for use
+ // decNumberShow(x);
+ }
+
+ // Now use the usual power series to evaluate exp(x). The
+ // series starts as 1 + x + x^2/2 ... so prime ready for the
+ // third term by setting the term variable t=x, the accumulator
+ // a=1, and the divisor d=2.
+
+ // First determine the working precision. From Hull & Abrham
+ // this is set->digits+h+2. However, if x is 'over-precise' we
+ // need to allow for all its digits to potentially participate
+ // (consider an x where all the excess digits are 9s) so in
+ // this case use x->digits+h+2
+ p=MAXI(x->digits, set->digits)+h+2; // [h<=8]
+
+ // a and t are variable precision, and depend on p, so space
+ // must be allocated for them if necessary
+
+ // the accumulator needs to be able to hold 2p digits so that
+ // the additions on the second and subsequent iterations are
+ // sufficiently exact.
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p*2)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufa==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ a=allocbufa; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ // the term needs to be able to hold p digits (which is
+ // guaranteed to be larger than x->digits, so the initial copy
+ // is safe); it may also be used for the raise-to-power
+ // calculation below, which needs an extra two digits
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(p+2)-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(buft)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbuft=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbuft==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ t=allocbuft; // use the allocated space
+ }
+
+ decNumberCopy(t, x); // term=x
+ decNumberZero(a); *a->lsu=1; // accumulator=1
+ decNumberZero(d); *d->lsu=2; // divisor=2
+ decNumberZero(&numone); *numone.lsu=1; // constant 1 for increment
+
+ // set up the contexts for calculating a, t, and d
+ decContextDefault(&tset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64);
+ dset=tset;
+ // accumulator bounds are set above, set precision now
+ aset.digits=p*2; // double
+ // term bounds avoid any underflow or overflow
+ tset.digits=p;
+ tset.emin=DEC_MIN_EMIN; // [emax is plenty]
+ // [dset.digits=16, etc., are sufficient]
+
+ // finally ready to roll
+ for (;;) {
+ #if DECCHECK
+ iterations++;
+ #endif
+ // only the status from the accumulation is interesting
+ // [but it should remain unchanged after first add]
+ decAddOp(a, a, t, &aset, 0, status); // a=a+t
+ decMultiplyOp(t, t, x, &tset, &ignore); // t=t*x
+ decDivideOp(t, t, d, &tset, DIVIDE, &ignore); // t=t/d
+ // the iteration ends when the term cannot affect the result,
+ // if rounded to p digits, which is when its value is smaller
+ // than the accumulator by p+1 digits. There must also be
+ // full precision in a.
+ if (((a->digits+a->exponent)>=(t->digits+t->exponent+p+1))
+ && (a->digits>=p)) break;
+ decAddOp(d, d, &numone, &dset, 0, &ignore); // d=d+1
+ } // iterate
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ // just a sanity check; comment out test to show always
+ if (iterations>p+3)
+ printf("Exp iterations=%ld, status=%08lx, p=%ld, d=%ld\n",
+ (LI)iterations, (LI)*status, (LI)p, (LI)x->digits);
+ #endif
+ } // h<=8
+
+ // apply postconditioning: a=a**(10**h) -- this is calculated
+ // at a slightly higher precision than Hull & Abrham suggest
+ if (h>0) {
+ Int seenbit=0; // set once a 1-bit is seen
+ Int i; // counter
+ Int n=powers[h]; // always positive
+ aset.digits=p+2; // sufficient precision
+ // avoid the overhead and many extra digits of decNumberPower
+ // as all that is needed is the short 'multipliers' loop; here
+ // accumulate the answer into t
+ decNumberZero(t); *t->lsu=1; // acc=1
+ for (i=1;;i++){ // for each bit [top bit ignored]
+ // abandon if have had overflow or terminal underflow
+ if (*status & (DEC_Overflow|DEC_Underflow)) { // interesting?
+ if (*status&DEC_Overflow || ISZERO(t)) break;}
+ n=n<<1; // move next bit to testable position
+ if (n<0) { // top bit is set
+ seenbit=1; // OK, have a significant bit
+ decMultiplyOp(t, t, a, &aset, status); // acc=acc*x
+ }
+ if (i==31) break; // that was the last bit
+ if (!seenbit) continue; // no need to square 1
+ decMultiplyOp(t, t, t, &aset, status); // acc=acc*acc [square]
+ } /*i*/ // 32 bits
+ // decNumberShow(t);
+ a=t; // and carry on using t instead of a
+ }
+
+ // Copy and round the result to res
+ residue=1; // indicate dirt to right ..
+ if (ISZERO(a)) residue=0; // .. unless underflowed to 0
+ aset.digits=set->digits; // [use default rounding]
+ decCopyFit(res, a, &aset, &residue, status); // copy & shorten
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // cleanup/set flags
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocrhs !=NULL) free(allocrhs); // drop any storage used
+ if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); // ..
+ if (allocbuft!=NULL) free(allocbuft); // ..
+ // [status is handled by caller]
+ return res;
+ } // decExpOp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Initial-estimate natural logarithm table */
+/* */
+/* LNnn -- 90-entry 16-bit table for values from .10 through .99. */
+/* The result is a 4-digit encode of the coefficient (c=the */
+/* top 14 bits encoding 0-9999) and a 2-digit encode of the */
+/* exponent (e=the bottom 2 bits encoding 0-3) */
+/* */
+/* The resulting value is given by: */
+/* */
+/* v = -c * 10**(-e-3) */
+/* */
+/* where e and c are extracted from entry k = LNnn[x-10] */
+/* where x is truncated (NB) into the range 10 through 99, */
+/* and then c = k>>2 and e = k&3. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+const uShort LNnn[90]={9016, 8652, 8316, 8008, 7724, 7456, 7208,
+ 6972, 6748, 6540, 6340, 6148, 5968, 5792, 5628, 5464, 5312,
+ 5164, 5020, 4884, 4748, 4620, 4496, 4376, 4256, 4144, 4032,
+ 39233, 38181, 37157, 36157, 35181, 34229, 33297, 32389, 31501, 30629,
+ 29777, 28945, 28129, 27329, 26545, 25777, 25021, 24281, 23553, 22837,
+ 22137, 21445, 20769, 20101, 19445, 18801, 18165, 17541, 16925, 16321,
+ 15721, 15133, 14553, 13985, 13421, 12865, 12317, 11777, 11241, 10717,
+ 10197, 9685, 9177, 8677, 8185, 7697, 7213, 6737, 6269, 5801,
+ 5341, 4889, 4437, 39930, 35534, 31186, 26886, 22630, 18418, 14254,
+ 10130, 6046, 20055};
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decLnOp -- effect natural logarithm */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = ln(A) */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A */
+/* rhs is A */
+/* set is the context; note that rounding mode has no effect */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Notable cases: */
+/* A<0 -> Invalid */
+/* A=0 -> -Infinity (Exact) */
+/* A=+Infinity -> +Infinity (Exact) */
+/* A=1 exactly -> 0 (Exact) */
+/* */
+/* Restrictions (as for Exp): */
+/* */
+/* digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be less than */
+/* DEC_MAX_MATH+11 (1000010), and the rhs must be within these */
+/* bounds or a zero. This is an internal routine, so these */
+/* restrictions are contractual and not enforced. */
+/* */
+/* A finite result is rounded using DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; it will */
+/* almost always be correctly rounded, but may be up to 1 ulp in */
+/* error in rare cases. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* The result is calculated using Newton's method, with each */
+/* iteration calculating a' = a + x * exp(-a) - 1. See, for example, */
+/* Epperson 1989. */
+/* */
+/* The iteration ends when the adjustment x*exp(-a)-1 is tiny enough. */
+/* This has to be calculated at the sum of the precision of x and the */
+/* working precision. */
+/* */
+/* Implementation notes: */
+/* */
+/* 1. This is separated out as decLnOp so it can be called from */
+/* other Mathematical functions (e.g., Log 10) with a wider range */
+/* than normal. In particular, it can handle the slightly wider */
+/* (+9+2) range needed by a power function. */
+/* */
+/* 2. The speed of this function is about 10x slower than exp, as */
+/* it typically needs 4-6 iterations for short numbers, and the */
+/* extra precision needed adds a squaring effect, twice. */
+/* */
+/* 3. Fastpaths are included for ln(10) and ln(2), up to length 40, */
+/* as these are common requests. ln(10) is used by log10(x). */
+/* */
+/* 4. An iteration might be saved by widening the LNnn table, and */
+/* would certainly save at least one if it were made ten times */
+/* bigger, too (for truncated fractions 0.100 through 0.999). */
+/* However, for most practical evaluations, at least four or five */
+/* iterations will be neede -- so this would only speed up by */
+/* 20-25% and that probably does not justify increasing the table */
+/* size. */
+/* */
+/* 5. The static buffers are larger than might be expected to allow */
+/* for calls from decNumberPower. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decLnOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *rhs,
+ decContext *set, uInt *status) {
+ uInt ignore=0; // working status accumulator
+ uInt needbytes; // for space calculations
+ Int residue; // rounding residue
+ Int r; // rhs=f*10**r [see below]
+ Int p; // working precision
+ Int pp; // precision for iteration
+ Int t; // work
+
+ // buffers for a (accumulator, typically precision+2) and b
+ // (adjustment calculator, same size)
+ decNumber bufa[D2N(DECBUFFER+12)];
+ decNumber *allocbufa=NULL; // -> allocated bufa, iff allocated
+ decNumber *a=bufa; // accumulator/work
+ decNumber bufb[D2N(DECBUFFER*2+2)];
+ decNumber *allocbufb=NULL; // -> allocated bufa, iff allocated
+ decNumber *b=bufb; // adjustment/work
+
+ decNumber numone; // constant 1
+ decNumber cmp; // work
+ decContext aset, bset; // working contexts
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ Int iterations=0; // for later sanity check
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, DECUNUSED, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ if (SPECIALARG) { // handle infinities and NaNs
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) { // an infinity
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) // -Infinity -> error
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ else decNumberCopy(res, rhs); // +Infinity -> self
+ }
+ else decNaNs(res, rhs, NULL, set, status); // a NaN
+ break;}
+
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) { // +/- zeros -> -Infinity
+ decNumberZero(res); // make clean
+ res->bits=DECINF|DECNEG; // set - infinity
+ break;} // [no status to set]
+
+ // Non-zero negatives are bad...
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) { // -x -> error
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;}
+
+ // Here, rhs is positive, finite, and in range
+
+ // lookaside fastpath code for ln(2) and ln(10) at common lengths
+ if (rhs->exponent==0 && set->digits<=40) {
+ #if DECDPUN==1
+ if (rhs->lsu[0]==0 && rhs->lsu[1]==1 && rhs->digits==2) { // ln(10)
+ #else
+ if (rhs->lsu[0]==10 && rhs->digits==2) { // ln(10)
+ #endif
+ aset=*set; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;
+ #define LN10 "2.302585092994045684017991454684364207601"
+ decNumberFromString(res, LN10, &aset);
+ *status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded); // is inexact
+ break;}
+ if (rhs->lsu[0]==2 && rhs->digits==1) { // ln(2)
+ aset=*set; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN;
+ #define LN2 "0.6931471805599453094172321214581765680755"
+ decNumberFromString(res, LN2, &aset);
+ *status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded);
+ break;}
+ } // integer and short
+
+ // Determine the working precision. This is normally the
+ // requested precision + 2, with a minimum of 9. However, if
+ // the rhs is 'over-precise' then allow for all its digits to
+ // potentially participate (consider an rhs where all the excess
+ // digits are 9s) so in this case use rhs->digits+2.
+ p=MAXI(rhs->digits, MAXI(set->digits, 7))+2;
+
+ // Allocate space for the accumulator and the high-precision
+ // adjustment calculator, if necessary. The accumulator must
+ // be able to hold p digits, and the adjustment up to
+ // rhs->digits+p digits. They are also made big enough for 16
+ // digits so that they can be used for calculating the initial
+ // estimate.
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(MAXI(p,16))-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufa)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufa=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufa==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ a=allocbufa; // use the allocated space
+ }
+ pp=p+rhs->digits;
+ needbytes=sizeof(decNumber)+(D2U(MAXI(pp,16))-1)*sizeof(Unit);
+ if (needbytes>sizeof(bufb)) { // need malloc space
+ allocbufb=(decNumber *)malloc(needbytes);
+ if (allocbufb==NULL) { // hopeless -- abandon
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ break;}
+ b=allocbufb; // use the allocated space
+ }
+
+ // Prepare an initial estimate in acc. Calculate this by
+ // considering the coefficient of x to be a normalized fraction,
+ // f, with the decimal point at far left and multiplied by
+ // 10**r. Then, rhs=f*10**r and 0.1<=f<1, and
+ // ln(x) = ln(f) + ln(10)*r
+ // Get the initial estimate for ln(f) from a small lookup
+ // table (see above) indexed by the first two digits of f,
+ // truncated.
+
+ decContextDefault(&aset, DEC_INIT_DECIMAL64); // 16-digit extended
+ r=rhs->exponent+rhs->digits; // 'normalised' exponent
+ decNumberFromInt32(a, r); // a=r
+ decNumberFromInt32(b, 2302585); // b=ln(10) (2.302585)
+ b->exponent=-6; // ..
+ decMultiplyOp(a, a, b, &aset, &ignore); // a=a*b
+ // now get top two digits of rhs into b by simple truncate and
+ // force to integer
+ residue=0; // (no residue)
+ aset.digits=2; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_DOWN;
+ decCopyFit(b, rhs, &aset, &residue, &ignore); // copy & shorten
+ b->exponent=0; // make integer
+ t=decGetInt(b); // [cannot fail]
+ if (t<10) t=X10(t); // adjust single-digit b
+ t=LNnn[t-10]; // look up ln(b)
+ decNumberFromInt32(b, t>>2); // b=ln(b) coefficient
+ b->exponent=-(t&3)-3; // set exponent
+ b->bits=DECNEG; // ln(0.10)->ln(0.99) always -ve
+ aset.digits=16; aset.round=DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; // restore
+ decAddOp(a, a, b, &aset, 0, &ignore); // acc=a+b
+ // the initial estimate is now in a, with up to 4 digits correct.
+ // When rhs is at or near Nmax the estimate will be low, so we
+ // will approach it from below, avoiding overflow when calling exp.
+
+ decNumberZero(&numone); *numone.lsu=1; // constant 1 for adjustment
+
+ // accumulator bounds are as requested (could underflow, but
+ // cannot overflow)
+ aset.emax=set->emax;
+ aset.emin=set->emin;
+ aset.clamp=0; // no concrete format
+ // set up a context to be used for the multiply and subtract
+ bset=aset;
+ bset.emax=DEC_MAX_MATH*2; // use double bounds for the
+ bset.emin=-DEC_MAX_MATH*2; // adjustment calculation
+ // [see decExpOp call below]
+ // for each iteration double the number of digits to calculate,
+ // up to a maximum of p
+ pp=9; // initial precision
+ // [initially 9 as then the sequence starts 7+2, 16+2, and
+ // 34+2, which is ideal for standard-sized numbers]
+ aset.digits=pp; // working context
+ bset.digits=pp+rhs->digits; // wider context
+ for (;;) { // iterate
+ #if DECCHECK
+ iterations++;
+ if (iterations>24) break; // consider 9 * 2**24
+ #endif
+ // calculate the adjustment (exp(-a)*x-1) into b. This is a
+ // catastrophic subtraction but it really is the difference
+ // from 1 that is of interest.
+ // Use the internal entry point to Exp as it allows the double
+ // range for calculating exp(-a) when a is the tiniest subnormal.
+ a->bits^=DECNEG; // make -a
+ decExpOp(b, a, &bset, &ignore); // b=exp(-a)
+ a->bits^=DECNEG; // restore sign of a
+ // now multiply by rhs and subtract 1, at the wider precision
+ decMultiplyOp(b, b, rhs, &bset, &ignore); // b=b*rhs
+ decAddOp(b, b, &numone, &bset, DECNEG, &ignore); // b=b-1
+
+ // the iteration ends when the adjustment cannot affect the
+ // result by >=0.5 ulp (at the requested digits), which
+ // is when its value is smaller than the accumulator by
+ // set->digits+1 digits (or it is zero) -- this is a looser
+ // requirement than for Exp because all that happens to the
+ // accumulator after this is the final rounding (but note that
+ // there must also be full precision in a, or a=0).
+
+ if (decNumberIsZero(b) ||
+ (a->digits+a->exponent)>=(b->digits+b->exponent+set->digits+1)) {
+ if (a->digits==p) break;
+ if (decNumberIsZero(a)) {
+ decCompareOp(&cmp, rhs, &numone, &aset, COMPARE, &ignore); // rhs=1 ?
+ if (cmp.lsu[0]==0) a->exponent=0; // yes, exact 0
+ else *status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded); // no, inexact
+ break;
+ }
+ // force padding if adjustment has gone to 0 before full length
+ if (decNumberIsZero(b)) b->exponent=a->exponent-p;
+ }
+
+ // not done yet ...
+ decAddOp(a, a, b, &aset, 0, &ignore); // a=a+b for next estimate
+ if (pp==p) continue; // precision is at maximum
+ // lengthen the next calculation
+ pp=pp*2; // double precision
+ if (pp>p) pp=p; // clamp to maximum
+ aset.digits=pp; // working context
+ bset.digits=pp+rhs->digits; // wider context
+ } // Newton's iteration
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ // just a sanity check; remove the test to show always
+ if (iterations>24)
+ printf("Ln iterations=%ld, status=%08lx, p=%ld, d=%ld\n",
+ (LI)iterations, (LI)*status, (LI)p, (LI)rhs->digits);
+ #endif
+
+ // Copy and round the result to res
+ residue=1; // indicate dirt to right
+ if (ISZERO(a)) residue=0; // .. unless underflowed to 0
+ aset.digits=set->digits; // [use default rounding]
+ decCopyFit(res, a, &aset, &residue, status); // copy & shorten
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status); // cleanup/set flags
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (allocbufa!=NULL) free(allocbufa); // drop any storage used
+ if (allocbufb!=NULL) free(allocbufb); // ..
+ // [status is handled by caller]
+ return res;
+ } // decLnOp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decQuantizeOp -- force exponent to requested value */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = op(A, B), where op adjusts the coefficient */
+/* of C (by rounding or shifting) such that the exponent (-scale) */
+/* of C has the value B or matches the exponent of B. */
+/* The numerical value of C will equal A, except for the effects of */
+/* any rounding that occurred. */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A or B */
+/* lhs is A, the number to adjust */
+/* rhs is B, the requested exponent */
+/* set is the context */
+/* quant is 1 for quantize or 0 for rescale */
+/* status is the status accumulator (this can be called without */
+/* risk of control loss) */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for set->digits digits. */
+/* */
+/* Unless there is an error or the result is infinite, the exponent */
+/* after the operation is guaranteed to be that requested. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static decNumber * decQuantizeOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
+ Flag quant, uInt *status) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *alloclhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // .., rhs
+ #endif
+ const decNumber *inrhs=rhs; // save original rhs
+ Int reqdigits=set->digits; // requested DIGITS
+ Int reqexp; // requested exponent [-scale]
+ Int residue=0; // rounding residue
+ Int etiny=set->emin-(reqdigits-1);
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (lhs->digits>reqdigits) {
+ alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
+ if (alloclhs==NULL) break;
+ lhs=alloclhs;
+ }
+ if (rhs->digits>reqdigits) { // [this only checks lostDigits]
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) break;
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ // Handle special values
+ if (SPECIALARGS) {
+ // NaNs get usual processing
+ if (SPECIALARGS & (DECSNAN | DECNAN))
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status);
+ // one infinity but not both is bad
+ else if ((lhs->bits ^ rhs->bits) & DECINF)
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ // both infinity: return lhs
+ else decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // [nop if in place]
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // set requested exponent
+ if (quant) reqexp=inrhs->exponent; // quantize -- match exponents
+ else { // rescale -- use value of rhs
+ // Original rhs must be an integer that fits and is in range,
+ // which could be from -1999999997 to +999999999, thanks to
+ // subnormals
+ reqexp=decGetInt(inrhs); // [cannot fail]
+ }
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) etiny=set->emin; // no subnormals
+ #endif
+
+ if (reqexp==BADINT // bad (rescale only) or ..
+ || reqexp==BIGODD || reqexp==BIGEVEN // very big (ditto) or ..
+ || (reqexp<etiny) // < lowest
+ || (reqexp>set->emax)) { // > emax
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;}
+
+ // the RHS has been processed, so it can be overwritten now if necessary
+ if (ISZERO(lhs)) { // zero coefficient unchanged
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // [nop if in place]
+ res->exponent=reqexp; // .. just set exponent
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) res->bits=0; // subset specification; no -0
+ #endif
+ }
+ else { // non-zero lhs
+ Int adjust=reqexp-lhs->exponent; // digit adjustment needed
+ // if adjusted coefficient will definitely not fit, give up now
+ if ((lhs->digits-adjust)>reqdigits) {
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (adjust>0) { // increasing exponent
+ // this will decrease the length of the coefficient by adjust
+ // digits, and must round as it does so
+ decContext workset; // work
+ workset=*set; // clone rounding, etc.
+ workset.digits=lhs->digits-adjust; // set requested length
+ // [note that the latter can be <1, here]
+ decCopyFit(res, lhs, &workset, &residue, status); // fit to result
+ decApplyRound(res, &workset, residue, status); // .. and round
+ residue=0; // [used]
+ // If just rounded a 999s case, exponent will be off by one;
+ // adjust back (after checking space), if so.
+ if (res->exponent>reqexp) {
+ // re-check needed, e.g., for quantize(0.9999, 0.001) under
+ // set->digits==3
+ if (res->digits==reqdigits) { // cannot shift by 1
+ *status&=~(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded); // [clean these]
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;
+ }
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, 1); // shift
+ res->exponent--; // (re)adjust the exponent.
+ }
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (ISZERO(res) && !set->extended) res->bits=0; // subset; no -0
+ #endif
+ } // increase
+ else /* adjust<=0 */ { // decreasing or = exponent
+ // this will increase the length of the coefficient by -adjust
+ // digits, by adding zero or more trailing zeros; this is
+ // already checked for fit, above
+ decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // [it will fit]
+ // if padding needed (adjust<0), add it now...
+ if (adjust<0) {
+ res->digits=decShiftToMost(res->lsu, res->digits, -adjust);
+ res->exponent+=adjust; // adjust the exponent
+ }
+ } // decrease
+ } // non-zero
+
+ // Check for overflow [do not use Finalize in this case, as an
+ // overflow here is a "don't fit" situation]
+ if (res->exponent>set->emax-res->digits+1) { // too big
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ break;
+ }
+ else {
+ decFinalize(res, set, &residue, status); // set subnormal flags
+ *status&=~DEC_Underflow; // suppress Underflow [as per 754]
+ }
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs); // drop any storage used
+ if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decQuantizeOp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decCompareOp -- compare, min, or max two Numbers */
+/* */
+/* This computes C = A ? B and carries out one of four operations: */
+/* COMPARE -- returns the signum (as a number) giving the */
+/* result of a comparison unless one or both */
+/* operands is a NaN (in which case a NaN results) */
+/* COMPSIG -- as COMPARE except that a quiet NaN raises */
+/* Invalid operation. */
+/* COMPMAX -- returns the larger of the operands, using the */
+/* 754 maxnum operation */
+/* COMPMAXMAG -- ditto, comparing absolute values */
+/* COMPMIN -- the 754 minnum operation */
+/* COMPMINMAG -- ditto, comparing absolute values */
+/* COMTOTAL -- returns the signum (as a number) giving the */
+/* result of a comparison using 754 total ordering */
+/* */
+/* res is C, the result. C may be A and/or B (e.g., X=X?X) */
+/* lhs is A */
+/* rhs is B */
+/* set is the context */
+/* op is the operation flag */
+/* status is the usual accumulator */
+/* */
+/* C must have space for one digit for COMPARE or set->digits for */
+/* COMPMAX, COMPMIN, COMPMAXMAG, or COMPMINMAG. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* The emphasis here is on speed for common cases, and avoiding */
+/* coefficient comparison if possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+decNumber * decCompareOp(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
+ Flag op, uInt *status) {
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ decNumber *alloclhs=NULL; // non-NULL if rounded lhs allocated
+ decNumber *allocrhs=NULL; // .., rhs
+ #endif
+ Int result=0; // default result value
+ uByte merged; // work
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(res, lhs, rhs, set)) return res;
+ #endif
+
+ do { // protect allocated storage
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ // reduce operands and set lostDigits status, as needed
+ if (lhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ alloclhs=decRoundOperand(lhs, set, status);
+ if (alloclhs==NULL) {result=BADINT; break;}
+ lhs=alloclhs;
+ }
+ if (rhs->digits>set->digits) {
+ allocrhs=decRoundOperand(rhs, set, status);
+ if (allocrhs==NULL) {result=BADINT; break;}
+ rhs=allocrhs;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // [following code does not require input rounding]
+
+ // If total ordering then handle differing signs 'up front'
+ if (op==COMPTOTAL) { // total ordering
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs) & !decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ result=-1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!decNumberIsNegative(lhs) & decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) {
+ result=+1;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // handle NaNs specially; let infinities drop through
+ // This assumes sNaN (even just one) leads to NaN.
+ merged=(lhs->bits | rhs->bits) & (DECSNAN | DECNAN);
+ if (merged) { // a NaN bit set
+ if (op==COMPARE); // result will be NaN
+ else if (op==COMPSIG) // treat qNaN as sNaN
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation | DEC_sNaN;
+ else if (op==COMPTOTAL) { // total ordering, always finite
+ // signs are known to be the same; compute the ordering here
+ // as if the signs are both positive, then invert for negatives
+ if (!decNumberIsNaN(lhs)) result=-1;
+ else if (!decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) result=+1;
+ // here if both NaNs
+ else if (decNumberIsSNaN(lhs) && decNumberIsQNaN(rhs)) result=-1;
+ else if (decNumberIsQNaN(lhs) && decNumberIsSNaN(rhs)) result=+1;
+ else { // both NaN or both sNaN
+ // now it just depends on the payload
+ result=decUnitCompare(lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits),
+ rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits), 0);
+ // [Error not possible, as these are 'aligned']
+ } // both same NaNs
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) result=-result;
+ break;
+ } // total order
+
+ else if (merged & DECSNAN); // sNaN -> qNaN
+ else { // here if MIN or MAX and one or two quiet NaNs
+ // min or max -- 754 rules ignore single NaN
+ if (!decNumberIsNaN(lhs) || !decNumberIsNaN(rhs)) {
+ // just one NaN; force choice to be the non-NaN operand
+ op=COMPMAX;
+ if (lhs->bits & DECNAN) result=-1; // pick rhs
+ else result=+1; // pick lhs
+ break;
+ }
+ } // max or min
+ op=COMPNAN; // use special path
+ decNaNs(res, lhs, rhs, set, status); // propagate NaN
+ break;
+ }
+ // have numbers
+ if (op==COMPMAXMAG || op==COMPMINMAG) result=decCompare(lhs, rhs, 1);
+ else result=decCompare(lhs, rhs, 0); // sign matters
+ } while(0); // end protected
+
+ if (result==BADINT) *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; // rare
+ else {
+ if (op==COMPARE || op==COMPSIG ||op==COMPTOTAL) { // returning signum
+ if (op==COMPTOTAL && result==0) {
+ // operands are numerically equal or same NaN (and same sign,
+ // tested first); if identical, leave result 0
+ if (lhs->exponent!=rhs->exponent) {
+ if (lhs->exponent<rhs->exponent) result=-1;
+ else result=+1;
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) result=-result;
+ } // lexp!=rexp
+ } // total-order by exponent
+ decNumberZero(res); // [always a valid result]
+ if (result!=0) { // must be -1 or +1
+ *res->lsu=1;
+ if (result<0) res->bits=DECNEG;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (op==COMPNAN); // special, drop through
+ else { // MAX or MIN, non-NaN result
+ Int residue=0; // rounding accumulator
+ // choose the operand for the result
+ const decNumber *choice;
+ if (result==0) { // operands are numerically equal
+ // choose according to sign then exponent (see 754)
+ uByte slhs=(lhs->bits & DECNEG);
+ uByte srhs=(rhs->bits & DECNEG);
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (!set->extended) { // subset: force left-hand
+ op=COMPMAX;
+ result=+1;
+ }
+ else
+ #endif
+ if (slhs!=srhs) { // signs differ
+ if (slhs) result=-1; // rhs is max
+ else result=+1; // lhs is max
+ }
+ else if (slhs && srhs) { // both negative
+ if (lhs->exponent<rhs->exponent) result=+1;
+ else result=-1;
+ // [if equal, use lhs, technically identical]
+ }
+ else { // both positive
+ if (lhs->exponent>rhs->exponent) result=+1;
+ else result=-1;
+ // [ditto]
+ }
+ } // numerically equal
+ // here result will be non-0; reverse if looking for MIN
+ if (op==COMPMIN || op==COMPMINMAG) result=-result;
+ choice=(result>0 ? lhs : rhs); // choose
+ // copy chosen to result, rounding if need be
+ decCopyFit(res, choice, set, &residue, status);
+ decFinish(res, set, &residue, status);
+ }
+ }
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ if (allocrhs!=NULL) free(allocrhs); // free any storage used
+ if (alloclhs!=NULL) free(alloclhs); // ..
+ #endif
+ return res;
+ } // decCompareOp
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decCompare -- compare two decNumbers by numerical value */
+/* */
+/* This routine compares A ? B without altering them. */
+/* */
+/* Arg1 is A, a decNumber which is not a NaN */
+/* Arg2 is B, a decNumber which is not a NaN */
+/* Arg3 is 1 for a sign-independent compare, 0 otherwise */
+/* */
+/* returns -1, 0, or 1 for A<B, A==B, or A>B, or BADINT if failure */
+/* (the only possible failure is an allocation error) */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Int decCompare(const decNumber *lhs, const decNumber *rhs,
+ Flag abs) {
+ Int result; // result value
+ Int sigr; // rhs signum
+ Int compare; // work
+
+ result=1; // assume signum(lhs)
+ if (ISZERO(lhs)) result=0;
+ if (abs) {
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) return result; // LHS wins or both 0
+ // RHS is non-zero
+ if (result==0) return -1; // LHS is 0; RHS wins
+ // [here, both non-zero, result=1]
+ }
+ else { // signs matter
+ if (result && decNumberIsNegative(lhs)) result=-1;
+ sigr=1; // compute signum(rhs)
+ if (ISZERO(rhs)) sigr=0;
+ else if (decNumberIsNegative(rhs)) sigr=-1;
+ if (result > sigr) return +1; // L > R, return 1
+ if (result < sigr) return -1; // L < R, return -1
+ if (result==0) return 0; // both 0
+ }
+
+ // signums are the same; both are non-zero
+ if ((lhs->bits | rhs->bits) & DECINF) { // one or more infinities
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(rhs)) {
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(lhs)) result=0;// both infinite
+ else result=-result; // only rhs infinite
+ }
+ return result;
+ }
+ // must compare the coefficients, allowing for exponents
+ if (lhs->exponent>rhs->exponent) { // LHS exponent larger
+ // swap sides, and sign
+ const decNumber *temp=lhs;
+ lhs=rhs;
+ rhs=temp;
+ result=-result;
+ }
+ compare=decUnitCompare(lhs->lsu, D2U(lhs->digits),
+ rhs->lsu, D2U(rhs->digits),
+ rhs->exponent-lhs->exponent);
+ if (compare!=BADINT) compare*=result; // comparison succeeded
+ return compare;
+ } // decCompare
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decUnitCompare -- compare two >=0 integers in Unit arrays */
+/* */
+/* This routine compares A ? B*10**E where A and B are unit arrays */
+/* A is a plain integer */
+/* B has an exponent of E (which must be non-negative) */
+/* */
+/* Arg1 is A first Unit (lsu) */
+/* Arg2 is A length in Units */
+/* Arg3 is B first Unit (lsu) */
+/* Arg4 is B length in Units */
+/* Arg5 is E (0 if the units are aligned) */
+/* */
+/* returns -1, 0, or 1 for A<B, A==B, or A>B, or BADINT if failure */
+/* (the only possible failure is an allocation error, which can */
+/* only occur if E!=0) */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Int decUnitCompare(const Unit *a, Int alength,
+ const Unit *b, Int blength, Int exp) {
+ Unit *acc; // accumulator for result
+ Unit accbuff[SD2U(DECBUFFER*2+1)]; // local buffer
+ Unit *allocacc=NULL; // -> allocated acc buffer, iff allocated
+ Int accunits, need; // units in use or needed for acc
+ const Unit *l, *r, *u; // work
+ Int expunits, exprem, result; // ..
+
+ if (exp==0) { // aligned; fastpath
+ if (alength>blength) return 1;
+ if (alength<blength) return -1;
+ // same number of units in both -- need unit-by-unit compare
+ l=a+alength-1;
+ r=b+alength-1;
+ for (;l>=a; l--, r--) {
+ if (*l>*r) return 1;
+ if (*l<*r) return -1;
+ }
+ return 0; // all units match
+ } // aligned
+
+ // Unaligned. If one is >1 unit longer than the other, padded
+ // approximately, then can return easily
+ if (alength>blength+(Int)D2U(exp)) return 1;
+ if (alength+1<blength+(Int)D2U(exp)) return -1;
+
+ // Need to do a real subtract. For this, a result buffer is needed
+ // even though only the sign is of interest. Its length needs
+ // to be the larger of alength and padded blength, +2
+ need=blength+D2U(exp); // maximum real length of B
+ if (need<alength) need=alength;
+ need+=2;
+ acc=accbuff; // assume use local buffer
+ if (need*sizeof(Unit)>sizeof(accbuff)) {
+ allocacc=(Unit *)malloc(need*sizeof(Unit));
+ if (allocacc==NULL) return BADINT; // hopeless -- abandon
+ acc=allocacc;
+ }
+ // Calculate units and remainder from exponent.
+ expunits=exp/DECDPUN;
+ exprem=exp%DECDPUN;
+ // subtract [A+B*(-m)]
+ accunits=decUnitAddSub(a, alength, b, blength, expunits, acc,
+ -(Int)powers[exprem]);
+ // [UnitAddSub result may have leading zeros, even on zero]
+ if (accunits<0) result=-1; // negative result
+ else { // non-negative result
+ // check units of the result before freeing any storage
+ for (u=acc; u<acc+accunits-1 && *u==0;) u++;
+ result=(*u==0 ? 0 : +1);
+ }
+ // clean up and return the result
+ if (allocacc!=NULL) free(allocacc); // drop any storage used
+ return result;
+ } // decUnitCompare
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decUnitAddSub -- add or subtract two >=0 integers in Unit arrays */
+/* */
+/* This routine performs the calculation: */
+/* */
+/* C=A+(B*M) */
+/* */
+/* Where M is in the range -DECDPUNMAX through +DECDPUNMAX. */
+/* */
+/* A may be shorter or longer than B. */
+/* */
+/* Leading zeros are not removed after a calculation. The result is */
+/* either the same length as the longer of A and B (adding any */
+/* shift), or one Unit longer than that (if a Unit carry occurred). */
+/* */
+/* A and B content are not altered unless C is also A or B. */
+/* C may be the same array as A or B, but only if no zero padding is */
+/* requested (that is, C may be B only if bshift==0). */
+/* C is filled from the lsu; only those units necessary to complete */
+/* the calculation are referenced. */
+/* */
+/* Arg1 is A first Unit (lsu) */
+/* Arg2 is A length in Units */
+/* Arg3 is B first Unit (lsu) */
+/* Arg4 is B length in Units */
+/* Arg5 is B shift in Units (>=0; pads with 0 units if positive) */
+/* Arg6 is C first Unit (lsu) */
+/* Arg7 is M, the multiplier */
+/* */
+/* returns the count of Units written to C, which will be non-zero */
+/* and negated if the result is negative. That is, the sign of the */
+/* returned Int is the sign of the result (positive for zero) and */
+/* the absolute value of the Int is the count of Units. */
+/* */
+/* It is the caller's responsibility to make sure that C size is */
+/* safe, allowing space if necessary for a one-Unit carry. */
+/* */
+/* This routine is severely performance-critical; *any* change here */
+/* must be measured (timed) to assure no performance degradation. */
+/* In particular, trickery here tends to be counter-productive, as */
+/* increased complexity of code hurts register optimizations on */
+/* register-poor architectures. Avoiding divisions is nearly */
+/* always a Good Idea, however. */
+/* */
+/* Special thanks to Rick McGuire (IBM Cambridge, MA) and Dave Clark */
+/* (IBM Warwick, UK) for some of the ideas used in this routine. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Int decUnitAddSub(const Unit *a, Int alength,
+ const Unit *b, Int blength, Int bshift,
+ Unit *c, Int m) {
+ const Unit *alsu=a; // A lsu [need to remember it]
+ Unit *clsu=c; // C ditto
+ Unit *minC; // low water mark for C
+ Unit *maxC; // high water mark for C
+ eInt carry=0; // carry integer (could be Long)
+ Int add; // work
+ #if DECDPUN<=4 // myriadal, millenary, etc.
+ Int est; // estimated quotient
+ #endif
+
+ #if DECTRACE
+ if (alength<1 || blength<1)
+ printf("decUnitAddSub: alen blen m %ld %ld [%ld]\n", alength, blength, m);
+ #endif
+
+ maxC=c+alength; // A is usually the longer
+ minC=c+blength; // .. and B the shorter
+ if (bshift!=0) { // B is shifted; low As copy across
+ minC+=bshift;
+ // if in place [common], skip copy unless there's a gap [rare]
+ if (a==c && bshift<=alength) {
+ c+=bshift;
+ a+=bshift;
+ }
+ else for (; c<clsu+bshift; a++, c++) { // copy needed
+ if (a<alsu+alength) *c=*a;
+ else *c=0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (minC>maxC) { // swap
+ Unit *hold=minC;
+ minC=maxC;
+ maxC=hold;
+ }
+
+ // For speed, do the addition as two loops; the first where both A
+ // and B contribute, and the second (if necessary) where only one or
+ // other of the numbers contribute.
+ // Carry handling is the same (i.e., duplicated) in each case.
+ for (; c<minC; c++) {
+ carry+=*a;
+ a++;
+ carry+=((eInt)*b)*m; // [special-casing m=1/-1
+ b++; // here is not a win]
+ // here carry is new Unit of digits; it could be +ve or -ve
+ if ((ueInt)carry<=DECDPUNMAX) { // fastpath 0-DECDPUNMAX
+ *c=(Unit)carry;
+ carry=0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ #if DECDPUN==4 // use divide-by-multiply
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); // remainder
+ carry=est; // likely quotient [89%]
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // estimate was correct
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1); // correctly negative
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // was OK
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ #elif DECDPUN==3
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); // remainder
+ carry=est; // likely quotient [99%]
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // estimate was correct
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1); // correctly negative
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // was OK
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ #elif DECDPUN<=2
+ // Can use QUOT10 as carry <= 4 digits
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); // remainder
+ carry=est; // quotient
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1); // correctly negative
+ #else
+ // remainder operator is undefined if negative, so must test
+ if ((ueInt)carry<(DECDPUNMAX+1)*2) { // fastpath carry +1
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-(DECDPUNMAX+1)); // [helps additions]
+ carry=1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ *c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ *c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1)-(DECDPUNMAX+1);
+ #endif
+ } // c
+
+ // now may have one or other to complete
+ // [pretest to avoid loop setup/shutdown]
+ if (c<maxC) for (; c<maxC; c++) {
+ if (a<alsu+alength) { // still in A
+ carry+=*a;
+ a++;
+ }
+ else { // inside B
+ carry+=((eInt)*b)*m;
+ b++;
+ }
+ // here carry is new Unit of digits; it could be +ve or -ve and
+ // magnitude up to DECDPUNMAX squared
+ if ((ueInt)carry<=DECDPUNMAX) { // fastpath 0-DECDPUNMAX
+ *c=(Unit)carry;
+ carry=0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // result for this unit is negative or >DECDPUNMAX
+ #if DECDPUN==4 // use divide-by-multiply
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); // remainder
+ carry=est; // likely quotient [79.7%]
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // estimate was correct
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>11)*53687)>>18;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1); // correctly negative
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // was OK
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ #elif DECDPUN==3
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); // remainder
+ carry=est; // likely quotient [99%]
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // estimate was correct
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ est=(((ueInt)carry>>3)*16777)>>21;
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1); // correctly negative
+ if (*c<DECDPUNMAX+1) continue; // was OK
+ carry++;
+ *c-=DECDPUNMAX+1;
+ #elif DECDPUN<=2
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1)); // remainder
+ carry=est; // quotient
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ est=QUOT10(carry, DECDPUN);
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-est*(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=est-(DECDPUNMAX+1); // correctly negative
+ #else
+ if ((ueInt)carry<(DECDPUNMAX+1)*2){ // fastpath carry 1
+ *c=(Unit)(carry-(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ // remainder operator is undefined if negative, so must test
+ if (carry>=0) {
+ *c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1);
+ continue;
+ }
+ // negative case
+ carry=carry+(eInt)(DECDPUNMAX+1)*(DECDPUNMAX+1); // make positive
+ *c=(Unit)(carry%(DECDPUNMAX+1));
+ carry=carry/(DECDPUNMAX+1)-(DECDPUNMAX+1);
+ #endif
+ } // c
+
+ // OK, all A and B processed; might still have carry or borrow
+ // return number of Units in the result, negated if a borrow
+ if (carry==0) return c-clsu; // no carry, so no more to do
+ if (carry>0) { // positive carry
+ *c=(Unit)carry; // place as new unit
+ c++; // ..
+ return c-clsu;
+ }
+ // -ve carry: it's a borrow; complement needed
+ add=1; // temporary carry...
+ for (c=clsu; c<maxC; c++) {
+ add=DECDPUNMAX+add-*c;
+ if (add<=DECDPUNMAX) {
+ *c=(Unit)add;
+ add=0;
+ }
+ else {
+ *c=0;
+ add=1;
+ }
+ }
+ // add an extra unit iff it would be non-zero
+ #if DECTRACE
+ printf("UAS borrow: add %ld, carry %ld\n", add, carry);
+ #endif
+ if ((add-carry-1)!=0) {
+ *c=(Unit)(add-carry-1);
+ c++; // interesting, include it
+ }
+ return clsu-c; // -ve result indicates borrowed
+ } // decUnitAddSub
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decTrim -- trim trailing zeros or normalize */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to trim or normalize */
+/* set is the context to use to check for clamp */
+/* all is 1 to remove all trailing zeros, 0 for just fraction ones */
+/* noclamp is 1 to unconditional (unclamped) trim */
+/* dropped returns the number of discarded trailing zeros */
+/* returns dn */
+/* */
+/* If clamp is set in the context then the number of zeros trimmed */
+/* may be limited if the exponent is high. */
+/* All fields are updated as required. This is a utility operation, */
+/* so special values are unchanged and no error is possible. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static decNumber * decTrim(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Flag all,
+ Flag noclamp, Int *dropped) {
+ Int d, exp; // work
+ uInt cut; // ..
+ Unit *up; // -> current Unit
+
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (decCheckOperands(dn, DECUNUSED, DECUNUSED, DECUNCONT)) return dn;
+ #endif
+
+ *dropped=0; // assume no zeros dropped
+ if ((dn->bits & DECSPECIAL) // fast exit if special ..
+ || (*dn->lsu & 0x01)) return dn; // .. or odd
+ if (ISZERO(dn)) { // .. or 0
+ dn->exponent=0; // (sign is preserved)
+ return dn;
+ }
+
+ // have a finite number which is even
+ exp=dn->exponent;
+ cut=1; // digit (1-DECDPUN) in Unit
+ up=dn->lsu; // -> current Unit
+ for (d=0; d<dn->digits-1; d++) { // [don't strip the final digit]
+ // slice by powers
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ uInt quot=QUOT10(*up, cut);
+ if ((*up-quot*powers[cut])!=0) break; // found non-0 digit
+ #else
+ if (*up%powers[cut]!=0) break; // found non-0 digit
+ #endif
+ // have a trailing 0
+ if (!all) { // trimming
+ // [if exp>0 then all trailing 0s are significant for trim]
+ if (exp<=0) { // if digit might be significant
+ if (exp==0) break; // then quit
+ exp++; // next digit might be significant
+ }
+ }
+ cut++; // next power
+ if (cut>DECDPUN) { // need new Unit
+ up++;
+ cut=1;
+ }
+ } // d
+ if (d==0) return dn; // none to drop
+
+ // may need to limit drop if clamping
+ if (set->clamp && !noclamp) {
+ Int maxd=set->emax-set->digits+1-dn->exponent;
+ if (maxd<=0) return dn; // nothing possible
+ if (d>maxd) d=maxd;
+ }
+
+ // effect the drop
+ decShiftToLeast(dn->lsu, D2U(dn->digits), d);
+ dn->exponent+=d; // maintain numerical value
+ dn->digits-=d; // new length
+ *dropped=d; // report the count
+ return dn;
+ } // decTrim
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decReverse -- reverse a Unit array in place */
+/* */
+/* ulo is the start of the array */
+/* uhi is the end of the array (highest Unit to include) */
+/* */
+/* The units ulo through uhi are reversed in place (if the number */
+/* of units is odd, the middle one is untouched). Note that the */
+/* digit(s) in each unit are unaffected. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decReverse(Unit *ulo, Unit *uhi) {
+ Unit temp;
+ for (; ulo<uhi; ulo++, uhi--) {
+ temp=*ulo;
+ *ulo=*uhi;
+ *uhi=temp;
+ }
+ return;
+ } // decReverse
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decShiftToMost -- shift digits in array towards most significant */
+/* */
+/* uar is the array */
+/* digits is the count of digits in use in the array */
+/* shift is the number of zeros to pad with (least significant); */
+/* it must be zero or positive */
+/* */
+/* returns the new length of the integer in the array, in digits */
+/* */
+/* No overflow is permitted (that is, the uar array must be known to */
+/* be large enough to hold the result, after shifting). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Int decShiftToMost(Unit *uar, Int digits, Int shift) {
+ Unit *target, *source, *first; // work
+ Int cut; // odd 0's to add
+ uInt next; // work
+
+ if (shift==0) return digits; // [fastpath] nothing to do
+ if ((digits+shift)<=DECDPUN) { // [fastpath] single-unit case
+ *uar=(Unit)(*uar*powers[shift]);
+ return digits+shift;
+ }
+
+ next=0; // all paths
+ source=uar+D2U(digits)-1; // where msu comes from
+ target=source+D2U(shift); // where upper part of first cut goes
+ cut=DECDPUN-MSUDIGITS(shift); // where to slice
+ if (cut==0) { // unit-boundary case
+ for (; source>=uar; source--, target--) *target=*source;
+ }
+ else {
+ first=uar+D2U(digits+shift)-1; // where msu of source will end up
+ for (; source>=uar; source--, target--) {
+ // split the source Unit and accumulate remainder for next
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ uInt quot=QUOT10(*source, cut);
+ uInt rem=*source-quot*powers[cut];
+ next+=quot;
+ #else
+ uInt rem=*source%powers[cut];
+ next+=*source/powers[cut];
+ #endif
+ if (target<=first) *target=(Unit)next; // write to target iff valid
+ next=rem*powers[DECDPUN-cut]; // save remainder for next Unit
+ }
+ } // shift-move
+
+ // propagate any partial unit to one below and clear the rest
+ for (; target>=uar; target--) {
+ *target=(Unit)next;
+ next=0;
+ }
+ return digits+shift;
+ } // decShiftToMost
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decShiftToLeast -- shift digits in array towards least significant */
+/* */
+/* uar is the array */
+/* units is length of the array, in units */
+/* shift is the number of digits to remove from the lsu end; it */
+/* must be zero or positive and <= than units*DECDPUN. */
+/* */
+/* returns the new length of the integer in the array, in units */
+/* */
+/* Removed digits are discarded (lost). Units not required to hold */
+/* the final result are unchanged. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Int decShiftToLeast(Unit *uar, Int units, Int shift) {
+ Unit *target, *up; // work
+ Int cut, count; // work
+ Int quot, rem; // for division
+
+ if (shift==0) return units; // [fastpath] nothing to do
+ if (shift==units*DECDPUN) { // [fastpath] little to do
+ *uar=0; // all digits cleared gives zero
+ return 1; // leaves just the one
+ }
+
+ target=uar; // both paths
+ cut=MSUDIGITS(shift);
+ if (cut==DECDPUN) { // unit-boundary case; easy
+ up=uar+D2U(shift);
+ for (; up<uar+units; target++, up++) *target=*up;
+ return target-uar;
+ }
+
+ // messier
+ up=uar+D2U(shift-cut); // source; correct to whole Units
+ count=units*DECDPUN-shift; // the maximum new length
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ quot=QUOT10(*up, cut);
+ #else
+ quot=*up/powers[cut];
+ #endif
+ for (; ; target++) {
+ *target=(Unit)quot;
+ count-=(DECDPUN-cut);
+ if (count<=0) break;
+ up++;
+ quot=*up;
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ quot=QUOT10(quot, cut);
+ rem=*up-quot*powers[cut];
+ #else
+ rem=quot%powers[cut];
+ quot=quot/powers[cut];
+ #endif
+ *target=(Unit)(*target+rem*powers[DECDPUN-cut]);
+ count-=cut;
+ if (count<=0) break;
+ }
+ return target-uar+1;
+ } // decShiftToLeast
+
+#if DECSUBSET
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decRoundOperand -- round an operand [used for subset only] */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to round (dn->digits is > set->digits) */
+/* set is the relevant context */
+/* status is the status accumulator */
+/* */
+/* returns an allocated decNumber with the rounded result. */
+/* */
+/* lostDigits and other status may be set by this. */
+/* */
+/* Since the input is an operand, it must not be modified. */
+/* Instead, return an allocated decNumber, rounded as required. */
+/* It is the caller's responsibility to free the allocated storage. */
+/* */
+/* If no storage is available then the result cannot be used, so NULL */
+/* is returned. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static decNumber *decRoundOperand(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set,
+ uInt *status) {
+ decNumber *res; // result structure
+ uInt newstatus=0; // status from round
+ Int residue=0; // rounding accumulator
+
+ // Allocate storage for the returned decNumber, big enough for the
+ // length specified by the context
+ res=(decNumber *)malloc(sizeof(decNumber)
+ +(D2U(set->digits)-1)*sizeof(Unit));
+ if (res==NULL) {
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ decCopyFit(res, dn, set, &residue, &newstatus);
+ decApplyRound(res, set, residue, &newstatus);
+
+ // If that set Inexact then "lost digits" is raised...
+ if (newstatus & DEC_Inexact) newstatus|=DEC_Lost_digits;
+ *status|=newstatus;
+ return res;
+ } // decRoundOperand
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decCopyFit -- copy a number, truncating the coefficient if needed */
+/* */
+/* dest is the target decNumber */
+/* src is the source decNumber */
+/* set is the context [used for length (digits) and rounding mode] */
+/* residue is the residue accumulator */
+/* status contains the current status to be updated */
+/* */
+/* (dest==src is allowed and will be a no-op if fits) */
+/* All fields are updated as required. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decCopyFit(decNumber *dest, const decNumber *src,
+ decContext *set, Int *residue, uInt *status) {
+ dest->bits=src->bits;
+ dest->exponent=src->exponent;
+ decSetCoeff(dest, set, src->lsu, src->digits, residue, status);
+ } // decCopyFit
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decSetCoeff -- set the coefficient of a number */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number whose coefficient array is to be set. */
+/* It must have space for set->digits digits */
+/* set is the context [for size] */
+/* lsu -> lsu of the source coefficient [may be dn->lsu] */
+/* len is digits in the source coefficient [may be dn->digits] */
+/* residue is the residue accumulator. This has values as in */
+/* decApplyRound, and will be unchanged unless the */
+/* target size is less than len. In this case, the */
+/* coefficient is truncated and the residue is updated to */
+/* reflect the previous residue and the dropped digits. */
+/* status is the status accumulator, as usual */
+/* */
+/* The coefficient may already be in the number, or it can be an */
+/* external intermediate array. If it is in the number, lsu must == */
+/* dn->lsu and len must == dn->digits. */
+/* */
+/* Note that the coefficient length (len) may be < set->digits, and */
+/* in this case this merely copies the coefficient (or is a no-op */
+/* if dn->lsu==lsu). */
+/* */
+/* Note also that (only internally, from decQuantizeOp and */
+/* decSetSubnormal) the value of set->digits may be less than one, */
+/* indicating a round to left. This routine handles that case */
+/* correctly; caller ensures space. */
+/* */
+/* dn->digits, dn->lsu (and as required), and dn->exponent are */
+/* updated as necessary. dn->bits (sign) is unchanged. */
+/* */
+/* DEC_Rounded status is set if any digits are discarded. */
+/* DEC_Inexact status is set if any non-zero digits are discarded, or */
+/* incoming residue was non-0 (implies rounded) */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+// mapping array: maps 0-9 to canonical residues, so that a residue
+// can be adjusted in the range [-1, +1] and achieve correct rounding
+// 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+static const uByte resmap[10]={0, 3, 3, 3, 3, 5, 7, 7, 7, 7};
+static void decSetCoeff(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, const Unit *lsu,
+ Int len, Int *residue, uInt *status) {
+ Int discard; // number of digits to discard
+ uInt cut; // cut point in Unit
+ const Unit *up; // work
+ Unit *target; // ..
+ Int count; // ..
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ uInt temp; // ..
+ #endif
+
+ discard=len-set->digits; // digits to discard
+ if (discard<=0) { // no digits are being discarded
+ if (dn->lsu!=lsu) { // copy needed
+ // copy the coefficient array to the result number; no shift needed
+ count=len; // avoids D2U
+ up=lsu;
+ for (target=dn->lsu; count>0; target++, up++, count-=DECDPUN)
+ *target=*up;
+ dn->digits=len; // set the new length
+ }
+ // dn->exponent and residue are unchanged, record any inexactitude
+ if (*residue!=0) *status|=(DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // some digits must be discarded ...
+ dn->exponent+=discard; // maintain numerical value
+ *status|=DEC_Rounded; // accumulate Rounded status
+ if (*residue>1) *residue=1; // previous residue now to right, so reduce
+
+ if (discard>len) { // everything, +1, is being discarded
+ // guard digit is 0
+ // residue is all the number [NB could be all 0s]
+ if (*residue<=0) { // not already positive
+ count=len; // avoids D2U
+ for (up=lsu; count>0; up++, count-=DECDPUN) if (*up!=0) { // found non-0
+ *residue=1;
+ break; // no need to check any others
+ }
+ }
+ if (*residue!=0) *status|=DEC_Inexact; // record inexactitude
+ *dn->lsu=0; // coefficient will now be 0
+ dn->digits=1; // ..
+ return;
+ } // total discard
+
+ // partial discard [most common case]
+ // here, at least the first (most significant) discarded digit exists
+
+ // spin up the number, noting residue during the spin, until get to
+ // the Unit with the first discarded digit. When reach it, extract
+ // it and remember its position
+ count=0;
+ for (up=lsu;; up++) {
+ count+=DECDPUN;
+ if (count>=discard) break; // full ones all checked
+ if (*up!=0) *residue=1;
+ } // up
+
+ // here up -> Unit with first discarded digit
+ cut=discard-(count-DECDPUN)-1;
+ if (cut==DECDPUN-1) { // unit-boundary case (fast)
+ Unit half=(Unit)powers[DECDPUN]>>1;
+ // set residue directly
+ if (*up>=half) {
+ if (*up>half) *residue=7;
+ else *residue+=5; // add sticky bit
+ }
+ else { // <half
+ if (*up!=0) *residue=3; // [else is 0, leave as sticky bit]
+ }
+ if (set->digits<=0) { // special for Quantize/Subnormal :-(
+ *dn->lsu=0; // .. result is 0
+ dn->digits=1; // ..
+ }
+ else { // shift to least
+ count=set->digits; // now digits to end up with
+ dn->digits=count; // set the new length
+ up++; // move to next
+ // on unit boundary, so shift-down copy loop is simple
+ for (target=dn->lsu; count>0; target++, up++, count-=DECDPUN)
+ *target=*up;
+ }
+ } // unit-boundary case
+
+ else { // discard digit is in low digit(s), and not top digit
+ uInt discard1; // first discarded digit
+ uInt quot, rem; // for divisions
+ if (cut==0) quot=*up; // is at bottom of unit
+ else /* cut>0 */ { // it's not at bottom of unit
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ quot=QUOT10(*up, cut);
+ rem=*up-quot*powers[cut];
+ #else
+ rem=*up%powers[cut];
+ quot=*up/powers[cut];
+ #endif
+ if (rem!=0) *residue=1;
+ }
+ // discard digit is now at bottom of quot
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ temp=(quot*6554)>>16; // fast /10
+ // Vowels algorithm here not a win (9 instructions)
+ discard1=quot-X10(temp);
+ quot=temp;
+ #else
+ discard1=quot%10;
+ quot=quot/10;
+ #endif
+ // here, discard1 is the guard digit, and residue is everything
+ // else [use mapping array to accumulate residue safely]
+ *residue+=resmap[discard1];
+ cut++; // update cut
+ // here: up -> Unit of the array with bottom digit
+ // cut is the division point for each Unit
+ // quot holds the uncut high-order digits for the current unit
+ if (set->digits<=0) { // special for Quantize/Subnormal :-(
+ *dn->lsu=0; // .. result is 0
+ dn->digits=1; // ..
+ }
+ else { // shift to least needed
+ count=set->digits; // now digits to end up with
+ dn->digits=count; // set the new length
+ // shift-copy the coefficient array to the result number
+ for (target=dn->lsu; ; target++) {
+ *target=(Unit)quot;
+ count-=(DECDPUN-cut);
+ if (count<=0) break;
+ up++;
+ quot=*up;
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ quot=QUOT10(quot, cut);
+ rem=*up-quot*powers[cut];
+ #else
+ rem=quot%powers[cut];
+ quot=quot/powers[cut];
+ #endif
+ *target=(Unit)(*target+rem*powers[DECDPUN-cut]);
+ count-=cut;
+ if (count<=0) break;
+ } // shift-copy loop
+ } // shift to least
+ } // not unit boundary
+
+ if (*residue!=0) *status|=DEC_Inexact; // record inexactitude
+ return;
+ } // decSetCoeff
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decApplyRound -- apply pending rounding to a number */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number, with space for set->digits digits */
+/* set is the context [for size and rounding mode] */
+/* residue indicates pending rounding, being any accumulated */
+/* guard and sticky information. It may be: */
+/* 6-9: rounding digit is >5 */
+/* 5: rounding digit is exactly half-way */
+/* 1-4: rounding digit is <5 and >0 */
+/* 0: the coefficient is exact */
+/* -1: as 1, but the hidden digits are subtractive, that */
+/* is, of the opposite sign to dn. In this case the */
+/* coefficient must be non-0. This case occurs when */
+/* subtracting a small number (which can be reduced to */
+/* a sticky bit); see decAddOp. */
+/* status is the status accumulator, as usual */
+/* */
+/* This routine applies rounding while keeping the length of the */
+/* coefficient constant. The exponent and status are unchanged */
+/* except if: */
+/* */
+/* -- the coefficient was increased and is all nines (in which */
+/* case Overflow could occur, and is handled directly here so */
+/* the caller does not need to re-test for overflow) */
+/* */
+/* -- the coefficient was decreased and becomes all nines (in which */
+/* case Underflow could occur, and is also handled directly). */
+/* */
+/* All fields in dn are updated as required. */
+/* */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decApplyRound(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int residue,
+ uInt *status) {
+ Int bump; // 1 if coefficient needs to be incremented
+ // -1 if coefficient needs to be decremented
+
+ if (residue==0) return; // nothing to apply
+
+ bump=0; // assume a smooth ride
+
+ // now decide whether, and how, to round, depending on mode
+ switch (set->round) {
+ case DEC_ROUND_05UP: { // round zero or five up (for reround)
+ // This is the same as DEC_ROUND_DOWN unless there is a
+ // positive residue and the lsd of dn is 0 or 5, in which case
+ // it is bumped; when residue is <0, the number is therefore
+ // bumped down unless the final digit was 1 or 6 (in which
+ // case it is bumped down and then up -- a no-op)
+ Int lsd5=*dn->lsu%5; // get lsd and quintate
+ if (residue<0 && lsd5!=1) bump=-1;
+ else if (residue>0 && lsd5==0) bump=1;
+ // [bump==1 could be applied directly; use common path for clarity]
+ break;} // r-05
+
+ case DEC_ROUND_DOWN: {
+ // no change, except if negative residue
+ if (residue<0) bump=-1;
+ break;} // r-d
+
+ case DEC_ROUND_HALF_DOWN: {
+ if (residue>5) bump=1;
+ break;} // r-h-d
+
+ case DEC_ROUND_HALF_EVEN: {
+ if (residue>5) bump=1; // >0.5 goes up
+ else if (residue==5) { // exactly 0.5000...
+ // 0.5 goes up iff [new] lsd is odd
+ if (*dn->lsu & 0x01) bump=1;
+ }
+ break;} // r-h-e
+
+ case DEC_ROUND_HALF_UP: {
+ if (residue>=5) bump=1;
+ break;} // r-h-u
+
+ case DEC_ROUND_UP: {
+ if (residue>0) bump=1;
+ break;} // r-u
+
+ case DEC_ROUND_CEILING: {
+ // same as _UP for positive numbers, and as _DOWN for negatives
+ // [negative residue cannot occur on 0]
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) {
+ if (residue<0) bump=-1;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (residue>0) bump=1;
+ }
+ break;} // r-c
+
+ case DEC_ROUND_FLOOR: {
+ // same as _UP for negative numbers, and as _DOWN for positive
+ // [negative residue cannot occur on 0]
+ if (!decNumberIsNegative(dn)) {
+ if (residue<0) bump=-1;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (residue>0) bump=1;
+ }
+ break;} // r-f
+
+ default: { // e.g., DEC_ROUND_MAX
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_context;
+ #if DECTRACE || (DECCHECK && DECVERB)
+ printf("Unknown rounding mode: %d\n", set->round);
+ #endif
+ break;}
+ } // switch
+
+ // now bump the number, up or down, if need be
+ if (bump==0) return; // no action required
+
+ // Simply use decUnitAddSub unless bumping up and the number is
+ // all nines. In this special case set to 100... explicitly
+ // and adjust the exponent by one (as otherwise could overflow
+ // the array)
+ // Similarly handle all-nines result if bumping down.
+ if (bump>0) {
+ Unit *up; // work
+ uInt count=dn->digits; // digits to be checked
+ for (up=dn->lsu; ; up++) {
+ if (count<=DECDPUN) {
+ // this is the last Unit (the msu)
+ if (*up!=powers[count]-1) break; // not still 9s
+ // here if it, too, is all nines
+ *up=(Unit)powers[count-1]; // here 999 -> 100 etc.
+ for (up=up-1; up>=dn->lsu; up--) *up=0; // others all to 0
+ dn->exponent++; // and bump exponent
+ // [which, very rarely, could cause Overflow...]
+ if ((dn->exponent+dn->digits)>set->emax+1) {
+ decSetOverflow(dn, set, status);
+ }
+ return; // done
+ }
+ // a full unit to check, with more to come
+ if (*up!=DECDPUNMAX) break; // not still 9s
+ count-=DECDPUN;
+ } // up
+ } // bump>0
+ else { // -1
+ // here checking for a pre-bump of 1000... (leading 1, all
+ // other digits zero)
+ Unit *up, *sup; // work
+ uInt count=dn->digits; // digits to be checked
+ for (up=dn->lsu; ; up++) {
+ if (count<=DECDPUN) {
+ // this is the last Unit (the msu)
+ if (*up!=powers[count-1]) break; // not 100..
+ // here if have the 1000... case
+ sup=up; // save msu pointer
+ *up=(Unit)powers[count]-1; // here 100 in msu -> 999
+ // others all to all-nines, too
+ for (up=up-1; up>=dn->lsu; up--) *up=(Unit)powers[DECDPUN]-1;
+ dn->exponent--; // and bump exponent
+
+ // iff the number was at the subnormal boundary (exponent=etiny)
+ // then the exponent is now out of range, so it will in fact get
+ // clamped to etiny and the final 9 dropped.
+ // printf(">> emin=%d exp=%d sdig=%d\n", set->emin,
+ // dn->exponent, set->digits);
+ if (dn->exponent+1==set->emin-set->digits+1) {
+ if (count==1 && dn->digits==1) *sup=0; // here 9 -> 0[.9]
+ else {
+ *sup=(Unit)powers[count-1]-1; // here 999.. in msu -> 99..
+ dn->digits--;
+ }
+ dn->exponent++;
+ *status|=DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal | DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded;
+ }
+ return; // done
+ }
+
+ // a full unit to check, with more to come
+ if (*up!=0) break; // not still 0s
+ count-=DECDPUN;
+ } // up
+
+ } // bump<0
+
+ // Actual bump needed. Do it.
+ decUnitAddSub(dn->lsu, D2U(dn->digits), uarrone, 1, 0, dn->lsu, bump);
+ } // decApplyRound
+
+#if DECSUBSET
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decFinish -- finish processing a number */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number */
+/* set is the context */
+/* residue is the rounding accumulator (as in decApplyRound) */
+/* status is the accumulator */
+/* */
+/* This finishes off the current number by: */
+/* 1. If not extended: */
+/* a. Converting a zero result to clean '0' */
+/* b. Reducing positive exponents to 0, if would fit in digits */
+/* 2. Checking for overflow and subnormals (always) */
+/* Note this is just Finalize when no subset arithmetic. */
+/* All fields are updated as required. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decFinish(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int *residue,
+ uInt *status) {
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ if ISZERO(dn) { // value is zero
+ dn->exponent=0; // clean exponent ..
+ dn->bits=0; // .. and sign
+ return; // no error possible
+ }
+ if (dn->exponent>=0) { // non-negative exponent
+ // >0; reduce to integer if possible
+ if (set->digits >= (dn->exponent+dn->digits)) {
+ dn->digits=decShiftToMost(dn->lsu, dn->digits, dn->exponent);
+ dn->exponent=0;
+ }
+ }
+ } // !extended
+
+ decFinalize(dn, set, residue, status);
+ } // decFinish
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decFinalize -- final check, clamp, and round of a number */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number */
+/* set is the context */
+/* residue is the rounding accumulator (as in decApplyRound) */
+/* status is the status accumulator */
+/* */
+/* This finishes off the current number by checking for subnormal */
+/* results, applying any pending rounding, checking for overflow, */
+/* and applying any clamping. */
+/* Underflow and overflow conditions are raised as appropriate. */
+/* All fields are updated as required. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decFinalize(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int *residue,
+ uInt *status) {
+ Int shift; // shift needed if clamping
+ Int tinyexp=set->emin-dn->digits+1; // precalculate subnormal boundary
+
+ // Must be careful, here, when checking the exponent as the
+ // adjusted exponent could overflow 31 bits [because it may already
+ // be up to twice the expected].
+
+ // First test for subnormal. This must be done before any final
+ // round as the result could be rounded to Nmin or 0.
+ if (dn->exponent<=tinyexp) { // prefilter
+ Int comp;
+ decNumber nmin;
+ // A very nasty case here is dn == Nmin and residue<0
+ if (dn->exponent<tinyexp) {
+ // Go handle subnormals; this will apply round if needed.
+ decSetSubnormal(dn, set, residue, status);
+ return;
+ }
+ // Equals case: only subnormal if dn=Nmin and negative residue
+ decNumberZero(&nmin);
+ nmin.lsu[0]=1;
+ nmin.exponent=set->emin;
+ comp=decCompare(dn, &nmin, 1); // (signless compare)
+ if (comp==BADINT) { // oops
+ *status|=DEC_Insufficient_storage; // abandon...
+ return;
+ }
+ if (*residue<0 && comp==0) { // neg residue and dn==Nmin
+ decApplyRound(dn, set, *residue, status); // might force down
+ decSetSubnormal(dn, set, residue, status);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // now apply any pending round (this could raise overflow).
+ if (*residue!=0) decApplyRound(dn, set, *residue, status);
+
+ // Check for overflow [redundant in the 'rare' case] or clamp
+ if (dn->exponent<=set->emax-set->digits+1) return; // neither needed
+
+
+ // here when might have an overflow or clamp to do
+ if (dn->exponent>set->emax-dn->digits+1) { // too big
+ decSetOverflow(dn, set, status);
+ return;
+ }
+ // here when the result is normal but in clamp range
+ if (!set->clamp) return;
+
+ // here when need to apply the IEEE exponent clamp (fold-down)
+ shift=dn->exponent-(set->emax-set->digits+1);
+
+ // shift coefficient (if non-zero)
+ if (!ISZERO(dn)) {
+ dn->digits=decShiftToMost(dn->lsu, dn->digits, shift);
+ }
+ dn->exponent-=shift; // adjust the exponent to match
+ *status|=DEC_Clamped; // and record the dirty deed
+ return;
+ } // decFinalize
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decSetOverflow -- set number to proper overflow value */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number (used for sign [only] and result) */
+/* set is the context [used for the rounding mode, etc.] */
+/* status contains the current status to be updated */
+/* */
+/* This sets the sign of a number and sets its value to either */
+/* Infinity or the maximum finite value, depending on the sign of */
+/* dn and the rounding mode, following IEEE 754 rules. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decSetOverflow(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, uInt *status) {
+ Flag needmax=0; // result is maximum finite value
+ uByte sign=dn->bits&DECNEG; // clean and save sign bit
+
+ if (ISZERO(dn)) { // zero does not overflow magnitude
+ Int emax=set->emax; // limit value
+ if (set->clamp) emax-=set->digits-1; // lower if clamping
+ if (dn->exponent>emax) { // clamp required
+ dn->exponent=emax;
+ *status|=DEC_Clamped;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ decNumberZero(dn);
+ switch (set->round) {
+ case DEC_ROUND_DOWN: {
+ needmax=1; // never Infinity
+ break;} // r-d
+ case DEC_ROUND_05UP: {
+ needmax=1; // never Infinity
+ break;} // r-05
+ case DEC_ROUND_CEILING: {
+ if (sign) needmax=1; // Infinity if non-negative
+ break;} // r-c
+ case DEC_ROUND_FLOOR: {
+ if (!sign) needmax=1; // Infinity if negative
+ break;} // r-f
+ default: break; // Infinity in all other cases
+ }
+ if (needmax) {
+ decSetMaxValue(dn, set);
+ dn->bits=sign; // set sign
+ }
+ else dn->bits=sign|DECINF; // Value is +/-Infinity
+ *status|=DEC_Overflow | DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded;
+ } // decSetOverflow
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decSetMaxValue -- set number to +Nmax (maximum normal value) */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to set */
+/* set is the context [used for digits and emax] */
+/* */
+/* This sets the number to the maximum positive value. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decSetMaxValue(decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
+ Unit *up; // work
+ Int count=set->digits; // nines to add
+ dn->digits=count;
+ // fill in all nines to set maximum value
+ for (up=dn->lsu; ; up++) {
+ if (count>DECDPUN) *up=DECDPUNMAX; // unit full o'nines
+ else { // this is the msu
+ *up=(Unit)(powers[count]-1);
+ break;
+ }
+ count-=DECDPUN; // filled those digits
+ } // up
+ dn->bits=0; // + sign
+ dn->exponent=set->emax-set->digits+1;
+ } // decSetMaxValue
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decSetSubnormal -- process value whose exponent is <Emin */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number (used as input as well as output; it may have */
+/* an allowed subnormal value, which may need to be rounded) */
+/* set is the context [used for the rounding mode] */
+/* residue is any pending residue */
+/* status contains the current status to be updated */
+/* */
+/* If subset mode, set result to zero and set Underflow flags. */
+/* */
+/* Value may be zero with a low exponent; this does not set Subnormal */
+/* but the exponent will be clamped to Etiny. */
+/* */
+/* Otherwise ensure exponent is not out of range, and round as */
+/* necessary. Underflow is set if the result is Inexact. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decSetSubnormal(decNumber *dn, decContext *set, Int *residue,
+ uInt *status) {
+ decContext workset; // work
+ Int etiny, adjust; // ..
+
+ #if DECSUBSET
+ // simple set to zero and 'hard underflow' for subset
+ if (!set->extended) {
+ decNumberZero(dn);
+ // always full overflow
+ *status|=DEC_Underflow | DEC_Subnormal | DEC_Inexact | DEC_Rounded;
+ return;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ // Full arithmetic -- allow subnormals, rounded to minimum exponent
+ // (Etiny) if needed
+ etiny=set->emin-(set->digits-1); // smallest allowed exponent
+
+ if ISZERO(dn) { // value is zero
+ // residue can never be non-zero here
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (*residue!=0) {
+ printf("++ Subnormal 0 residue %ld\n", (LI)*residue);
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ }
+ #endif
+ if (dn->exponent<etiny) { // clamp required
+ dn->exponent=etiny;
+ *status|=DEC_Clamped;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ *status|=DEC_Subnormal; // have a non-zero subnormal
+ adjust=etiny-dn->exponent; // calculate digits to remove
+ if (adjust<=0) { // not out of range; unrounded
+ // residue can never be non-zero here, except in the Nmin-residue
+ // case (which is a subnormal result), so can take fast-path here
+ // it may already be inexact (from setting the coefficient)
+ if (*status&DEC_Inexact) *status|=DEC_Underflow;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // adjust>0, so need to rescale the result so exponent becomes Etiny
+ // [this code is similar to that in rescale]
+ workset=*set; // clone rounding, etc.
+ workset.digits=dn->digits-adjust; // set requested length
+ workset.emin-=adjust; // and adjust emin to match
+ // [note that the latter can be <1, here, similar to Rescale case]
+ decSetCoeff(dn, &workset, dn->lsu, dn->digits, residue, status);
+ decApplyRound(dn, &workset, *residue, status);
+
+ // Use 754 default rule: Underflow is set iff Inexact
+ // [independent of whether trapped]
+ if (*status&DEC_Inexact) *status|=DEC_Underflow;
+
+ // if rounded up a 999s case, exponent will be off by one; adjust
+ // back if so [it will fit, because it was shortened earlier]
+ if (dn->exponent>etiny) {
+ dn->digits=decShiftToMost(dn->lsu, dn->digits, 1);
+ dn->exponent--; // (re)adjust the exponent.
+ }
+
+ // if rounded to zero, it is by definition clamped...
+ if (ISZERO(dn)) *status|=DEC_Clamped;
+ } // decSetSubnormal
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decCheckMath - check entry conditions for a math function */
+/* */
+/* This checks the context and the operand */
+/* */
+/* rhs is the operand to check */
+/* set is the context to check */
+/* status is unchanged if both are good */
+/* */
+/* returns non-zero if status is changed, 0 otherwise */
+/* */
+/* Restrictions enforced: */
+/* */
+/* digits, emax, and -emin in the context must be less than */
+/* DEC_MAX_MATH (999999), and A must be within these bounds if */
+/* non-zero. Invalid_operation is set in the status if a */
+/* restriction is violated. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static uInt decCheckMath(const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
+ uInt *status) {
+ uInt save=*status; // record
+ if (set->digits>DEC_MAX_MATH
+ || set->emax>DEC_MAX_MATH
+ || -set->emin>DEC_MAX_MATH) *status|=DEC_Invalid_context;
+ else if ((rhs->digits>DEC_MAX_MATH
+ || rhs->exponent+rhs->digits>DEC_MAX_MATH+1
+ || rhs->exponent+rhs->digits<2*(1-DEC_MAX_MATH))
+ && !ISZERO(rhs)) *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ return (*status!=save);
+ } // decCheckMath
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decGetInt -- get integer from a number */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number [which will not be altered] */
+/* */
+/* returns one of: */
+/* BADINT if there is a non-zero fraction */
+/* the converted integer */
+/* BIGEVEN if the integer is even and magnitude > 2*10**9 */
+/* BIGODD if the integer is odd and magnitude > 2*10**9 */
+/* */
+/* This checks and gets a whole number from the input decNumber. */
+/* The sign can be determined from dn by the caller when BIGEVEN or */
+/* BIGODD is returned. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Int decGetInt(const decNumber *dn) {
+ Int theInt; // result accumulator
+ const Unit *up; // work
+ Int got; // digits (real or not) processed
+ Int ilength=dn->digits+dn->exponent; // integral length
+ Flag neg=decNumberIsNegative(dn); // 1 if -ve
+
+ // The number must be an integer that fits in 10 digits
+ // Assert, here, that 10 is enough for any rescale Etiny
+ #if DEC_MAX_EMAX > 999999999
+ #error GetInt may need updating [for Emax]
+ #endif
+ #if DEC_MIN_EMIN < -999999999
+ #error GetInt may need updating [for Emin]
+ #endif
+ if (ISZERO(dn)) return 0; // zeros are OK, with any exponent
+
+ up=dn->lsu; // ready for lsu
+ theInt=0; // ready to accumulate
+ if (dn->exponent>=0) { // relatively easy
+ // no fractional part [usual]; allow for positive exponent
+ got=dn->exponent;
+ }
+ else { // -ve exponent; some fractional part to check and discard
+ Int count=-dn->exponent; // digits to discard
+ // spin up whole units until reach the Unit with the unit digit
+ for (; count>=DECDPUN; up++) {
+ if (*up!=0) return BADINT; // non-zero Unit to discard
+ count-=DECDPUN;
+ }
+ if (count==0) got=0; // [a multiple of DECDPUN]
+ else { // [not multiple of DECDPUN]
+ Int rem; // work
+ // slice off fraction digits and check for non-zero
+ #if DECDPUN<=4
+ theInt=QUOT10(*up, count);
+ rem=*up-theInt*powers[count];
+ #else
+ rem=*up%powers[count]; // slice off discards
+ theInt=*up/powers[count];
+ #endif
+ if (rem!=0) return BADINT; // non-zero fraction
+ // it looks good
+ got=DECDPUN-count; // number of digits so far
+ up++; // ready for next
+ }
+ }
+ // now it's known there's no fractional part
+
+ // tricky code now, to accumulate up to 9.3 digits
+ if (got==0) {theInt=*up; got+=DECDPUN; up++;} // ensure lsu is there
+
+ if (ilength<11) {
+ Int save=theInt;
+ // collect any remaining unit(s)
+ for (; got<ilength; up++) {
+ theInt+=*up*powers[got];
+ got+=DECDPUN;
+ }
+ if (ilength==10) { // need to check for wrap
+ if (theInt/(Int)powers[got-DECDPUN]!=(Int)*(up-1)) ilength=11;
+ // [that test also disallows the BADINT result case]
+ else if (neg && theInt>1999999997) ilength=11;
+ else if (!neg && theInt>999999999) ilength=11;
+ if (ilength==11) theInt=save; // restore correct low bit
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ilength>10) { // too big
+ if (theInt&1) return BIGODD; // bottom bit 1
+ return BIGEVEN; // bottom bit 0
+ }
+
+ if (neg) theInt=-theInt; // apply sign
+ return theInt;
+ } // decGetInt
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decDecap -- decapitate the coefficient of a number */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to be decapitated */
+/* drop is the number of digits to be removed from the left of dn; */
+/* this must be <= dn->digits (if equal, the coefficient is */
+/* set to 0) */
+/* */
+/* Returns dn; dn->digits will be <= the initial digits less drop */
+/* (after removing drop digits there may be leading zero digits */
+/* which will also be removed). Only dn->lsu and dn->digits change. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static decNumber *decDecap(decNumber *dn, Int drop) {
+ Unit *msu; // -> target cut point
+ Int cut; // work
+ if (drop>=dn->digits) { // losing the whole thing
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (drop>dn->digits)
+ printf("decDecap called with drop>digits [%ld>%ld]\n",
+ (LI)drop, (LI)dn->digits);
+ #endif
+ dn->lsu[0]=0;
+ dn->digits=1;
+ return dn;
+ }
+ msu=dn->lsu+D2U(dn->digits-drop)-1; // -> likely msu
+ cut=MSUDIGITS(dn->digits-drop); // digits to be in use in msu
+ if (cut!=DECDPUN) *msu%=powers[cut]; // clear left digits
+ // that may have left leading zero digits, so do a proper count...
+ dn->digits=decGetDigits(dn->lsu, msu-dn->lsu+1);
+ return dn;
+ } // decDecap
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decBiStr -- compare string with pairwise options */
+/* */
+/* targ is the string to compare */
+/* str1 is one of the strings to compare against (length may be 0) */
+/* str2 is the other; it must be the same length as str1 */
+/* */
+/* returns 1 if strings compare equal, (that is, it is the same */
+/* length as str1 and str2, and each character of targ is in either */
+/* str1 or str2 in the corresponding position), or 0 otherwise */
+/* */
+/* This is used for generic caseless compare, including the awkward */
+/* case of the Turkish dotted and dotless Is. Use as (for example): */
+/* if (decBiStr(test, "mike", "MIKE")) ... */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Flag decBiStr(const char *targ, const char *str1, const char *str2) {
+ for (;;targ++, str1++, str2++) {
+ if (*targ!=*str1 && *targ!=*str2) return 0;
+ // *targ has a match in one (or both, if terminator)
+ if (*targ=='\0') break;
+ } // forever
+ return 1;
+ } // decBiStr
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNaNs -- handle NaN operand or operands */
+/* */
+/* res is the result number */
+/* lhs is the first operand */
+/* rhs is the second operand, or NULL if none */
+/* context is used to limit payload length */
+/* status contains the current status */
+/* returns res in case convenient */
+/* */
+/* Called when one or both operands is a NaN, and propagates the */
+/* appropriate result to res. When an sNaN is found, it is changed */
+/* to a qNaN and Invalid operation is set. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static decNumber * decNaNs(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set,
+ uInt *status) {
+ // This decision tree ends up with LHS being the source pointer,
+ // and status updated if need be
+ if (lhs->bits & DECSNAN)
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation | DEC_sNaN;
+ else if (rhs==NULL);
+ else if (rhs->bits & DECSNAN) {
+ lhs=rhs;
+ *status|=DEC_Invalid_operation | DEC_sNaN;
+ }
+ else if (lhs->bits & DECNAN);
+ else lhs=rhs;
+
+ // propagate the payload
+ if (lhs->digits<=set->digits) decNumberCopy(res, lhs); // easy
+ else { // too long
+ const Unit *ul;
+ Unit *ur, *uresp1;
+ // copy safe number of units, then decapitate
+ res->bits=lhs->bits; // need sign etc.
+ uresp1=res->lsu+D2U(set->digits);
+ for (ur=res->lsu, ul=lhs->lsu; ur<uresp1; ur++, ul++) *ur=*ul;
+ res->digits=D2U(set->digits)*DECDPUN;
+ // maybe still too long
+ if (res->digits>set->digits) decDecap(res, res->digits-set->digits);
+ }
+
+ res->bits&=~DECSNAN; // convert any sNaN to NaN, while
+ res->bits|=DECNAN; // .. preserving sign
+ res->exponent=0; // clean exponent
+ // [coefficient was copied/decapitated]
+ return res;
+ } // decNaNs
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decStatus -- apply non-zero status */
+/* */
+/* dn is the number to set if error */
+/* status contains the current status (not yet in context) */
+/* set is the context */
+/* */
+/* If the status is an error status, the number is set to a NaN, */
+/* unless the error was an overflow, divide-by-zero, or underflow, */
+/* in which case the number will have already been set. */
+/* */
+/* The context status is then updated with the new status. Note that */
+/* this may raise a signal, so control may never return from this */
+/* routine (hence resources must be recovered before it is called). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decStatus(decNumber *dn, uInt status, decContext *set) {
+ if (status & DEC_NaNs) { // error status -> NaN
+ // if cause was an sNaN, clear and propagate [NaN is already set up]
+ if (status & DEC_sNaN) status&=~DEC_sNaN;
+ else {
+ decNumberZero(dn); // other error: clean throughout
+ dn->bits=DECNAN; // and make a quiet NaN
+ }
+ }
+ decContextSetStatus(set, status); // [may not return]
+ return;
+ } // decStatus
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decGetDigits -- count digits in a Units array */
+/* */
+/* uar is the Unit array holding the number (this is often an */
+/* accumulator of some sort) */
+/* len is the length of the array in units [>=1] */
+/* */
+/* returns the number of (significant) digits in the array */
+/* */
+/* All leading zeros are excluded, except the last if the array has */
+/* only zero Units. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+// This may be called twice during some operations.
+static Int decGetDigits(Unit *uar, Int len) {
+ Unit *up=uar+(len-1); // -> msu
+ Int digits=(len-1)*DECDPUN+1; // possible digits excluding msu
+ #if DECDPUN>4
+ uInt const *pow; // work
+ #endif
+ // (at least 1 in final msu)
+ #if DECCHECK
+ if (len<1) printf("decGetDigits called with len<1 [%ld]\n", (LI)len);
+ #endif
+
+ for (; up>=uar; up--) {
+ if (*up==0) { // unit is all 0s
+ if (digits==1) break; // a zero has one digit
+ digits-=DECDPUN; // adjust for 0 unit
+ continue;}
+ // found the first (most significant) non-zero Unit
+ #if DECDPUN>1 // not done yet
+ if (*up<10) break; // is 1-9
+ digits++;
+ #if DECDPUN>2 // not done yet
+ if (*up<100) break; // is 10-99
+ digits++;
+ #if DECDPUN>3 // not done yet
+ if (*up<1000) break; // is 100-999
+ digits++;
+ #if DECDPUN>4 // count the rest ...
+ for (pow=&powers[4]; *up>=*pow; pow++) digits++;
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ break;
+ } // up
+ return digits;
+ } // decGetDigits
+
+#if DECTRACE | DECCHECK
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumberShow -- display a number [debug aid] */
+/* dn is the number to show */
+/* */
+/* Shows: sign, exponent, coefficient (msu first), digits */
+/* or: sign, special-value */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+// this is public so other modules can use it
+void decNumberShow(const decNumber *dn) {
+ const Unit *up; // work
+ uInt u, d; // ..
+ Int cut; // ..
+ char isign='+'; // main sign
+ if (dn==NULL) {
+ printf("NULL\n");
+ return;}
+ if (decNumberIsNegative(dn)) isign='-';
+ printf(" >> %c ", isign);
+ if (dn->bits&DECSPECIAL) { // Is a special value
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(dn)) printf("Infinity");
+ else { // a NaN
+ if (dn->bits&DECSNAN) printf("sNaN"); // signalling NaN
+ else printf("NaN");
+ }
+ // if coefficient and exponent are 0, no more to do
+ if (dn->exponent==0 && dn->digits==1 && *dn->lsu==0) {
+ printf("\n");
+ return;}
+ // drop through to report other information
+ printf(" ");
+ }
+
+ // now carefully display the coefficient
+ up=dn->lsu+D2U(dn->digits)-1; // msu
+ printf("%ld", (LI)*up);
+ for (up=up-1; up>=dn->lsu; up--) {
+ u=*up;
+ printf(":");
+ for (cut=DECDPUN-1; cut>=0; cut--) {
+ d=u/powers[cut];
+ u-=d*powers[cut];
+ printf("%ld", (LI)d);
+ } // cut
+ } // up
+ if (dn->exponent!=0) {
+ char esign='+';
+ if (dn->exponent<0) esign='-';
+ printf(" E%c%ld", esign, (LI)abs(dn->exponent));
+ }
+ printf(" [%ld]\n", (LI)dn->digits);
+ } // decNumberShow
+#endif
+
+#if DECTRACE || DECCHECK
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decDumpAr -- display a unit array [debug/check aid] */
+/* name is a single-character tag name */
+/* ar is the array to display */
+/* len is the length of the array in Units */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decDumpAr(char name, const Unit *ar, Int len) {
+ Int i;
+ const char *spec;
+ #if DECDPUN==9
+ spec="%09d ";
+ #elif DECDPUN==8
+ spec="%08d ";
+ #elif DECDPUN==7
+ spec="%07d ";
+ #elif DECDPUN==6
+ spec="%06d ";
+ #elif DECDPUN==5
+ spec="%05d ";
+ #elif DECDPUN==4
+ spec="%04d ";
+ #elif DECDPUN==3
+ spec="%03d ";
+ #elif DECDPUN==2
+ spec="%02d ";
+ #else
+ spec="%d ";
+ #endif
+ printf(" :%c: ", name);
+ for (i=len-1; i>=0; i--) {
+ if (i==len-1) printf("%ld ", (LI)ar[i]);
+ else printf(spec, ar[i]);
+ }
+ printf("\n");
+ return;}
+#endif
+
+#if DECCHECK
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decCheckOperands -- check operand(s) to a routine */
+/* res is the result structure (not checked; it will be set to */
+/* quiet NaN if error found (and it is not NULL)) */
+/* lhs is the first operand (may be DECUNRESU) */
+/* rhs is the second (may be DECUNUSED) */
+/* set is the context (may be DECUNCONT) */
+/* returns 0 if both operands, and the context are clean, or 1 */
+/* otherwise (in which case the context will show an error, */
+/* unless NULL). Note that res is not cleaned; caller should */
+/* handle this so res=NULL case is safe. */
+/* The caller is expected to abandon immediately if 1 is returned. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Flag decCheckOperands(decNumber *res, const decNumber *lhs,
+ const decNumber *rhs, decContext *set) {
+ Flag bad=0;
+ if (set==NULL) { // oops; hopeless
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Reference to context is NULL.\n");
+ #endif
+ bad=1;
+ return 1;}
+ else if (set!=DECUNCONT
+ && (set->digits<1 || set->round>=DEC_ROUND_MAX)) {
+ bad=1;
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Bad context [digits=%ld round=%ld].\n",
+ (LI)set->digits, (LI)set->round);
+ #endif
+ }
+ else {
+ if (res==NULL) {
+ bad=1;
+ #if DECTRACE
+ // this one not DECVERB as standard tests include NULL
+ printf("Reference to result is NULL.\n");
+ #endif
+ }
+ if (!bad && lhs!=DECUNUSED) bad=(decCheckNumber(lhs));
+ if (!bad && rhs!=DECUNUSED) bad=(decCheckNumber(rhs));
+ }
+ if (bad) {
+ if (set!=DECUNCONT) decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation);
+ if (res!=DECUNRESU && res!=NULL) {
+ decNumberZero(res);
+ res->bits=DECNAN; // qNaN
+ }
+ }
+ return bad;
+ } // decCheckOperands
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decCheckNumber -- check a number */
+/* dn is the number to check */
+/* returns 0 if the number is clean, or 1 otherwise */
+/* */
+/* The number is considered valid if it could be a result from some */
+/* operation in some valid context. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static Flag decCheckNumber(const decNumber *dn) {
+ const Unit *up; // work
+ uInt maxuint; // ..
+ Int ae, d, digits; // ..
+ Int emin, emax; // ..
+
+ if (dn==NULL) { // hopeless
+ #if DECTRACE
+ // this one not DECVERB as standard tests include NULL
+ printf("Reference to decNumber is NULL.\n");
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+
+ // check special values
+ if (dn->bits & DECSPECIAL) {
+ if (dn->exponent!=0) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Exponent %ld (not 0) for a special value [%02x].\n",
+ (LI)dn->exponent, dn->bits);
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+
+ // 2003.09.08: NaNs may now have coefficients, so next tests Inf only
+ if (decNumberIsInfinite(dn)) {
+ if (dn->digits!=1) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Digits %ld (not 1) for an infinity.\n", (LI)dn->digits);
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+ if (*dn->lsu!=0) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("LSU %ld (not 0) for an infinity.\n", (LI)*dn->lsu);
+ #endif
+ decDumpAr('I', dn->lsu, D2U(dn->digits));
+ return 1;}
+ } // Inf
+ // 2002.12.26: negative NaNs can now appear through proposed IEEE
+ // concrete formats (decimal64, etc.).
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ // check the coefficient
+ if (dn->digits<1 || dn->digits>DECNUMMAXP) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Digits %ld in number.\n", (LI)dn->digits);
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+
+ d=dn->digits;
+
+ for (up=dn->lsu; d>0; up++) {
+ if (d>DECDPUN) maxuint=DECDPUNMAX;
+ else { // reached the msu
+ maxuint=powers[d]-1;
+ if (dn->digits>1 && *up<powers[d-1]) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Leading 0 in number.\n");
+ decNumberShow(dn);
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+ }
+ if (*up>maxuint) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Bad Unit [%08lx] in %ld-digit number at offset %ld [maxuint %ld].\n",
+ (LI)*up, (LI)dn->digits, (LI)(up-dn->lsu), (LI)maxuint);
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+ d-=DECDPUN;
+ }
+
+ // check the exponent. Note that input operands can have exponents
+ // which are out of the set->emin/set->emax and set->digits range
+ // (just as they can have more digits than set->digits).
+ ae=dn->exponent+dn->digits-1; // adjusted exponent
+ emax=DECNUMMAXE;
+ emin=DECNUMMINE;
+ digits=DECNUMMAXP;
+ if (ae<emin-(digits-1)) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Adjusted exponent underflow [%ld].\n", (LI)ae);
+ decNumberShow(dn);
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+ if (ae>+emax) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Adjusted exponent overflow [%ld].\n", (LI)ae);
+ decNumberShow(dn);
+ #endif
+ return 1;}
+
+ return 0; // it's OK
+ } // decCheckNumber
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decCheckInexact -- check a normal finite inexact result has digits */
+/* dn is the number to check */
+/* set is the context (for status and precision) */
+/* sets Invalid operation, etc., if some digits are missing */
+/* [this check is not made for DECSUBSET compilation or when */
+/* subnormal is not set] */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decCheckInexact(const decNumber *dn, decContext *set) {
+ #if !DECSUBSET && DECEXTFLAG
+ if ((set->status & (DEC_Inexact|DEC_Subnormal))==DEC_Inexact
+ && (set->digits!=dn->digits) && !(dn->bits & DECSPECIAL)) {
+ #if DECTRACE || DECVERB
+ printf("Insufficient digits [%ld] on normal Inexact result.\n",
+ (LI)dn->digits);
+ decNumberShow(dn);
+ #endif
+ decContextSetStatus(set, DEC_Invalid_operation);
+ }
+ #else
+ // next is a noop for quiet compiler
+ if (dn!=NULL && dn->digits==0) set->status|=DEC_Invalid_operation;
+ #endif
+ return;
+ } // decCheckInexact
+#endif
+
+#if DECALLOC
+#undef malloc
+#undef free
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decMalloc -- accountable allocation routine */
+/* n is the number of bytes to allocate */
+/* */
+/* Semantics is the same as the stdlib malloc routine, but bytes */
+/* allocated are accounted for globally, and corruption fences are */
+/* added before and after the 'actual' storage. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This routine allocates storage with an extra twelve bytes; 8 are */
+/* at the start and hold: */
+/* 0-3 the original length requested */
+/* 4-7 buffer corruption detection fence (DECFENCE, x4) */
+/* The 4 bytes at the end also hold a corruption fence (DECFENCE, x4) */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void *decMalloc(size_t n) {
+ uInt size=n+12; // true size
+ void *alloc; // -> allocated storage
+ uByte *b, *b0; // work
+ uInt uiwork; // for macros
+
+ alloc=malloc(size); // -> allocated storage
+ if (alloc==NULL) return NULL; // out of strorage
+ b0=(uByte *)alloc; // as bytes
+ decAllocBytes+=n; // account for storage
+ UBFROMUI(alloc, n); // save n
+ // printf(" alloc ++ dAB: %ld (%ld)\n", (LI)decAllocBytes, (LI)n);
+ for (b=b0+4; b<b0+8; b++) *b=DECFENCE;
+ for (b=b0+n+8; b<b0+n+12; b++) *b=DECFENCE;
+ return b0+8; // -> play area
+ } // decMalloc
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decFree -- accountable free routine */
+/* alloc is the storage to free */
+/* */
+/* Semantics is the same as the stdlib malloc routine, except that */
+/* the global storage accounting is updated and the fences are */
+/* checked to ensure that no routine has written 'out of bounds'. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This routine first checks that the fences have not been corrupted. */
+/* It then frees the storage using the 'truw' storage address (that */
+/* is, offset by 8). */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+static void decFree(void *alloc) {
+ uInt n; // original length
+ uByte *b, *b0; // work
+ uInt uiwork; // for macros
+
+ if (alloc==NULL) return; // allowed; it's a nop
+ b0=(uByte *)alloc; // as bytes
+ b0-=8; // -> true start of storage
+ n=UBTOUI(b0); // lift length
+ for (b=b0+4; b<b0+8; b++) if (*b!=DECFENCE)
+ printf("=== Corrupt byte [%02x] at offset %d from %ld ===\n", *b,
+ b-b0-8, (LI)b0);
+ for (b=b0+n+8; b<b0+n+12; b++) if (*b!=DECFENCE)
+ printf("=== Corrupt byte [%02x] at offset +%d from %ld, n=%ld ===\n", *b,
+ b-b0-8, (LI)b0, (LI)n);
+ free(b0); // drop the storage
+ decAllocBytes-=n; // account for storage
+ // printf(" free -- dAB: %d (%d)\n", decAllocBytes, -n);
+ } // decFree
+#define malloc(a) decMalloc(a)
+#define free(a) decFree(a)
+#endif
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.h b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f8a5a3ee46 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumber.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Decimal Number arithmetic module header */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Copyright (c) IBM Corporation, 2000, 2010. All rights reserved. */
+/* */
+/* This software is made available under the terms of the */
+/* ICU License -- ICU 1.8.1 and later. */
+/* */
+/* The description and User's Guide ("The decNumber C Library") for */
+/* this software is called decNumber.pdf. This document is */
+/* available, together with arithmetic and format specifications, */
+/* testcases, and Web links, on the General Decimal Arithmetic page. */
+/* */
+/* Please send comments, suggestions, and corrections to the author: */
+/* mfc@uk.ibm.com */
+/* Mike Cowlishaw, IBM Fellow */
+/* IBM UK, PO Box 31, Birmingham Road, Warwick CV34 5JL, UK */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+#if !defined(DECNUMBER)
+ #define DECNUMBER
+ #define DECNAME "decNumber" /* Short name */
+ #define DECFULLNAME "Decimal Number Module" /* Verbose name */
+ #define DECAUTHOR "Mike Cowlishaw" /* Who to blame */
+
+ #if !defined(DECCONTEXT)
+ #include "decContext.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Bit settings for decNumber.bits */
+ #define DECNEG 0x80 /* Sign; 1=negative, 0=positive or zero */
+ #define DECINF 0x40 /* 1=Infinity */
+ #define DECNAN 0x20 /* 1=NaN */
+ #define DECSNAN 0x10 /* 1=sNaN */
+ /* The remaining bits are reserved; they must be 0 */
+ #define DECSPECIAL (DECINF|DECNAN|DECSNAN) /* any special value */
+
+ /* Define the decNumber data structure. The size and shape of the */
+ /* units array in the structure is determined by the following */
+ /* constant. This must not be changed without recompiling the */
+ /* decNumber library modules. */
+
+ #define DECDPUN 3 /* DECimal Digits Per UNit [must be >0 */
+ /* and <10; 3 or powers of 2 are best]. */
+
+ /* DECNUMDIGITS is the default number of digits that can be held in */
+ /* the structure. If undefined, 1 is assumed and it is assumed */
+ /* that the structure will be immediately followed by extra space, */
+ /* as required. DECNUMDIGITS is always >0. */
+ #if !defined(DECNUMDIGITS)
+ #define DECNUMDIGITS 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* The size (integer data type) of each unit is determined by the */
+ /* number of digits it will hold. */
+ #if DECDPUN<=2
+ #define decNumberUnit uint8_t
+ #elif DECDPUN<=4
+ #define decNumberUnit uint16_t
+ #else
+ #define decNumberUnit uint32_t
+ #endif
+ /* The number of units needed is ceil(DECNUMDIGITS/DECDPUN) */
+ #define DECNUMUNITS ((DECNUMDIGITS+DECDPUN-1)/DECDPUN)
+
+ /* The data structure... */
+ typedef struct {
+ int32_t digits; /* Count of digits in the coefficient; >0 */
+ int32_t exponent; /* Unadjusted exponent, unbiased, in */
+ /* range: -1999999997 through 999999999 */
+ uint8_t bits; /* Indicator bits (see above) */
+ /* Coefficient, from least significant unit */
+ decNumberUnit lsu[DECNUMUNITS];
+ } decNumber;
+
+ /* Notes: */
+ /* 1. If digits is > DECDPUN then there will one or more */
+ /* decNumberUnits immediately following the first element of lsu.*/
+ /* These contain the remaining (more significant) digits of the */
+ /* number, and may be in the lsu array, or may be guaranteed by */
+ /* some other mechanism (such as being contained in another */
+ /* structure, or being overlaid on dynamically allocated */
+ /* storage). */
+ /* */
+ /* Each integer of the coefficient (except potentially the last) */
+ /* contains DECDPUN digits (e.g., a value in the range 0 through */
+ /* 99999999 if DECDPUN is 8, or 0 through 999 if DECDPUN is 3). */
+ /* */
+ /* 2. A decNumber converted to a string may need up to digits+14 */
+ /* characters. The worst cases (non-exponential and exponential */
+ /* formats) are -0.00000{9...}# and -9.{9...}E+999999999# */
+ /* (where # is '\0') */
+
+
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+ /* decNumber public functions and macros */
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+ /* Conversions */
+ decNumber * decNumberFromInt32(decNumber *, int32_t);
+ decNumber * decNumberFromUInt32(decNumber *, uint32_t);
+ decNumber * decNumberFromString(decNumber *, const char *, decContext *);
+ char * decNumberToString(const decNumber *, char *);
+ char * decNumberToEngString(const decNumber *, char *);
+ uint32_t decNumberToUInt32(const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ int32_t decNumberToInt32(const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ uint8_t * decNumberGetBCD(const decNumber *, uint8_t *);
+ decNumber * decNumberSetBCD(decNumber *, const uint8_t *, uint32_t);
+
+ /* Operators and elementary functions */
+ decNumber * decNumberAbs(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberAdd(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberAnd(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberCompare(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberCompareSignal(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberCompareTotal(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberCompareTotalMag(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberDivide(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberDivideInteger(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberExp(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberFMA(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberInvert(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberLn(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberLogB(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberLog10(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberMax(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberMaxMag(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberMin(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberMinMag(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberMinus(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberMultiply(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberNormalize(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberOr(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberPlus(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberPower(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberQuantize(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberReduce(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberRemainder(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberRemainderNear(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberRescale(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberRotate(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberSameQuantum(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *);
+ decNumber * decNumberScaleB(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberShift(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberSquareRoot(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberSubtract(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberToIntegralExact(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberToIntegralValue(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberXor(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+
+ /* Utilities */
+ enum decClass decNumberClass(const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ const char * decNumberClassToString(enum decClass);
+ decNumber * decNumberCopy(decNumber *, const decNumber *);
+ decNumber * decNumberCopyAbs(decNumber *, const decNumber *);
+ decNumber * decNumberCopyNegate(decNumber *, const decNumber *);
+ decNumber * decNumberCopySign(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *);
+ decNumber * decNumberNextMinus(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberNextPlus(decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberNextToward(decNumber *, const decNumber *, const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ decNumber * decNumberTrim(decNumber *);
+ const char * decNumberVersion(void);
+ decNumber * decNumberZero(decNumber *);
+
+ /* Functions for testing decNumbers (normality depends on context) */
+ int32_t decNumberIsNormal(const decNumber *, decContext *);
+ int32_t decNumberIsSubnormal(const decNumber *, decContext *);
+
+ /* Macros for testing decNumber *dn */
+ #define decNumberIsCanonical(dn) (1) /* All decNumbers are saintly */
+ #define decNumberIsFinite(dn) (((dn)->bits&DECSPECIAL)==0)
+ #define decNumberIsInfinite(dn) (((dn)->bits&DECINF)!=0)
+ #define decNumberIsNaN(dn) (((dn)->bits&(DECNAN|DECSNAN))!=0)
+ #define decNumberIsNegative(dn) (((dn)->bits&DECNEG)!=0)
+ #define decNumberIsQNaN(dn) (((dn)->bits&(DECNAN))!=0)
+ #define decNumberIsSNaN(dn) (((dn)->bits&(DECSNAN))!=0)
+ #define decNumberIsSpecial(dn) (((dn)->bits&DECSPECIAL)!=0)
+ #define decNumberIsZero(dn) (*(dn)->lsu==0 \
+ && (dn)->digits==1 \
+ && (((dn)->bits&DECSPECIAL)==0))
+ #define decNumberRadix(dn) (10)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumberLocal.h b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumberLocal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5c88a5eaaff --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/decNumberLocal.h @@ -0,0 +1,757 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* decNumber package local type, tuning, and macro definitions */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* Copyright (c) IBM Corporation, 2000, 2010. All rights reserved. */
+/* */
+/* This software is made available under the terms of the */
+/* ICU License -- ICU 1.8.1 and later. */
+/* */
+/* The description and User's Guide ("The decNumber C Library") for */
+/* this software is called decNumber.pdf. This document is */
+/* available, together with arithmetic and format specifications, */
+/* testcases, and Web links, on the General Decimal Arithmetic page. */
+/* */
+/* Please send comments, suggestions, and corrections to the author: */
+/* mfc@uk.ibm.com */
+/* Mike Cowlishaw, IBM Fellow */
+/* IBM UK, PO Box 31, Birmingham Road, Warwick CV34 5JL, UK */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+/* This header file is included by all modules in the decNumber */
+/* library, and contains local type definitions, tuning parameters, */
+/* etc. It should not need to be used by application programs. */
+/* decNumber.h or one of decDouble (etc.) must be included first. */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */
+
+#if !defined(DECNUMBERLOC)
+ #define DECNUMBERLOC
+ #define DECVERSION "decNumber 3.68" /* Package Version [16 max.] */
+ #define DECNLAUTHOR "Mike Cowlishaw" /* Who to blame */
+
+ #include <stdlib.h> /* for abs */
+ #include <string.h> /* for memset, strcpy */
+
+ /* Conditional code flag -- set this to match hardware platform */
+ #if !defined(DECLITEND)
+ #define DECLITEND 1 /* 1=little-endian, 0=big-endian */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Conditional code flag -- set this to 1 for best performance */
+ #if !defined(DECUSE64)
+ #define DECUSE64 1 /* 1=use int64s, 0=int32 & smaller only */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Conditional code flag -- set this to 0 to exclude printf calls */
+ #if !defined(DECPRINT)
+ #define DECPRINT 1 /* 1=allow printf calls; 0=no printf */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Conditional check flags -- set these to 0 for best performance */
+ #if !defined(DECCHECK)
+ #define DECCHECK 0 /* 1 to enable robust checking */
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(DECALLOC)
+ #define DECALLOC 0 /* 1 to enable memory accounting */
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(DECTRACE)
+ #define DECTRACE 0 /* 1 to trace certain internals, etc. */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Tuning parameter for decNumber (arbitrary precision) module */
+ #if !defined(DECBUFFER)
+ #define DECBUFFER 36 /* Size basis for local buffers. This */
+ /* should be a common maximum precision */
+ /* rounded up to a multiple of 4; must */
+ /* be zero or positive. */
+ #endif
+
+
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+ /* Check parameter dependencies */
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+ #if DECCHECK & !DECPRINT
+ #error DECCHECK needs DECPRINT to be useful
+ #endif
+ #if DECALLOC & !DECPRINT
+ #error DECALLOC needs DECPRINT to be useful
+ #endif
+ #if DECTRACE & !DECPRINT
+ #error DECTRACE needs DECPRINT to be useful
+ #endif
+
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+ /* Definitions for all modules (general-purpose) */
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ /* Local names for common types -- for safety, decNumber modules do */
+ /* not use int or long directly. */
+ #define Flag uint8_t
+ #define Byte int8_t
+ #define uByte uint8_t
+ #define Short int16_t
+ #define uShort uint16_t
+ #define Int int32_t
+ #define uInt uint32_t
+ #define Unit decNumberUnit
+ #if DECUSE64
+ #define Long int64_t
+ #define uLong uint64_t
+ #endif
+
+ /* Development-use definitions */
+ typedef long int LI; /* for printf arguments only */
+ #define DECNOINT 0 /* 1 to check no internal use of 'int' */
+ /* or stdint types */
+ #if DECNOINT
+ /* if these interfere with your C includes, do not set DECNOINT */
+ #define int ? /* enable to ensure that plain C 'int' */
+ #define long ?? /* .. or 'long' types are not used */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Shared lookup tables */
+ extern const uByte DECSTICKYTAB[10]; /* re-round digits if sticky */
+ extern const uInt DECPOWERS[10]; /* powers of ten table */
+ /* The following are included from decDPD.h */
+ extern const uShort DPD2BIN[1024]; /* DPD -> 0-999 */
+ extern const uShort BIN2DPD[1000]; /* 0-999 -> DPD */
+ extern const uInt DPD2BINK[1024]; /* DPD -> 0-999000 */
+ extern const uInt DPD2BINM[1024]; /* DPD -> 0-999000000 */
+ extern const uByte DPD2BCD8[4096]; /* DPD -> ddd + len */
+ extern const uByte BIN2BCD8[4000]; /* 0-999 -> ddd + len */
+ extern const uShort BCD2DPD[2458]; /* 0-0x999 -> DPD (0x999=2457)*/
+
+ /* LONGMUL32HI -- set w=(u*v)>>32, where w, u, and v are uInts */
+ /* (that is, sets w to be the high-order word of the 64-bit result; */
+ /* the low-order word is simply u*v.) */
+ /* This version is derived from Knuth via Hacker's Delight; */
+ /* it seems to optimize better than some others tried */
+ #define LONGMUL32HI(w, u, v) { \
+ uInt u0, u1, v0, v1, w0, w1, w2, t; \
+ u0=u & 0xffff; u1=u>>16; \
+ v0=v & 0xffff; v1=v>>16; \
+ w0=u0*v0; \
+ t=u1*v0 + (w0>>16); \
+ w1=t & 0xffff; w2=t>>16; \
+ w1=u0*v1 + w1; \
+ (w)=u1*v1 + w2 + (w1>>16);}
+
+ /* ROUNDUP -- round an integer up to a multiple of n */
+ #define ROUNDUP(i, n) ((((i)+(n)-1)/n)*n)
+ #define ROUNDUP4(i) (((i)+3)&~3) /* special for n=4 */
+
+ /* ROUNDDOWN -- round an integer down to a multiple of n */
+ #define ROUNDDOWN(i, n) (((i)/n)*n)
+ #define ROUNDDOWN4(i) ((i)&~3) /* special for n=4 */
+
+ /* References to multi-byte sequences under different sizes; these */
+ /* require locally declared variables, but do not violate strict */
+ /* aliasing or alignment (as did the UINTAT simple cast to uInt). */
+ /* Variables needed are uswork, uiwork, etc. [so do not use at same */
+ /* level in an expression, e.g., UBTOUI(x)==UBTOUI(y) may fail]. */
+
+ /* Return a uInt, etc., from bytes starting at a char* or uByte* */
+ #define UBTOUS(b) (memcpy((void *)&uswork, b, 2), uswork)
+ #define UBTOUI(b) (memcpy((void *)&uiwork, b, 4), uiwork)
+
+ /* Store a uInt, etc., into bytes starting at a char* or uByte*. */
+ /* Returns i, evaluated, for convenience; has to use uiwork because */
+ /* i may be an expression. */
+ #define UBFROMUS(b, i) (uswork=(i), memcpy(b, (void *)&uswork, 2), uswork)
+ #define UBFROMUI(b, i) (uiwork=(i), memcpy(b, (void *)&uiwork, 4), uiwork)
+
+ /* X10 and X100 -- multiply integer i by 10 or 100 */
+ /* [shifts are usually faster than multiply; could be conditional] */
+ #define X10(i) (((i)<<1)+((i)<<3))
+ #define X100(i) (((i)<<2)+((i)<<5)+((i)<<6))
+
+ /* MAXI and MINI -- general max & min (not in ANSI) for integers */
+ #define MAXI(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(y):(x))
+ #define MINI(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(y):(x))
+
+ /* Useful constants */
+ #define BILLION 1000000000 /* 10**9 */
+ /* CHARMASK: 0x30303030 for ASCII/UTF8; 0xF0F0F0F0 for EBCDIC */
+ #define CHARMASK ((((((((uInt)'0')<<8)+'0')<<8)+'0')<<8)+'0')
+
+
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+ /* Definitions for arbitary-precision modules (only valid after */
+ /* decNumber.h has been included) */
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ /* Limits and constants */
+ #define DECNUMMAXP 999999999 /* maximum precision code can handle */
+ #define DECNUMMAXE 999999999 /* maximum adjusted exponent ditto */
+ #define DECNUMMINE -999999999 /* minimum adjusted exponent ditto */
+ #if (DECNUMMAXP != DEC_MAX_DIGITS)
+ #error Maximum digits mismatch
+ #endif
+ #if (DECNUMMAXE != DEC_MAX_EMAX)
+ #error Maximum exponent mismatch
+ #endif
+ #if (DECNUMMINE != DEC_MIN_EMIN)
+ #error Minimum exponent mismatch
+ #endif
+
+ /* Set DECDPUNMAX -- the maximum integer that fits in DECDPUN */
+ /* digits, and D2UTABLE -- the initializer for the D2U table */
+ #if DECDPUN==1
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 9
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17, \
+ 18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32, \
+ 33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47, \
+ 48,49}
+ #elif DECDPUN==2
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 99
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,9,9,10,10, \
+ 11,11,12,12,13,13,14,14,15,15,16,16,17,17,18, \
+ 18,19,19,20,20,21,21,22,22,23,23,24,24,25}
+ #elif DECDPUN==3
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 999
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3,4,4,4,5,5,5,6,6,6,7,7,7, \
+ 8,8,8,9,9,9,10,10,10,11,11,11,12,12,12,13,13, \
+ 13,14,14,14,15,15,15,16,16,16,17}
+ #elif DECDPUN==4
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 9999
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6, \
+ 6,6,6,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,9,9,9,9,10,10,10,10,11, \
+ 11,11,11,12,12,12,12,13}
+ #elif DECDPUN==5
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 99999
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,5, \
+ 5,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,8,9,9,9, \
+ 9,9,10,10,10,10}
+ #elif DECDPUN==6
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 999999
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4, \
+ 4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,7,8, \
+ 8,8,8,8,8,9}
+ #elif DECDPUN==7
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 9999999
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, \
+ 4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,7, \
+ 7,7,7,7,7,7}
+ #elif DECDPUN==8
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 99999999
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3, \
+ 3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,6,6,6, \
+ 6,6,6,6,6,7}
+ #elif DECDPUN==9
+ #define DECDPUNMAX 999999999
+ #define D2UTABLE {0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3, \
+ 3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, \
+ 5,5,6,6,6,6}
+ #elif defined(DECDPUN)
+ #error DECDPUN must be in the range 1-9
+ #endif
+
+ /* ----- Shared data (in decNumber.c) ----- */
+ /* Public lookup table used by the D2U macro (see below) */
+ #define DECMAXD2U 49
+ extern const uByte d2utable[DECMAXD2U+1];
+
+ /* ----- Macros ----- */
+ /* ISZERO -- return true if decNumber dn is a zero */
+ /* [performance-critical in some situations] */
+ #define ISZERO(dn) decNumberIsZero(dn) /* now just a local name */
+
+ /* D2U -- return the number of Units needed to hold d digits */
+ /* (runtime version, with table lookaside for small d) */
+ #if DECDPUN==8
+ #define D2U(d) ((unsigned)((d)<=DECMAXD2U?d2utable[d]:((d)+7)>>3))
+ #elif DECDPUN==4
+ #define D2U(d) ((unsigned)((d)<=DECMAXD2U?d2utable[d]:((d)+3)>>2))
+ #else
+ #define D2U(d) ((d)<=DECMAXD2U?d2utable[d]:((d)+DECDPUN-1)/DECDPUN)
+ #endif
+ /* SD2U -- static D2U macro (for compile-time calculation) */
+ #define SD2U(d) (((d)+DECDPUN-1)/DECDPUN)
+
+ /* MSUDIGITS -- returns digits in msu, from digits, calculated */
+ /* using D2U */
+ #define MSUDIGITS(d) ((d)-(D2U(d)-1)*DECDPUN)
+
+ /* D2N -- return the number of decNumber structs that would be */
+ /* needed to contain that number of digits (and the initial */
+ /* decNumber struct) safely. Note that one Unit is included in the */
+ /* initial structure. Used for allocating space that is aligned on */
+ /* a decNumber struct boundary. */
+ #define D2N(d) \
+ ((((SD2U(d)-1)*sizeof(Unit))+sizeof(decNumber)*2-1)/sizeof(decNumber))
+
+ /* TODIGIT -- macro to remove the leading digit from the unsigned */
+ /* integer u at column cut (counting from the right, LSD=0) and */
+ /* place it as an ASCII character into the character pointed to by */
+ /* c. Note that cut must be <= 9, and the maximum value for u is */
+ /* 2,000,000,000 (as is needed for negative exponents of */
+ /* subnormals). The unsigned integer pow is used as a temporary */
+ /* variable. */
+ #define TODIGIT(u, cut, c, pow) { \
+ *(c)='0'; \
+ pow=DECPOWERS[cut]*2; \
+ if ((u)>pow) { \
+ pow*=4; \
+ if ((u)>=pow) {(u)-=pow; *(c)+=8;} \
+ pow/=2; \
+ if ((u)>=pow) {(u)-=pow; *(c)+=4;} \
+ pow/=2; \
+ } \
+ if ((u)>=pow) {(u)-=pow; *(c)+=2;} \
+ pow/=2; \
+ if ((u)>=pow) {(u)-=pow; *(c)+=1;} \
+ }
+
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+ /* Definitions for fixed-precision modules (only valid after */
+ /* decSingle.h, decDouble.h, or decQuad.h has been included) */
+ /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+ /* bcdnum -- a structure describing a format-independent finite */
+ /* number, whose coefficient is a string of bcd8 uBytes */
+ typedef struct {
+ uByte *msd; /* -> most significant digit */
+ uByte *lsd; /* -> least ditto */
+ uInt sign; /* 0=positive, DECFLOAT_Sign=negative */
+ Int exponent; /* Unadjusted signed exponent (q), or */
+ /* DECFLOAT_NaN etc. for a special */
+ } bcdnum;
+
+ /* Test if exponent or bcdnum exponent must be a special, etc. */
+ #define EXPISSPECIAL(exp) ((exp)>=DECFLOAT_MinSp)
+ #define EXPISINF(exp) (exp==DECFLOAT_Inf)
+ #define EXPISNAN(exp) (exp==DECFLOAT_qNaN || exp==DECFLOAT_sNaN)
+ #define NUMISSPECIAL(num) (EXPISSPECIAL((num)->exponent))
+
+ /* Refer to a 32-bit word or byte in a decFloat (df) by big-endian */
+ /* (array) notation (the 0 word or byte contains the sign bit), */
+ /* automatically adjusting for endianness; similarly address a word */
+ /* in the next-wider format (decFloatWider, or dfw) */
+ #define DECWORDS (DECBYTES/4)
+ #define DECWWORDS (DECWBYTES/4)
+ #if DECLITEND
+ #define DFBYTE(df, off) ((df)->bytes[DECBYTES-1-(off)])
+ #define DFWORD(df, off) ((df)->words[DECWORDS-1-(off)])
+ #define DFWWORD(dfw, off) ((dfw)->words[DECWWORDS-1-(off)])
+ #else
+ #define DFBYTE(df, off) ((df)->bytes[off])
+ #define DFWORD(df, off) ((df)->words[off])
+ #define DFWWORD(dfw, off) ((dfw)->words[off])
+ #endif
+
+ /* Tests for sign or specials, directly on DECFLOATs */
+ #define DFISSIGNED(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x80000000)!=0)
+ #define DFISSPECIAL(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x78000000)==0x78000000)
+ #define DFISINF(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x7c000000)==0x78000000)
+ #define DFISNAN(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x7c000000)==0x7c000000)
+ #define DFISQNAN(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x7e000000)==0x7c000000)
+ #define DFISSNAN(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x7e000000)==0x7e000000)
+
+ /* Shared lookup tables */
+ extern const uInt DECCOMBMSD[64]; /* Combination field -> MSD */
+ extern const uInt DECCOMBFROM[48]; /* exp+msd -> Combination */
+
+ /* Private generic (utility) routine */
+ #if DECCHECK || DECTRACE
+ extern void decShowNum(const bcdnum *, const char *);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Format-dependent macros and constants */
+ #if defined(DECPMAX)
+
+ /* Useful constants */
+ #define DECPMAX9 (ROUNDUP(DECPMAX, 9)/9) /* 'Pmax' in 10**9s */
+ /* Top words for a zero */
+ #define SINGLEZERO 0x22500000
+ #define DOUBLEZERO 0x22380000
+ #define QUADZERO 0x22080000
+ /* [ZEROWORD is defined to be one of these in the DFISZERO macro] */
+
+ /* Format-dependent common tests: */
+ /* DFISZERO -- test for (any) zero */
+ /* DFISCCZERO -- test for coefficient continuation being zero */
+ /* DFISCC01 -- test for coefficient contains only 0s and 1s */
+ /* DFISINT -- test for finite and exponent q=0 */
+ /* DFISUINT01 -- test for sign=0, finite, exponent q=0, and */
+ /* MSD=0 or 1 */
+ /* ZEROWORD is also defined here. */
+ /* */
+ /* In DFISZERO the first test checks the least-significant word */
+ /* (most likely to be non-zero); the penultimate tests MSD and */
+ /* DPDs in the signword, and the final test excludes specials and */
+ /* MSD>7. DFISINT similarly has to allow for the two forms of */
+ /* MSD codes. DFISUINT01 only has to allow for one form of MSD */
+ /* code. */
+ #if DECPMAX==7
+ #define ZEROWORD SINGLEZERO
+ /* [test macros not needed except for Zero] */
+ #define DFISZERO(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x1c0fffff)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x60000000)!=0x60000000)
+ #elif DECPMAX==16
+ #define ZEROWORD DOUBLEZERO
+ #define DFISZERO(df) ((DFWORD(df, 1)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x1c03ffff)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x60000000)!=0x60000000))
+ #define DFISINT(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x63fc0000)==0x22380000 \
+ ||(DFWORD(df, 0)&0x7bfc0000)==0x6a380000)
+ #define DFISUINT01(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0xfbfc0000)==0x22380000)
+ #define DFISCCZERO(df) (DFWORD(df, 1)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x0003ffff)==0)
+ #define DFISCC01(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&~0xfffc9124)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 1)&~0x49124491)==0)
+ #elif DECPMAX==34
+ #define ZEROWORD QUADZERO
+ #define DFISZERO(df) ((DFWORD(df, 3)==0 \
+ && DFWORD(df, 2)==0 \
+ && DFWORD(df, 1)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x1c003fff)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x60000000)!=0x60000000))
+ #define DFISINT(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0x63ffc000)==0x22080000 \
+ ||(DFWORD(df, 0)&0x7bffc000)==0x6a080000)
+ #define DFISUINT01(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&0xfbffc000)==0x22080000)
+ #define DFISCCZERO(df) (DFWORD(df, 3)==0 \
+ && DFWORD(df, 2)==0 \
+ && DFWORD(df, 1)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x00003fff)==0)
+
+ #define DFISCC01(df) ((DFWORD(df, 0)&~0xffffc912)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 1)&~0x44912449)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 2)&~0x12449124)==0 \
+ && (DFWORD(df, 3)&~0x49124491)==0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros to test if a certain 10 bits of a uInt or pair of uInts */
+ /* are a canonical declet [higher or lower bits are ignored]. */
+ /* declet is at offset 0 (from the right) in a uInt: */
+ #define CANONDPD(dpd) (((dpd)&0x300)==0 || ((dpd)&0x6e)!=0x6e)
+ /* declet is at offset k (a multiple of 2) in a uInt: */
+ #define CANONDPDOFF(dpd, k) (((dpd)&(0x300<<(k)))==0 \
+ || ((dpd)&(((uInt)0x6e)<<(k)))!=(((uInt)0x6e)<<(k)))
+ /* declet is at offset k (a multiple of 2) in a pair of uInts: */
+ /* [the top 2 bits will always be in the more-significant uInt] */
+ #define CANONDPDTWO(hi, lo, k) (((hi)&(0x300>>(32-(k))))==0 \
+ || ((hi)&(0x6e>>(32-(k))))!=(0x6e>>(32-(k))) \
+ || ((lo)&(((uInt)0x6e)<<(k)))!=(((uInt)0x6e)<<(k)))
+
+ /* Macro to test whether a full-length (length DECPMAX) BCD8 */
+ /* coefficient, starting at uByte u, is all zeros */
+ /* Test just the LSWord first, then the remainder as a sequence */
+ /* of tests in order to avoid same-level use of UBTOUI */
+ #if DECPMAX==7
+ #define ISCOEFFZERO(u) ( \
+ UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-4)==0 \
+ && UBTOUS((u)+DECPMAX-6)==0 \
+ && *(u)==0)
+ #elif DECPMAX==16
+ #define ISCOEFFZERO(u) ( \
+ UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-4)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-8)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-12)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI(u)==0)
+ #elif DECPMAX==34
+ #define ISCOEFFZERO(u) ( \
+ UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-4)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-8)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-12)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-16)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-20)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-24)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-28)==0 \
+ && UBTOUI((u)+DECPMAX-32)==0 \
+ && UBTOUS(u)==0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros and masks for the sign, exponent continuation, and MSD */
+ /* Get the sign as DECFLOAT_Sign or 0 */
+ #define GETSIGN(df) (DFWORD(df, 0)&0x80000000)
+ /* Get the exponent continuation from a decFloat *df as an Int */
+ #define GETECON(df) ((Int)((DFWORD((df), 0)&0x03ffffff)>>(32-6-DECECONL)))
+ /* Ditto, from the next-wider format */
+ #define GETWECON(df) ((Int)((DFWWORD((df), 0)&0x03ffffff)>>(32-6-DECWECONL)))
+ /* Get the biased exponent similarly */
+ #define GETEXP(df) ((Int)(DECCOMBEXP[DFWORD((df), 0)>>26]+GETECON(df)))
+ /* Get the unbiased exponent similarly */
+ #define GETEXPUN(df) ((Int)GETEXP(df)-DECBIAS)
+ /* Get the MSD similarly (as uInt) */
+ #define GETMSD(df) (DECCOMBMSD[DFWORD((df), 0)>>26])
+
+ /* Compile-time computes of the exponent continuation field masks */
+ /* full exponent continuation field: */
+ #define ECONMASK ((0x03ffffff>>(32-6-DECECONL))<<(32-6-DECECONL))
+ /* same, not including its first digit (the qNaN/sNaN selector): */
+ #define ECONNANMASK ((0x01ffffff>>(32-6-DECECONL))<<(32-6-DECECONL))
+
+ /* Macros to decode the coefficient in a finite decFloat *df into */
+ /* a BCD string (uByte *bcdin) of length DECPMAX uBytes. */
+
+ /* In-line sequence to convert least significant 10 bits of uInt */
+ /* dpd to three BCD8 digits starting at uByte u. Note that an */
+ /* extra byte is written to the right of the three digits because */
+ /* four bytes are moved at a time for speed; the alternative */
+ /* macro moves exactly three bytes (usually slower). */
+ #define dpd2bcd8(u, dpd) memcpy(u, &DPD2BCD8[((dpd)&0x3ff)*4], 4)
+ #define dpd2bcd83(u, dpd) memcpy(u, &DPD2BCD8[((dpd)&0x3ff)*4], 3)
+
+ /* Decode the declets. After extracting each one, it is decoded */
+ /* to BCD8 using a table lookup (also used for variable-length */
+ /* decode). Each DPD decode is 3 bytes BCD8 plus a one-byte */
+ /* length which is not used, here). Fixed-length 4-byte moves */
+ /* are fast, however, almost everywhere, and so are used except */
+ /* for the final three bytes (to avoid overrun). The code below */
+ /* is 36 instructions for Doubles and about 70 for Quads, even */
+ /* on IA32. */
+
+ /* Two macros are defined for each format: */
+ /* GETCOEFF extracts the coefficient of the current format */
+ /* GETWCOEFF extracts the coefficient of the next-wider format. */
+ /* The latter is a copy of the next-wider GETCOEFF using DFWWORD. */
+
+ #if DECPMAX==7
+ #define GETCOEFF(df, bcd) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ *(bcd)=(uByte)DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]; \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+1, sourhi>>10); \
+ dpd2bcd83(bcd+4, sourhi);}
+ #define GETWCOEFF(df, bcd) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWWORD(df, 0); \
+ uInt sourlo=DFWWORD(df, 1); \
+ *(bcd)=(uByte)DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]; \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+1, sourhi>>8); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+4, (sourhi<<2) | (sourlo>>30)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+7, sourlo>>20); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+10, sourlo>>10); \
+ dpd2bcd83(bcd+13, sourlo);}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==16
+ #define GETCOEFF(df, bcd) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ uInt sourlo=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ *(bcd)=(uByte)DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]; \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+1, sourhi>>8); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+4, (sourhi<<2) | (sourlo>>30)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+7, sourlo>>20); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+10, sourlo>>10); \
+ dpd2bcd83(bcd+13, sourlo);}
+ #define GETWCOEFF(df, bcd) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWWORD(df, 0); \
+ uInt sourmh=DFWWORD(df, 1); \
+ uInt sourml=DFWWORD(df, 2); \
+ uInt sourlo=DFWWORD(df, 3); \
+ *(bcd)=(uByte)DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]; \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+1, sourhi>>4); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+4, ((sourhi)<<6) | (sourmh>>26)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+7, sourmh>>16); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+10, sourmh>>6); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+13, ((sourmh)<<4) | (sourml>>28)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+16, sourml>>18); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+19, sourml>>8); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+22, ((sourml)<<2) | (sourlo>>30)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+25, sourlo>>20); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+28, sourlo>>10); \
+ dpd2bcd83(bcd+31, sourlo);}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==34
+ #define GETCOEFF(df, bcd) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ uInt sourmh=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ uInt sourml=DFWORD(df, 2); \
+ uInt sourlo=DFWORD(df, 3); \
+ *(bcd)=(uByte)DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]; \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+1, sourhi>>4); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+4, ((sourhi)<<6) | (sourmh>>26)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+7, sourmh>>16); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+10, sourmh>>6); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+13, ((sourmh)<<4) | (sourml>>28)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+16, sourml>>18); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+19, sourml>>8); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+22, ((sourml)<<2) | (sourlo>>30)); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+25, sourlo>>20); \
+ dpd2bcd8(bcd+28, sourlo>>10); \
+ dpd2bcd83(bcd+31, sourlo);}
+
+ #define GETWCOEFF(df, bcd) {??} /* [should never be used] */
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros to decode the coefficient in a finite decFloat *df into */
+ /* a base-billion uInt array, with the least-significant */
+ /* 0-999999999 'digit' at offset 0. */
+
+ /* Decode the declets. After extracting each one, it is decoded */
+ /* to binary using a table lookup. Three tables are used; one */
+ /* the usual DPD to binary, the other two pre-multiplied by 1000 */
+ /* and 1000000 to avoid multiplication during decode. These */
+ /* tables can also be used for multiplying up the MSD as the DPD */
+ /* code for 0 through 9 is the identity. */
+ #define DPD2BIN0 DPD2BIN /* for prettier code */
+
+ #if DECPMAX==7
+ #define GETCOEFFBILL(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[0]=DPD2BIN0[sourhi&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINK[(sourhi>>10)&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINM[DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]];}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==16
+ #define GETCOEFFBILL(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi, sourlo; \
+ sourlo=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ (buf)[0]=DPD2BIN0[sourlo&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINK[(sourlo>>10)&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINM[(sourlo>>20)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[1]=DPD2BIN0[((sourhi<<2) | (sourlo>>30))&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINK[(sourhi>>8)&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINM[DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]];}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==34
+ #define GETCOEFFBILL(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi, sourmh, sourml, sourlo; \
+ sourlo=DFWORD(df, 3); \
+ (buf)[0]=DPD2BIN0[sourlo&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINK[(sourlo>>10)&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINM[(sourlo>>20)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourml=DFWORD(df, 2); \
+ (buf)[1]=DPD2BIN0[((sourml<<2) | (sourlo>>30))&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINK[(sourml>>8)&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINM[(sourml>>18)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourmh=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ (buf)[2]=DPD2BIN0[((sourmh<<4) | (sourml>>28))&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINK[(sourmh>>6)&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINM[(sourmh>>16)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[3]=DPD2BIN0[((sourhi<<6) | (sourmh>>26))&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINK[(sourhi>>4)&0x3ff] \
+ +DPD2BINM[DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26]];}
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros to decode the coefficient in a finite decFloat *df into */
+ /* a base-thousand uInt array (of size DECLETS+1, to allow for */
+ /* the MSD), with the least-significant 0-999 'digit' at offset 0.*/
+
+ /* Decode the declets. After extracting each one, it is decoded */
+ /* to binary using a table lookup. */
+ #if DECPMAX==7
+ #define GETCOEFFTHOU(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[0]=DPD2BIN[sourhi&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[1]=DPD2BIN[(sourhi>>10)&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[2]=DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26];}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==16
+ #define GETCOEFFTHOU(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi, sourlo; \
+ sourlo=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ (buf)[0]=DPD2BIN[sourlo&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[1]=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>10)&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[2]=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>20)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[3]=DPD2BIN[((sourhi<<2) | (sourlo>>30))&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[4]=DPD2BIN[(sourhi>>8)&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[5]=DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26];}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==34
+ #define GETCOEFFTHOU(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi, sourmh, sourml, sourlo; \
+ sourlo=DFWORD(df, 3); \
+ (buf)[0]=DPD2BIN[sourlo&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[1]=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>10)&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[2]=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>20)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourml=DFWORD(df, 2); \
+ (buf)[3]=DPD2BIN[((sourml<<2) | (sourlo>>30))&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[4]=DPD2BIN[(sourml>>8)&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[5]=DPD2BIN[(sourml>>18)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourmh=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ (buf)[6]=DPD2BIN[((sourmh<<4) | (sourml>>28))&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[7]=DPD2BIN[(sourmh>>6)&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[8]=DPD2BIN[(sourmh>>16)&0x3ff]; \
+ sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[9]=DPD2BIN[((sourhi<<6) | (sourmh>>26))&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[10]=DPD2BIN[(sourhi>>4)&0x3ff]; \
+ (buf)[11]=DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26];}
+ #endif
+
+
+ /* Macros to decode the coefficient in a finite decFloat *df and */
+ /* add to a base-thousand uInt array (as for GETCOEFFTHOU). */
+ /* After the addition then most significant 'digit' in the array */
+ /* might have a value larger then 10 (with a maximum of 19). */
+ #if DECPMAX==7
+ #define ADDCOEFFTHOU(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[0]+=DPD2BIN[sourhi&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[0]>999) {buf[0]-=1000; buf[1]++;} \
+ (buf)[1]+=DPD2BIN[(sourhi>>10)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[1]>999) {buf[1]-=1000; buf[2]++;} \
+ (buf)[2]+=DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26];}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==16
+ #define ADDCOEFFTHOU(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi, sourlo; \
+ sourlo=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ (buf)[0]+=DPD2BIN[sourlo&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[0]>999) {buf[0]-=1000; buf[1]++;} \
+ (buf)[1]+=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>10)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[1]>999) {buf[1]-=1000; buf[2]++;} \
+ (buf)[2]+=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>20)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[2]>999) {buf[2]-=1000; buf[3]++;} \
+ sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[3]+=DPD2BIN[((sourhi<<2) | (sourlo>>30))&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[3]>999) {buf[3]-=1000; buf[4]++;} \
+ (buf)[4]+=DPD2BIN[(sourhi>>8)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[4]>999) {buf[4]-=1000; buf[5]++;} \
+ (buf)[5]+=DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26];}
+
+ #elif DECPMAX==34
+ #define ADDCOEFFTHOU(df, buf) { \
+ uInt sourhi, sourmh, sourml, sourlo; \
+ sourlo=DFWORD(df, 3); \
+ (buf)[0]+=DPD2BIN[sourlo&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[0]>999) {buf[0]-=1000; buf[1]++;} \
+ (buf)[1]+=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>10)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[1]>999) {buf[1]-=1000; buf[2]++;} \
+ (buf)[2]+=DPD2BIN[(sourlo>>20)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[2]>999) {buf[2]-=1000; buf[3]++;} \
+ sourml=DFWORD(df, 2); \
+ (buf)[3]+=DPD2BIN[((sourml<<2) | (sourlo>>30))&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[3]>999) {buf[3]-=1000; buf[4]++;} \
+ (buf)[4]+=DPD2BIN[(sourml>>8)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[4]>999) {buf[4]-=1000; buf[5]++;} \
+ (buf)[5]+=DPD2BIN[(sourml>>18)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[5]>999) {buf[5]-=1000; buf[6]++;} \
+ sourmh=DFWORD(df, 1); \
+ (buf)[6]+=DPD2BIN[((sourmh<<4) | (sourml>>28))&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[6]>999) {buf[6]-=1000; buf[7]++;} \
+ (buf)[7]+=DPD2BIN[(sourmh>>6)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[7]>999) {buf[7]-=1000; buf[8]++;} \
+ (buf)[8]+=DPD2BIN[(sourmh>>16)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[8]>999) {buf[8]-=1000; buf[9]++;} \
+ sourhi=DFWORD(df, 0); \
+ (buf)[9]+=DPD2BIN[((sourhi<<6) | (sourmh>>26))&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[9]>999) {buf[9]-=1000; buf[10]++;} \
+ (buf)[10]+=DPD2BIN[(sourhi>>4)&0x3ff]; \
+ if (buf[10]>999) {buf[10]-=1000; buf[11]++;} \
+ (buf)[11]+=DECCOMBMSD[sourhi>>26];}
+ #endif
+
+
+ /* Set a decFloat to the maximum positive finite number (Nmax) */
+ #if DECPMAX==7
+ #define DFSETNMAX(df) \
+ {DFWORD(df, 0)=0x77f3fcff;}
+ #elif DECPMAX==16
+ #define DFSETNMAX(df) \
+ {DFWORD(df, 0)=0x77fcff3f; \
+ DFWORD(df, 1)=0xcff3fcff;}
+ #elif DECPMAX==34
+ #define DFSETNMAX(df) \
+ {DFWORD(df, 0)=0x77ffcff3; \
+ DFWORD(df, 1)=0xfcff3fcf; \
+ DFWORD(df, 2)=0xf3fcff3f; \
+ DFWORD(df, 3)=0xcff3fcff;}
+ #endif
+
+ /* [end of format-dependent macros and constants] */
+ #endif
+
+#else
+ #error decNumberLocal included more than once
+#endif
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/lmplib.c b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/lmplib.c index 4bbbb5d4687..ae287fe5b12 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/lmplib.c +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/lmplib.c @@ -25,10 +25,14 @@ #endif #include <math.h> /* temporary */ -#include <lua.h> -#include <lauxlib.h> -#include <lualib.h> -#ifdef pdfTeX +#ifndef pdfTeX +# include <lua.h> +# include <lauxlib.h> +# include <lualib.h> +#else +# include "lua.h" +# include "lauxlib.h" +# include "lualib.h" #define luaL_reg luaL_Reg #define lua_objlen lua_rawlen #endif @@ -39,13 +43,13 @@ #include "mplibpng.h" /*@unused@*/ static const char _svn_version[] = - "$Id: lmplib.c 1885 2013-03-20 07:46:07Z taco $"; + "$Id: lmplib.c 1962 2014-03-11 13:18:08Z taco $"; int luaopen_mplib(lua_State * L); /* forward */ /* metatable identifiers and tests */ -#define MPLIB_METATABLE "MPlib" +#define MPLIB_METATABLE "MPlib.meta" #define MPLIB_FIG_METATABLE "MPlib.fig" #define MPLIB_GR_METATABLE "MPlib.gr" @@ -173,7 +177,7 @@ static void mplib_init_Ses(lua_State * L) /* Enumeration arrays to map MPlib enums to Lua strings */ static const char *math_options[] = - { "scaled", "double", NULL }; + { "scaled", "double", "binary", "decimal", NULL }; static const char *interaction_options[] = { "unknown", "batch", "nonstop", "scroll", "errorstop", NULL }; diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mp.w b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mp.w index 70961d0ce36..46e5b7268b1 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mp.w +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mp.w @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% $Id: mp.w 1935 2014-01-30 09:30:56Z taco $ +% $Id: mp.w 1962 2014-03-11 13:18:08Z taco $ % % This file is part of MetaPost; % the MetaPost program is in the public domain. @@ -73,12 +73,12 @@ undergoes any modifications, so that it will be clear which version of @^extensions to \MP@> @^system dependencies@> -@d default_banner "This is MetaPost, Version 1.803" /* printed when \MP\ starts */ +@d default_banner "This is MetaPost, Version 1.890" /* printed when \MP\ starts */ @d true 1 @d false 0 @<Metapost version header@>= -#define metapost_version "1.803" +#define metapost_version "1.900" @ The external library header for \MP\ is |mplib.h|. It contains a few typedefs and the header defintions for the externally used @@ -166,6 +166,7 @@ typedef struct MP_instance { #include "mppngout.h" /* internal header */ #include "mpmath.h" /* internal header */ #include "mpmathdouble.h" /* internal header */ +#include "mpmathdecimal.h" /* internal header */ #include "mpstrings.h" /* internal header */ extern font_number mp_read_font_info (MP mp, char *fname); /* tfmin.w */ @h @<Declarations@>; @@ -383,8 +384,12 @@ typedef void (*print_func) (MP mp, mp_number A); typedef char * (*tostring_func) (MP mp, mp_number A); typedef void (*scan_func) (MP mp, int A); typedef void (*mp_free_func) (MP mp); +typedef void (*set_precision_func) (MP mp); typedef struct math_data { + mp_number precision_default; + mp_number precision_max; + mp_number precision_min; mp_number epsilon_t; mp_number inf_t; mp_number one_third_inf_t; @@ -482,6 +487,7 @@ typedef struct math_data { scan_func scan_numeric; scan_func scan_fractional; mp_free_func free_math; + set_precision_func set_precision; } math_data; @@ -526,6 +532,8 @@ MP mp_initialize (MP_options * opt) { #endif if (opt->math_mode == mp_math_scaled_mode) { mp->math = mp_initialize_scaled_math(mp); + } else if (opt->math_mode == mp_math_decimal_mode) { + mp->math = mp_initialize_decimal_math(mp); } else { mp->math = mp_initialize_double_math(mp); } @@ -545,6 +553,13 @@ MP mp_initialize (MP_options * opt) { } mp_do_initialize (mp); /* erase preloaded mem */ mp_init_tab (mp); /* initialize the tables */ + if (opt->math_mode == mp_math_scaled_mode) { + set_internal_string (mp_number_system, mp_intern (mp, "scaled")); + } else if (opt->math_mode == mp_math_decimal_mode) { + set_internal_string (mp_number_system, mp_intern (mp, "decimal")); + } else { + set_internal_string (mp_number_system, mp_intern (mp, "double")); + } mp_init_prim (mp); /* call |primitive| for each primitive */ mp_fix_date_and_time (mp); if (!mp->noninteractive) { @@ -2421,6 +2436,9 @@ static void mp_clear_arith (MP mp) { @d twentyeightbits_d_t ((math_data *)mp->math)->twentyeightbits_d_t @d twentysevenbits_sqrt2_d_t ((math_data *)mp->math)->twentysevenbits_sqrt2_d_t @d warning_limit_t ((math_data *)mp->math)->warning_limit_t +@d precision_default ((math_data *)mp->math)->precision_default +@d precision_max ((math_data *)mp->math)->precision_max +@d precision_min ((math_data *)mp->math)->precision_min @ In fact, the two sorts of scaling discussed above aren't quite sufficient; \MP\ has yet another, used internally to keep track of angles. @@ -2759,6 +2777,7 @@ void *do_alloc_node (MP mp, size_t size) { p = xmalloc(1,size); add_var_used (size); ((mp_node)p)->link = NULL; + ((mp_node)p)->has_number = 0; return p; } @@ -2912,6 +2931,8 @@ static mp_node mp_get_symbolic_node (MP mp) { p->link = NULL; } else { p = malloc_node (symbolic_node_size); + new_number(p->data.n); + p->has_number = 1; } p->type = mp_symbol_node; p->name_type = mp_normal_sym; @@ -2984,27 +3005,6 @@ void mp_free_node (MP mp, mp_node p, size_t siz); void mp_free_symbolic_node (MP mp, mp_node p); void mp_free_value_node (MP mp, mp_node p); -@ Same redirection trick as above - -@d mp_info(A) get_mp_info(mp,(A)) -@d set_mp_info(A,B) do_set_mp_info(mp,(A),(B)) - -@c -static void do_set_mp_info (MP mp, mp_node p, halfword v) { - (void) mp; - set_number_from_scaled (p->data.n, v); -} -halfword get_mp_info (MP mp, mp_node p) { - (void) mp; - return number_to_scaled (p->data.n); -} - - -@ @<Declarations@>= -static halfword get_mp_info (MP mp, mp_node p); -static void do_set_mp_info (MP mp, mp_node p, halfword v); - - @* Memory layout. Some nodes are created statically, since static allocation is more efficient than dynamic allocation when we can get away with it. @@ -4159,6 +4159,7 @@ set_internal_string (mp_output_filename, mp_intern (mp, "")); set_internal_string (mp_output_format, mp_intern (mp, "eps")); set_internal_string (mp_output_format_options, mp_intern (mp, "")); set_internal_string (mp_number_system, mp_intern (mp, "scaled")); +set_internal_from_number (mp_number_precision, precision_default); #if DEBUG number_clone (internal_value (mp_tracing_titles), three_t); number_clone (internal_value (mp_tracing_equations), three_t); @@ -4448,7 +4449,7 @@ static mp_node do_get_equiv_node (MP mp, mp_sym A) { } static mp_sym do_get_equiv_sym (MP mp, mp_sym A) { FUNCTION_TRACE3 ("%p = do_get_equiv_sym(%p)\n",A->v.data.node,A); - return A->v.data.sym; + return (mp_sym)A->v.data.node; } #else #define text(A) (A)->text @@ -4472,6 +4473,7 @@ typedef struct mp_symbol_entry { halfword type; mp_value v; mp_string text; + void *parent; } mp_symbol_entry; @ @<Glob...@>= @@ -4521,13 +4523,16 @@ static int comp_symbols_entry (void *p, const void *pa, const void *pb) { @ Copying a symbol happens when an item is inserted into an AVL tree. -The |text| needs to be deep copied, every thing else can be reassigned. - +The |text| and |mp_number| needs to be deep copied, every thing else +can be reassigned. + @c static void *copy_symbols_entry (const void *p) { + MP mp; mp_sym ff; const mp_symbol_entry *fp; fp = (const mp_symbol_entry *) p; + mp = (MP)fp->parent; ff = malloc (sizeof (mp_symbol_entry)); if (ff == NULL) return NULL; @@ -4536,9 +4541,9 @@ static void *copy_symbols_entry (const void *p) { return NULL; ff->v = fp->v; ff->type = fp->type; - /* todo: this only works for non-allocated numbers */ - /* ff->v.data.n = malloc(sizeof (struct mp_number_data)); */ - memcpy(&ff->v.data.n, &fp->v.data.n, sizeof(struct mp_number_data)); + ff->parent = mp; + new_number(ff->v.data.n); + number_clone(ff->v.data.n, fp->v.data.n); return ff; } @@ -4548,8 +4553,10 @@ end of the run. @c static void *delete_symbols_entry (void *p) { + MP mp; mp_sym ff = (mp_sym) p; - /* mp_xfree (ff->v.data.n); */ /* not good enough! */ + mp = (MP)ff->parent; + free_number(ff->v.data.n); mp_xfree (ff->text->str); mp_xfree (ff->text); mp_xfree (ff); @@ -4582,6 +4589,7 @@ static mp_sym new_symbols_entry (MP mp, unsigned char *nam, size_t len) { mp_sym ff; ff = mp_xmalloc (mp, 1, sizeof (mp_symbol_entry)); memset (ff, 0, sizeof (mp_symbol_entry)); + ff->parent = mp; ff->text = mp_xmalloc (mp, 1, sizeof (mp_lstring)); ff->text->str = nam; ff->text->len = len; @@ -4978,11 +4986,12 @@ typedef struct mp_node_data *mp_token_node; @ @c #if DEBUG -#define value_sym(A) do_get_value_sym(mp_token_node)(A)) -#define value_number(A) do_get_value_number(mp_token_node)(A)) -#define value_node(A) do_get_value_node(mp_token_node)(A)) -#define value_str(A) do_get_value_str(mp_token_node)(A)) -#define value_knot(A) do_get_value_knot(mp_token_node)(A)) +#define value_sym(A) do_get_value_sym(mp,(mp_token_node)(A)) +//#define value_number(A) do_get_value_number(mp,(mp_token_node)(A)) +#define value_number(A) ((mp_token_node)(A))->data.n +#define value_node(A) do_get_value_node(mp,(mp_token_node)(A)) +#define value_str(A) do_get_value_str(mp,(mp_token_node)(A)) +#define value_knot(A) do_get_value_knot(mp,(mp_token_node)(A)) #else #define value_sym(A) ((mp_token_node)(A))->data.sym #define value_number(A) ((mp_token_node)(A))->data.n @@ -4995,7 +5004,7 @@ static void do_set_value_sym(MP mp, mp_token_node A, mp_sym B) { A->data.sym=(B); } static void do_set_value_number(MP mp, mp_token_node A, mp_number B) { - FUNCTION_TRACE3 ("set_value(%p,%d)\n", (A),(B)); + FUNCTION_TRACE3 ("set_value(%p,%s)\n", (A), number_tostring(B)); A->data.p = NULL; A->data.str = NULL; A->data.node = NULL; @@ -5051,7 +5060,7 @@ static mp_knot do_get_value_knot (MP mp, mp_token_node A) { FUNCTION_TRACE3 ("%p = get_value_knot(%p)\n", A->data.p, A); return A->data.p ; } -static mp_knot do_get_value_number (MP mp, mp_token_node A) { +static mp_number do_get_value_number (MP mp, mp_token_node A) { assert (A->type != mp_structured); FUNCTION_TRACE3 ("%d = get_value_number(%p)\n", A->data.n.type, A); return A->data.n ; @@ -5060,7 +5069,7 @@ static mp_knot do_get_value_number (MP mp, mp_token_node A) { @ @<Declarations@>= #if DEBUG -static mp_sym do_get_value_number (MP mp, mp_token_node A); +static mp_number do_get_value_number (MP mp, mp_token_node A); static mp_sym do_get_value_sym (MP mp, mp_token_node A); static mp_node do_get_value_node (MP mp, mp_token_node A); static mp_string do_get_value_str (MP mp, mp_token_node A) ; @@ -9962,7 +9971,6 @@ if (number_negative(t)) { @ @<Deal with a negative |arc0_orig| value and |return|@>= { - new_number(*ret); if (mp_left_type (h) == mp_endpoint) { set_number_to_zero (*ret); } else { @@ -9977,6 +9985,7 @@ if (number_negative(t)) { free_number (neg_arc0); } check_arith(); + return; } @@ -10794,6 +10803,7 @@ This first set goes into the header #define free_number(A) (((math_data *)(mp->math))->free)(mp, &(A)) @ +@d set_precision() (((math_data *)(mp->math))->set_precision)(mp) @d free_math() (((math_data *)(mp->math))->free_math)(mp) @d scan_numeric_token(A) (((math_data *)(mp->math))->scan_numeric)(mp, A) @d scan_fractional_token(A) (((math_data *)(mp->math))->scan_fractional)(mp, A) @@ -11426,6 +11436,7 @@ mp_free_node (mp, (mp_node)mp->null_dash, dash_node_size); @c static mp_dash_node mp_get_dash_node (MP mp) { mp_dash_node p = (mp_dash_node) malloc_node (dash_node_size); + p->has_number = 0; new_number(p->start_x); new_number(p->stop_x); new_number(p->dash_y); @@ -15140,7 +15151,9 @@ free_number (mp->max_t); @ The given cubics $B(w_0,w_1,w_2,w_3;t)$ and $B(z_0,z_1,z_2,z_3;t)$ are specified in adjacent knot nodes |(p,mp_link(p))| and |(pp,mp_link(pp))|, respectively. - + +@d half(A) ((A)/2) + @c static void mp_cubic_intersection (MP mp, mp_knot p, mp_knot pp) { mp_knot q, qq; /* |mp_link(p)|, |mp_link(pp)| */ @@ -15181,7 +15194,55 @@ CONTINUE: number_clone (mp->cur_tt, mp->appr_tt); return; } - @<Advance to the next pair |(cur_t,cur_tt)|@>; + NOT_FOUND: + /* Advance to the next pair |(cur_t,cur_tt)| */ + if (odd (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt))) { + if (odd (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t))) { + /* Descend to the previous level and |goto not_found| */ + { + set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_t, half (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t))); + set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_tt, half (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt))); + if (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t) == 0) + return; + mp->bisect_ptr -= int_increment; + mp->three_l -= (integer) mp->tol_step; + number_clone (mp->delx, stack_dx); + number_clone (mp->dely, stack_dy); + mp->tol = number_to_scaled (stack_tol); + mp->uv = number_to_scaled (stack_uv); + mp->xy = number_to_scaled (stack_xy); + goto NOT_FOUND; + } + + } else { + set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_t, number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t) + 1); + number_add (mp->delx, stack_1 (u_packet (mp->uv))); + number_add (mp->delx, stack_2 (u_packet (mp->uv))); + number_add (mp->delx, stack_3 (u_packet (mp->uv))); + number_add (mp->dely, stack_1 (v_packet (mp->uv))); + number_add (mp->dely, stack_2 (v_packet (mp->uv))); + number_add (mp->dely, stack_3 (v_packet (mp->uv))); + mp->uv = mp->uv + int_packets; /* switch from |l_packets| to |r_packets| */ + set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_tt, number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt) - 1); + mp->xy = mp->xy - int_packets; + number_add (mp->delx, stack_1 (x_packet (mp->xy))); + number_add (mp->delx, stack_2 (x_packet (mp->xy))); + number_add (mp->delx, stack_3 (x_packet (mp->xy))); + number_add (mp->dely, stack_1 (y_packet (mp->xy))); + number_add (mp->dely, stack_2 (y_packet (mp->xy))); + number_add (mp->dely, stack_3 (y_packet (mp->xy))); + } + } else { + set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_tt, number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt) + 1); + mp->tol = mp->tol + mp->three_l; + number_substract (mp->delx, stack_1 (x_packet (mp->xy))); + number_substract (mp->delx, stack_2 (x_packet (mp->xy))); + number_substract (mp->delx, stack_3 (x_packet (mp->xy))); + number_substract (mp->dely, stack_1 (y_packet (mp->xy))); + number_substract (mp->dely, stack_2 (y_packet (mp->xy))); + number_substract (mp->dely, stack_3 (y_packet (mp->xy))); + mp->xy = mp->xy + int_packets; /* switch from |l_packets| to |r_packets| */ + } } } @@ -15296,65 +15357,6 @@ mp->tol = mp->tol - mp->three_l + (integer) mp->tol_step; mp->tol += mp->tol; mp->three_l = mp->three_l + (integer) mp->tol_step -@ - -@<Advance to the next pair |(cur_t,cur_tt)|@>= -NOT_FOUND: -if (odd (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt))) { - if (odd (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t))) { - @<Descend to the previous level and |goto not_found|@>; - } else { - set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_t, number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t) + 1); - number_add (mp->delx, stack_1 (u_packet (mp->uv))); - number_add (mp->delx, stack_2 (u_packet (mp->uv))); - number_add (mp->delx, stack_3 (u_packet (mp->uv))); - number_add (mp->dely, stack_1 (v_packet (mp->uv))); - number_add (mp->dely, stack_2 (v_packet (mp->uv))); - number_add (mp->dely, stack_3 (v_packet (mp->uv))); - mp->uv = mp->uv + int_packets; /* switch from |l_packets| to |r_packets| */ - set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_tt, number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt) - 1); - mp->xy = mp->xy - int_packets; - number_add (mp->delx, stack_1 (x_packet (mp->xy))); - number_add (mp->delx, stack_2 (x_packet (mp->xy))); - number_add (mp->delx, stack_3 (x_packet (mp->xy))); - number_add (mp->dely, stack_1 (y_packet (mp->xy))); - number_add (mp->dely, stack_2 (y_packet (mp->xy))); - number_add (mp->dely, stack_3 (y_packet (mp->xy))); - } -} else { - set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_tt, number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt) + 1); - mp->tol = mp->tol + mp->three_l; - number_substract (mp->delx, stack_1 (x_packet (mp->xy))); - number_substract (mp->delx, stack_2 (x_packet (mp->xy))); - number_substract (mp->delx, stack_3 (x_packet (mp->xy))); - number_substract (mp->dely, stack_1 (y_packet (mp->xy))); - number_substract (mp->dely, stack_2 (y_packet (mp->xy))); - number_substract (mp->dely, stack_3 (y_packet (mp->xy))); - mp->xy = mp->xy + int_packets; /* switch from |l_packets| to |r_packets| */ -} - - -@ -@d half(A) ((A)/2) - -@<Descend to the previous level...@>= -{ - set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_t, half (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t))); - set_number_from_scaled (mp->cur_tt, half (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_tt))); - if (number_to_scaled (mp->cur_t) == 0) - return; - mp->bisect_ptr -= int_increment; - mp->three_l -= (integer) mp->tol_step; - number_clone (mp->delx, stack_dx); - number_clone (mp->dely, stack_dy); - mp->tol = number_to_scaled (stack_tol); - mp->uv = number_to_scaled (stack_uv); - mp->xy = number_to_scaled (stack_xy); - goto NOT_FOUND; -} - - - @ The |path_intersection| procedure is much simpler. It invokes |cubic_intersection| in lexicographic order until finding a pair of cubics that intersect. The final intersection times are placed in @@ -20808,9 +20810,10 @@ boolean mp_open_mem_file (MP mp) { return true; if (mp_xstrcmp (mp->mem_name, "plain")) { wake_up_terminal(); - wterm_ln ("Sorry, I can\'t find the '"); + wterm ("Sorry, I can\'t find the '"); wterm (mp->mem_name); wterm ("' preload file; will try 'plain'."); + wterm_cr; @.Sorry, I can't find...@>; update_terminal(); /* now pull out all the stops: try for the system \.{plain} file */ @@ -28636,6 +28639,31 @@ static void bad_internal_assignment (MP mp, mp_node lhs) { mp_back_error (mp, msg, hlp, true); mp_get_x_next (mp); } +static void forbidden_internal_assignment (MP mp, mp_node lhs) { + char msg[256]; + const char *hlp[] = { + "I can\'t set this internal quantity to anything just yet", + "(it is read-only), so I'll have to ignore this assignment.", + NULL }; + mp_snprintf (msg, 256, "Internal quantity `%s' is read-only", + internal_name (mp_sym_info (lhs))); + mp_back_error (mp, msg, hlp, true); + mp_get_x_next (mp); +} +static void bad_internal_assignment_precision (MP mp, mp_node lhs, mp_number min, mp_number max) { + char msg[256]; + char s[256]; + const char *hlp[] = { + "Precision values are limited by the current numbersystem.", + NULL, + NULL } ; + mp_snprintf (msg, 256, "Bad '%s' has been ignored", internal_name (mp_sym_info (lhs))); + mp_snprintf (s, 256, "Currently I am using '%s'; the allowed precision range is [%s,%s].", + mp_str (mp, internal_string (mp_number_system)), number_tostring(min), number_tostring(max)); + hlp[1] = s; + mp_back_error (mp, msg, hlp, true); + mp_get_x_next (mp); +} static void bad_expression_assignment (MP mp, mp_node lhs) { const char *hlp[] = { "It seems you did a nasty thing---probably by accident,", @@ -28682,7 +28710,21 @@ void mp_do_assignment (MP mp) { /* Assign the current expression to an internal variable */ if ((mp->cur_exp.type == mp_known || mp->cur_exp.type == mp_string_type) && (internal_type (mp_sym_info (lhs)) == mp->cur_exp.type)) { - set_internal_from_cur_exp(mp_sym_info (lhs)); + if(mp_sym_info (lhs) == mp_number_system) { + forbidden_internal_assignment (mp, lhs); + } else if (mp_sym_info (lhs) == mp_number_precision) { + if (!(mp->cur_exp.type == mp_known && + (!number_less(cur_exp_value_number(), precision_min)) && + (!number_greater(cur_exp_value_number(), precision_max)) + )) { + bad_internal_assignment_precision(mp, lhs, precision_min, precision_max); + } else { + set_internal_from_cur_exp(mp_sym_info (lhs)); + set_precision(); + } + } else { + set_internal_from_cur_exp(mp_sym_info (lhs)); + } } else { bad_internal_assignment (mp, lhs); } @@ -32494,7 +32536,7 @@ static void mp_threshold (MP mp, mp_number ret, integer m) { @ The |skimp| procedure reduces the current list to at most |m| entries, -by changing values if necessary. It also sets |mp_info(p):=k| if |value(p)| +by changing values if necessary. It also sets |indep_value(p):=k| if |value(p)| is the |k|th distinct value on the resulting list, and it sets |perturbation| to the maximum amount by which a |value| field has been changed. The size of the resulting list is returned as the @@ -32519,7 +32561,7 @@ static integer mp_skimp (MP mp, integer m) { while (p != mp->inf_val) { incr (m); number_clone (l, value_number (p)); - set_mp_info (p, m); + set_indep_value (p,m); set_number_from_addition (l_d, l, d); if (number_lessequal (value_number (mp_link (p)), l_d)) { @<Replace an interval of values by its midpoint@>; @@ -32541,12 +32583,12 @@ static integer mp_skimp (MP mp, integer m) { new_number (test); do { p = mp_link (p); - set_mp_info (p, m); + set_indep_value (p, m); decr (mp->excess); - if (mp->excess == 0) - set_number_to_zero (d); - set_number_from_addition (test, l, d); - } while (number_lessequal(value_number (mp_link (p)), test)); + if (mp->excess == 0) { + number_clone (l_d, l); + } + } while (number_lessequal(value_number (mp_link (p)), l_d)); set_number_from_substraction (test, value_number (p), l); number_halfp(test); set_number_from_addition (v, l, test); @@ -32655,7 +32697,6 @@ if (number_greaterequal (mp->perturbation, tfm_warn_threshold_k)) @ @<Initialize table entries@>= mp->zero_val = mp_get_value_node (mp); set_value_number (mp->zero_val, zero_t); -set_mp_info (mp->zero_val, 0); @ @<Free table entries@>= mp_free_value_node (mp, mp->zero_val); @@ -32894,9 +32935,9 @@ for (k = mp->bc; k <= mp->ec; k++) { if (!mp->char_exists[k]) { mp_tfm_four (mp, 0); } else { - tfm_out (mp_info (mp->tfm_width[k])); /* the width index */ - tfm_out ((mp_info (mp->tfm_height[k])) * 16 + mp_info (mp->tfm_depth[k])); - tfm_out ((mp_info (mp->tfm_ital_corr[k])) * 4 + mp->char_tag[k]); + tfm_out (indep_value (mp->tfm_width[k])); /* the width index */ + tfm_out ((indep_value (mp->tfm_height[k])) * 16 + indep_value (mp->tfm_depth[k])); + tfm_out ((indep_value (mp->tfm_ital_corr[k])) * 4 + mp->char_tag[k]); tfm_out (mp->char_remainder[k]); }; } diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmath.w b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmath.w index 4eed95ce876..9b6bcb6995a 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmath.w +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmath.w @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% $Id: mpmath.w 1892 2013-03-22 10:21:05Z taco $ +% $Id: mpmath.w 1959 2014-03-11 11:19:43Z taco $ % % This file is part of MetaPost; % the MetaPost program is in the public domain. @@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ static void mp_number_take_scaled (MP mp, mp_number *r, mp_number p, mp_number q static void mp_new_number (MP mp, mp_number *n, mp_number_type t) ; static void mp_free_number (MP mp, mp_number *n) ; static void mp_free_scaled_math (MP mp); +static void mp_scaled_set_precision (MP mp); @ And these are the ones that {\it are} used elsewhere @@ -130,6 +131,12 @@ void * mp_initialize_scaled_math (MP mp) { /* alloc */ math->allocate = mp_new_number; math->free = mp_free_number; + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_default, mp_scaled_type); + math->precision_default.data.val = unity * 10; + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_max, mp_scaled_type); + math->precision_max.data.val = unity * 10; + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_min, mp_scaled_type); + math->precision_min.data.val = unity * 10; /* here are the constants for |scaled| objects */ mp_new_number (mp, &math->epsilon_t, mp_scaled_type); math->epsilon_t.data.val = 1; @@ -264,9 +271,13 @@ void * mp_initialize_scaled_math (MP mp) { math->scan_numeric = mp_scan_numeric_token; math->scan_fractional = mp_scan_fractional_token; math->free_math = mp_free_scaled_math; + math->set_precision = mp_scaled_set_precision; return (void *)math; } +void mp_scaled_set_precision (MP mp) { +} + void mp_free_scaled_math (MP mp) { free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->epsilon_t); free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->inf_t); diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdecimal.w b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdecimal.w new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..89f1b7b7cea --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdecimal.w @@ -0,0 +1,1735 @@ +% $Id: mpmathdecimal.w 1915 2013-06-13 10:17:31Z taco $ +% +% This file is part of MetaPost; +% the MetaPost program is in the public domain. +% See the <Show version...> code in mpost.w for more info. + +% Here is TeX material that gets inserted after \input webmac + +\font\tenlogo=logo10 % font used for the METAFONT logo +\font\logos=logosl10 +\def\MF{{\tenlogo META}\-{\tenlogo FONT}} +\def\MP{{\tenlogo META}\-{\tenlogo POST}} + +\def\title{Math support functions for decNumber based math} +\pdfoutput=1 + +@ Introduction. + +@c +#include <w2c/config.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <math.h> +#include "mpmathdecimal.h" /* internal header */ +#define ROUND(a) floor((a)+0.5) +@h + +@ @c +@<Declarations@>; + +@ @(mpmathdecimal.h@>= +#ifndef MPMATHDECIMAL_H +#define MPMATHDECIMAL_H 1 +#include "mplib.h" +#include "mpmp.h" /* internal header */ +#define DECNUMDIGITS 1000 +#include "decNumber.h" +@<Internal library declarations@>; +#endif + +@* Math initialization. + +First, here are some very important constants. + +@d E_STRING "2.7182818284590452353602874713526624977572470936999595749669676277240766303535" +@d PI_STRING "3.1415926535897932384626433832795028841971693993751058209749445923078164062862" +@d fraction_multiplier 4096 +@d angle_multiplier 16 + +@ Here are the functions that are static as they are not used elsewhere + +@<Declarations@>= +#define DEBUG 0 +static void mp_decimal_scan_fractional_token (MP mp, int n); +static void mp_decimal_scan_numeric_token (MP mp, int n); +static void mp_ab_vs_cd (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number a, mp_number b, mp_number c, mp_number d); +static void mp_decimal_crossing_point (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number a, mp_number b, mp_number c); +static void mp_decimal_number_modulo (mp_number *a, mp_number b); +static void mp_decimal_print_number (MP mp, mp_number n); +static char * mp_decimal_number_tostring (MP mp, mp_number n); +static void mp_decimal_slow_add (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig, mp_number y_orig); +static void mp_decimal_square_rt (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig); +static void mp_decimal_sin_cos (MP mp, mp_number z_orig, mp_number *n_cos, mp_number *n_sin); +static void mp_init_randoms (MP mp, int seed); +static void mp_number_angle_to_scaled (mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_fraction_to_scaled (mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_scaled_to_fraction (mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_scaled_to_angle (mp_number *A); +static void mp_decimal_m_exp (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig); +static void mp_decimal_m_log (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig); +static void mp_decimal_pyth_sub (MP mp, mp_number *r, mp_number a, mp_number b); +static void mp_decimal_pyth_add (MP mp, mp_number *r, mp_number a, mp_number b); +static void mp_decimal_n_arg (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x, mp_number y); +static void mp_decimal_velocity (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number st, mp_number ct, mp_number sf, mp_number cf, mp_number t); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_int(mp_number *A, int B); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_boolean(mp_number *A, int B); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_scaled(mp_number *A, int B); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_addition(mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_substraction (mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_div(mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_mul(mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_int_div(mp_number *A, mp_number B, int C); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_int_mul(mp_number *A, mp_number B, int C); +static void mp_set_decimal_from_of_the_way(MP mp, mp_number *A, mp_number t, mp_number B, mp_number C); +static void mp_number_negate(mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_add(mp_number *A, mp_number B); +static void mp_number_substract(mp_number *A, mp_number B); +static void mp_number_half(mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_halfp(mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_double(mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_add_scaled(mp_number *A, int B); /* also for negative B */ +static void mp_number_multiply_int(mp_number *A, int B); +static void mp_number_divide_int(mp_number *A, int B); +static void mp_decimal_abs(mp_number *A); +static void mp_number_clone(mp_number *A, mp_number B); +static void mp_number_swap(mp_number *A, mp_number *B); +static int mp_round_unscaled(mp_number x_orig); +static int mp_number_to_int(mp_number A); +static int mp_number_to_scaled(mp_number A); +static int mp_number_to_boolean(mp_number A); +static double mp_number_to_double(mp_number A); +static int mp_number_odd(mp_number A); +static int mp_number_equal(mp_number A, mp_number B); +static int mp_number_greater(mp_number A, mp_number B); +static int mp_number_less(mp_number A, mp_number B); +static int mp_number_nonequalabs(mp_number A, mp_number B); +static void mp_number_floor (mp_number *i); +static void mp_decimal_fraction_to_round_scaled (mp_number *x); +static void mp_decimal_number_make_scaled (MP mp, mp_number *r, mp_number p, mp_number q); +static void mp_decimal_number_make_fraction (MP mp, mp_number *r, mp_number p, mp_number q); +static void mp_decimal_number_take_fraction (MP mp, mp_number *r, mp_number p, mp_number q); +static void mp_decimal_number_take_scaled (MP mp, mp_number *r, mp_number p, mp_number q); +static void mp_new_number (MP mp, mp_number *n, mp_number_type t) ; +static void mp_free_number (MP mp, mp_number *n) ; +static void mp_set_decimal_from_double(mp_number *A, double B); +static void mp_free_decimal_math (MP mp); +static void mp_decimal_set_precision (MP mp); +static void mp_check_decNumber (MP mp, decNumber *dec, decContext *context); +static int decNumber_check (decNumber *dec, decContext *context); +static char * mp_decnumber_tostring (decNumber *n); + +@ We do not want special numbers as return values for functions, so: + + +@c +int decNumber_check (decNumber *dec, decContext *context) +{ + int test = false; + if (context->status & DEC_Errors) { + fprintf(stdout, "DEC_ERROR %x (%s)\n", context->status, decContextStatusToString(context)); + test = true; + decNumberZero(dec); + } + context->status = 0; + if (decNumberIsSpecial(dec)) { + test = true; + if (decNumberIsInfinite(dec)) { + fprintf(stdout, "INF\n"); + if (decNumberIsNegative(dec)) { + decNumberCopyNegate(dec, &EL_GORDO_decNumber); + } else { + decNumberCopy(dec, &EL_GORDO_decNumber); + } + } else { // Nan + fprintf(stdout, "NAN\n"); + decNumberZero(dec); + } + } + if (decNumberIsZero(dec) && decNumberIsNegative(dec)) { + decNumberZero(dec); + } + return test; +} +void mp_check_decNumber (MP mp, decNumber *dec, decContext *context) +{ + mp->arith_error = decNumber_check (dec, context); +} + + + + +@ There are a few short decNumber functions that do not exist, but +make life easier for us: + +@d decNumberIsPositive(A) !(decNumberIsZero(A) || decNumberIsNegative(A)) + +@c +static decContext set; +static decContext limitedset; +static void checkZero (decNumber *ret) { + if (decNumberIsZero(ret) && decNumberIsNegative(ret)) + decNumberZero(ret); +} +static int decNumberLess(decNumber *a, decNumber *b) { + decNumber comp; + decNumberCompare(&comp, a, b, &set); + return decNumberIsNegative(&comp); +} +static int decNumberGreater(decNumber *a, decNumber *b) { + decNumber comp; + decNumberCompare(&comp, a, b, &set); + return decNumberIsPositive(&comp); +} +static void decNumberFromDouble(decNumber *A, double B) { + char buf[1000]; + char *c; + snprintf(buf,1000,"%-650.325lf",B); + c = buf; + while (*c++) { + if (*c == ' ') { + *c = '\0'; + break; + } + } + decNumberFromString(A, buf, &set); +} +static double decNumberToDouble(decNumber *A) { + char *buffer = malloc(A->digits + 14); + double res = 0.0; + assert (buffer); + decNumberToString(A, buffer); + if (sscanf(buffer, "%lf", &res)) { + free(buffer); + return res; + } else { + free(buffer); + //mp->arith_error = 1; + return 0.0; // whatever + } +} + +@ Borrowed code from libdfp: + + x^3 x^5 x^7 +arctan(x) = x - --- + --- - --- + ... + 3 5 7 + +This power series works well, if x is close to zero (|x|<0.5). +If x is larger, the series converges too slowly, +so in order to get a smaller x, we apply the identity + + sqrt(1+x^2) - 1 +arctan(x) = 2*arctan --------------- + x + +twice. The first application gives us a new x with x < 1. +The second application gives us a new x with x < 0.4142136. +For that x, we use the power series and multiply the result by four. + +@c +static void decNumberAtan (decNumber *result, decNumber *x_orig, decContext *set) +{ + decNumber x, f, g, mx2, term; + int i; + decNumberCopy(&x, x_orig); + if (decNumberIsZero (&x)) { + decNumberCopy (result, &x); + return; + } + for (i=0; i<2; i++) { + decNumber y; + decNumberMultiply (&y, &x, &x, set); // y = x^2 + decNumberAdd (&y, &y, &one, set); // y = y+1 + decNumberSquareRoot (&y, &y, set); // y = sqrt(y) + decNumberSubtract (&y, &y, &one, set); // y = y-1 + decNumberDivide (&x, &y, &x, set); // x = y/x + if (decNumberIsZero (&x)) { + decNumberCopy (result, &x); + return; + } + } + decNumberCopy (&f, &x); // f(0) = x + decNumberCopy (&g, &one); // g(0) = 1 + decNumberCopy (&term, &x); // term = x + decNumberCopy (result, &x); // sum = x + decNumberMultiply (&mx2, &x, &x, set); // mx2 = x^2 + decNumberMinus (&mx2, &mx2, set); // mx2 = -x^2 + for (i=0; i<2*set->digits; i++) { + decNumberMultiply (&f, &f, &mx2, set); + decNumberAdd (&g, &g, &two_decNumber, set); + decNumberDivide (&term, &f, &g, set); + decNumberAdd (result, result, &term, set); + } + decNumberAdd (result, result, result, set); + decNumberAdd (result, result, result, set); + return; +} +static void decNumberAtan2 (decNumber *result, decNumber *y, decNumber *x, decContext *set) +{ + decNumber temp; + if (!decNumberIsInfinite (x) && !decNumberIsZero (y) + && !decNumberIsInfinite (y) && !decNumberIsZero (x)) { + decNumberDivide (&temp, y, x, set); + decNumberAtan (result, &temp, set); + /* decNumberAtan doesn't quite return the values in the ranges we + * want for x < 0. So we need to do some correction */ + if (decNumberIsNegative (x)) { + if (decNumberIsNegative (y)) { + decNumberSubtract(result, result, &PI_decNumber, set); + } else { + decNumberAdd(result, result, &PI_decNumber, set); + } + } + return; + } + if (decNumberIsInfinite (y) && decNumberIsInfinite (x)) { + /* If x and y are both inf, the result depends on the sign of x */ + decNumberDivide(result, &PI_decNumber, &four_decNumber, set); + if (decNumberIsNegative (x) ) { + decNumber a; + decNumberFromDouble(&a, 3.0); + decNumberMultiply(result, result, &a, set); + } + } else if (!decNumberIsZero (y) && !decNumberIsInfinite (x) ) { + /* If y is non-zero and x is non-inf, the result is +-pi/2 */ + decNumberDivide(result, &PI_decNumber, &two_decNumber, set); + } else { /* Otherwise it is +0 if x is positive, +pi if x is neg */ + if (decNumberIsNegative (x)) { + decNumberCopy(result, &PI_decNumber); + } else { + decNumberZero(result); + } + } + /* Atan2 will be negative if y<0 */ + if (decNumberIsNegative (y)) { + decNumberMinus(result, result, set); + } +} + +@ And these are the ones that {\it are} used elsewhere + +@<Internal library declarations@>= +void * mp_initialize_decimal_math (MP mp); + +@ + +@d unity 1 +@d two 2 +@d three 3 +@d four 4 +@d half_unit 0.5 +@d three_quarter_unit 0.75 +@d coef_bound ((7.0/3.0)*fraction_multiplier) /* |fraction| approximation to 7/3 */ +@d fraction_threshold 0.04096 /* a |fraction| coefficient less than this is zeroed */ +@d half_fraction_threshold (fraction_threshold/2) /* half of |fraction_threshold| */ +@d scaled_threshold 0.000122 /* a |scaled| coefficient less than this is zeroed */ +@d half_scaled_threshold (scaled_threshold/2) /* half of |scaled_threshold| */ +@d near_zero_angle (0.0256*angle_multiplier) /* an angle of about 0.0256 */ +@d p_over_v_threshold 0x80000 /* TODO */ +@d equation_threshold 0.001 +@d tfm_warn_threshold 0.0625 +@d warning_limit pow(2.0,52.0) /* this is a large value that can just be expressed without loss of precision */ +@d epsilon "1E-52" +@d epsilonf pow(2.0,-52.0) +@d EL_GORDO "1E1000000" /* the largest value that \MP\ likes. */ +@d one_third_EL_GORDO (EL_GORDO/3.0) +@d DECPRECISION_DEFAULT 34 + +@<Declarations@>= +static decNumber zero; +static decNumber one; +static decNumber minusone; +static decNumber two_decNumber; +static decNumber three_decNumber; +static decNumber four_decNumber; +static decNumber fraction_multiplier_decNumber; +static decNumber angle_multiplier_decNumber; +static decNumber fraction_one_decNumber; +static decNumber fraction_one_plus_decNumber; +static decNumber PI_decNumber; +static decNumber epsilon_decNumber; +static decNumber EL_GORDO_decNumber; +static decNumber **factorials = NULL; +static int last_cached_factorial = 0; + +@ @c +void * mp_initialize_decimal_math (MP mp) { + math_data *math = (math_data *)mp_xmalloc(mp,1,sizeof(math_data)); + // various decNumber initializations + decContextDefault(&set, DEC_INIT_BASE); // initialize + set.traps=0; // no traps, thank you + decContextDefault(&limitedset, DEC_INIT_BASE); // initialize + limitedset.traps=0; // no traps, thank you + limitedset.emax = 999999; + limitedset.emin = -999999; + set.digits = DECPRECISION_DEFAULT; + limitedset.digits = DECPRECISION_DEFAULT; + decNumberFromInt32(&one, 1); + decNumberFromInt32(&minusone, -1); + decNumberFromInt32(&zero, 0); + decNumberFromInt32(&two_decNumber, two); + decNumberFromInt32(&three_decNumber, three); + decNumberFromInt32(&four_decNumber, four); + decNumberFromInt32(&fraction_multiplier_decNumber, fraction_multiplier); + decNumberFromInt32(&fraction_one_decNumber, fraction_one); + decNumberFromInt32(&fraction_one_plus_decNumber, (fraction_one+1)); + decNumberFromInt32(&angle_multiplier_decNumber, angle_multiplier); + decNumberFromString(&PI_decNumber, PI_STRING, &set); + decNumberFromString(&epsilon_decNumber, epsilon, &set); + decNumberFromString(&EL_GORDO_decNumber, EL_GORDO, &set); + factorials = (decNumber **)mp_xmalloc(mp,PRECALC_FACTORIALS_CACHESIZE,sizeof(decNumber *)); + factorials[0] = (decNumber *)mp_xmalloc(mp,1,sizeof(decNumber)); + decNumberCopy(factorials[0], &one); + + /* alloc */ + math->allocate = mp_new_number; + math->free = mp_free_number; + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_default, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->precision_default.data.num, DECPRECISION_DEFAULT); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_max, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->precision_max.data.num, DECNUMDIGITS); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_min, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->precision_min.data.num, 1); + /* here are the constants for |scaled| objects */ + mp_new_number (mp, &math->epsilon_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberCopy(math->epsilon_t.data.num, &epsilon_decNumber); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->inf_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberCopy(math->inf_t.data.num, &EL_GORDO_decNumber); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->warning_limit_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->warning_limit_t.data.num, warning_limit); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->one_third_inf_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberDivide(math->one_third_inf_t.data.num, math->inf_t.data.num, &three_decNumber, &set); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->unity_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberCopy(math->unity_t.data.num, &one); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->two_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->two_t.data.num, two); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->three_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->three_t.data.num, three); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->half_unit_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromString(math->half_unit_t.data.num, "0.5", &set); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->three_quarter_unit_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromString(math->three_quarter_unit_t.data.num, "0.75", &set); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->zero_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberZero(math->zero_t.data.num); + /* |fractions| */ + mp_new_number (mp, &math->arc_tol_k, mp_fraction_type); + { + decNumber fourzeroninesix; + decNumberFromInt32(&fourzeroninesix, 4096); + decNumberDivide(math->arc_tol_k.data.num, &one, &fourzeroninesix, &set); + /* quit when change in arc length estimate reaches this */ + } + mp_new_number (mp, &math->fraction_one_t, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->fraction_one_t.data.num, fraction_one); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->fraction_half_t, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->fraction_half_t.data.num, fraction_half); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->fraction_three_t, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->fraction_three_t.data.num, fraction_three); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->fraction_four_t, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->fraction_four_t.data.num, fraction_four); + /* |angles| */ + mp_new_number (mp, &math->three_sixty_deg_t, mp_angle_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->three_sixty_deg_t.data.num, 360 * angle_multiplier); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->one_eighty_deg_t, mp_angle_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->one_eighty_deg_t.data.num, 180 * angle_multiplier); + /* various approximations */ + mp_new_number (mp, &math->one_k, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromInt32(math->one_k.data.num, 1024); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->sqrt_8_e_k, mp_scaled_type); + { + decNumberFromDouble(math->sqrt_8_e_k.data.num, 112428.82793 / 65536.0); + /* $2^{16}\sqrt{8/e}\approx 112428.82793$ */ + } + mp_new_number (mp, &math->twelve_ln_2_k, mp_fraction_type); + { + decNumberFromDouble(math->twelve_ln_2_k.data.num, 139548959.6165 / 65536.0); + /* $2^{24}\cdot12\ln2\approx139548959.6165$ */ + } + mp_new_number (mp, &math->coef_bound_k, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->coef_bound_k.data.num,coef_bound); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->coef_bound_minus_1, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->coef_bound_minus_1.data.num,coef_bound - 1 / 65536.0); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->twelvebits_3, mp_scaled_type); + { + decNumberFromDouble(math->twelvebits_3.data.num, 1365 / 65536.0); + /* $1365\approx 2^{12}/3$ */ + } + mp_new_number (mp, &math->twentysixbits_sqrt2_t, mp_fraction_type); + { + decNumberFromDouble(math->twentysixbits_sqrt2_t.data.num, 94906265.62 / 65536.0); + /* $2^{26}\sqrt2\approx94906265.62$ */ + } + mp_new_number (mp, &math->twentyeightbits_d_t, mp_fraction_type); + { + decNumberFromDouble(math->twentyeightbits_d_t.data.num, 35596754.69 / 65536.0); + /* $2^{28}d\approx35596754.69$ */ + } + mp_new_number (mp, &math->twentysevenbits_sqrt2_d_t, mp_fraction_type); + { + decNumberFromDouble(math->twentysevenbits_sqrt2_d_t.data.num, 25170706.63 / 65536.0); + /* $2^{27}\sqrt2\,d\approx25170706.63$ */ + } + /* thresholds */ + mp_new_number (mp, &math->fraction_threshold_t, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->fraction_threshold_t.data.num, fraction_threshold); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->half_fraction_threshold_t, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->half_fraction_threshold_t.data.num, half_fraction_threshold); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->scaled_threshold_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->scaled_threshold_t.data.num, scaled_threshold); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->half_scaled_threshold_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->half_scaled_threshold_t.data.num, half_scaled_threshold); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->near_zero_angle_t, mp_angle_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->near_zero_angle_t.data.num, near_zero_angle); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->p_over_v_threshold_t, mp_fraction_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->p_over_v_threshold_t.data.num, p_over_v_threshold); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->equation_threshold_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->equation_threshold_t.data.num, equation_threshold); + mp_new_number (mp, &math->tfm_warn_threshold_t, mp_scaled_type); + decNumberFromDouble(math->tfm_warn_threshold_t.data.num, tfm_warn_threshold); + /* functions */ + math->from_int = mp_set_decimal_from_int; + math->from_boolean = mp_set_decimal_from_boolean; + math->from_scaled = mp_set_decimal_from_scaled; + math->from_double = mp_set_decimal_from_double; + math->from_addition = mp_set_decimal_from_addition; + math->from_substraction = mp_set_decimal_from_substraction; + math->from_oftheway = mp_set_decimal_from_of_the_way; + math->from_div = mp_set_decimal_from_div; + math->from_mul = mp_set_decimal_from_mul; + math->from_int_div = mp_set_decimal_from_int_div; + math->from_int_mul = mp_set_decimal_from_int_mul; + math->negate = mp_number_negate; + math->add = mp_number_add; + math->substract = mp_number_substract; + math->half = mp_number_half; + math->halfp = mp_number_halfp; + math->do_double = mp_number_double; + math->abs = mp_decimal_abs; + math->clone = mp_number_clone; + math->swap = mp_number_swap; + math->add_scaled = mp_number_add_scaled; + math->multiply_int = mp_number_multiply_int; + math->divide_int = mp_number_divide_int; + math->to_boolean = mp_number_to_boolean; + math->to_scaled = mp_number_to_scaled; + math->to_double = mp_number_to_double; + math->to_int = mp_number_to_int; + math->odd = mp_number_odd; + math->equal = mp_number_equal; + math->less = mp_number_less; + math->greater = mp_number_greater; + math->nonequalabs = mp_number_nonequalabs; + math->round_unscaled = mp_round_unscaled; + math->floor_scaled = mp_number_floor; + math->fraction_to_round_scaled = mp_decimal_fraction_to_round_scaled; + math->make_scaled = mp_decimal_number_make_scaled; + math->make_fraction = mp_decimal_number_make_fraction; + math->take_fraction = mp_decimal_number_take_fraction; + math->take_scaled = mp_decimal_number_take_scaled; + math->velocity = mp_decimal_velocity; + math->n_arg = mp_decimal_n_arg; + math->m_log = mp_decimal_m_log; + math->m_exp = mp_decimal_m_exp; + math->pyth_add = mp_decimal_pyth_add; + math->pyth_sub = mp_decimal_pyth_sub; + math->fraction_to_scaled = mp_number_fraction_to_scaled; + math->scaled_to_fraction = mp_number_scaled_to_fraction; + math->scaled_to_angle = mp_number_scaled_to_angle; + math->angle_to_scaled = mp_number_angle_to_scaled; + math->init_randoms = mp_init_randoms; + math->sin_cos = mp_decimal_sin_cos; + math->slow_add = mp_decimal_slow_add; + math->sqrt = mp_decimal_square_rt; + math->print = mp_decimal_print_number; + math->tostring = mp_decimal_number_tostring; + math->modulo = mp_decimal_number_modulo; + math->ab_vs_cd = mp_ab_vs_cd; + math->crossing_point = mp_decimal_crossing_point; + math->scan_numeric = mp_decimal_scan_numeric_token; + math->scan_fractional = mp_decimal_scan_fractional_token; + math->free_math = mp_free_decimal_math; + math->set_precision = mp_decimal_set_precision; + return (void *)math; +} + +void mp_decimal_set_precision (MP mp) { + int i; + i = decNumberToInt32((decNumber *)internal_value (mp_number_precision).data.num, &set); + set.digits = i; + limitedset.digits = i; +} + +void mp_free_decimal_math (MP mp) { + int i; + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->three_sixty_deg_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->one_eighty_deg_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->fraction_one_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->zero_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->half_unit_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->three_quarter_unit_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->unity_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->two_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->three_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->one_third_inf_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->inf_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->warning_limit_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->one_k); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->sqrt_8_e_k); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->twelve_ln_2_k); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->coef_bound_k); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->coef_bound_minus_1); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->fraction_threshold_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->half_fraction_threshold_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->scaled_threshold_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->half_scaled_threshold_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->near_zero_angle_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->p_over_v_threshold_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->equation_threshold_t); + free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->tfm_warn_threshold_t); + for (i = 0; i <= last_cached_factorial; i++) { + free(factorials[i]); + } + free(factorials); + free(mp->math); +} + +@ Creating an destroying |mp_number| objects + +@ @c +void mp_new_number (MP mp, mp_number *n, mp_number_type t) { + (void)mp; + n->data.num = mp_xmalloc(mp,1,sizeof(decNumber)); + decNumberZero(n->data.num); + n->type = t; +} + +@ + +@c +void mp_free_number (MP mp, mp_number *n) { + (void)mp; + free(n->data.num); + n->data.num = NULL; + n->type = mp_nan_type; +} + +@ Here are the low-level functions on |mp_number| items, setters first. + +@c +void mp_set_decimal_from_int(mp_number *A, int B) { + decNumberFromInt32(A->data.num,B); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_boolean(mp_number *A, int B) { + decNumberFromInt32(A->data.num,B); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_scaled(mp_number *A, int B) { + decNumber c; + decNumberFromInt32(&c, 65536); + decNumberFromInt32(A->data.num,B); + decNumberDivide(A->data.num,A->data.num,&c, &set); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_double(mp_number *A, double B) { + decNumberFromDouble(A->data.num, B); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_addition(mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C) { + decNumberAdd(A->data.num,B.data.num,C.data.num, &set); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_substraction (mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C) { + decNumberSubtract(A->data.num,B.data.num,C.data.num, &set); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_div(mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C) { + decNumberDivide(A->data.num,B.data.num,C.data.num, &set); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_mul(mp_number *A, mp_number B, mp_number C) { + decNumberMultiply(A->data.num,B.data.num,C.data.num, &set); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_int_div(mp_number *A, mp_number B, int C) { + decNumber c; + decNumberFromInt32(&c, C); + decNumberDivide(A->data.num,B.data.num,&c, &set); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_int_mul(mp_number *A, mp_number B, int C) { + decNumber c; + decNumberFromInt32(&c, C); + decNumberMultiply(A->data.num,B.data.num,&c, &set); +} +void mp_set_decimal_from_of_the_way(MP mp, mp_number *A, mp_number t, mp_number B, mp_number C) { + decNumber c; + decNumber r1; + decNumberSubtract(&c,B.data.num, C.data.num, &set); + mp_decimal_take_fraction(mp, &r1, &c, t.data.num); + decNumberSubtract(A->data.num, B.data.num, &r1, &set); + mp_check_decNumber(mp, A->data.num, &set); +} +void mp_number_negate(mp_number *A) { + decNumberCopyNegate(A->data.num, A->data.num); + checkZero(A->data.num); +} +void mp_number_add(mp_number *A, mp_number B) { + decNumberAdd(A->data.num,A->data.num,B.data.num, &set); +} +void mp_number_substract(mp_number *A, mp_number B) { + decNumberSubtract(A->data.num,A->data.num,B.data.num, &set); +} +void mp_number_half(mp_number *A) { + decNumber c; + decNumberFromInt32(&c, 2); + decNumberDivide(A->data.num,A->data.num, &c, &set); +} +void mp_number_halfp(mp_number *A) { + decNumber c; + decNumberFromInt32(&c, 2); + decNumberDivide(A->data.num,A->data.num, &c, &set); +} +void mp_number_double(mp_number *A) { + decNumber c; + decNumberFromInt32(&c, 2); + decNumberMultiply(A->data.num,A->data.num, &c, &set); +} +void mp_number_add_scaled(mp_number *A, int B) { /* also for negative B */ + decNumber b,c; + decNumberFromInt32(&c, 65536); + decNumberFromInt32(&b, B); + decNumberDivide(&b,&b, &c, &set); + decNumberAdd(A->data.num,A->data.num, &b, &set); +} +void mp_number_multiply_int(mp_number *A, int B) { + decNumber b; + decNumberFromInt32(&b, B); + decNumberMultiply(A->data.num,A->data.num, &b, &set); +} +void mp_number_divide_int(mp_number *A, int B) { + decNumber b; + decNumberFromInt32(&b, B); + decNumberDivide(A->data.num,A->data.num,&b, &set); +} +void mp_decimal_abs(mp_number *A) { + decNumberAbs(A->data.num, A->data.num, &set); +} +void mp_number_clone(mp_number *A, mp_number B) { + decNumberCopy(A->data.num, B.data.num); +} +void mp_number_swap(mp_number *A, mp_number *B) { + decNumber swap_tmp; + decNumberCopy(&swap_tmp, A->data.num); + decNumberCopy(A->data.num, B->data.num); + decNumberCopy(B->data.num, &swap_tmp); +} +void mp_number_fraction_to_scaled (mp_number *A) { + A->type = mp_scaled_type; + decNumberDivide(A->data.num, A->data.num, &fraction_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +} +void mp_number_angle_to_scaled (mp_number *A) { + A->type = mp_scaled_type; + decNumberDivide(A->data.num, A->data.num, &angle_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +} +void mp_number_scaled_to_fraction (mp_number *A) { + A->type = mp_fraction_type; + decNumberMultiply(A->data.num, A->data.num, &fraction_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +} +void mp_number_scaled_to_angle (mp_number *A) { + A->type = mp_angle_type; + decNumberMultiply(A->data.num, A->data.num, &angle_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +} + + +@* Query functions + +@ Convert a number to a scaled value. |decNumberToInt32| is not +able to make this conversion properly, so instead we are using +|decNumberToDouble| and a typecast. Bad! + +@c +int mp_number_to_scaled(mp_number A) { + int32_t result; + decNumber corrected; + decNumberFromInt32(&corrected, 65536); + decNumberMultiply(&corrected,&corrected,A.data.num, &set); + decNumberReduce(&corrected, &corrected, &set); + result = (int)floor(decNumberToDouble(&corrected)+0.5); + return result; +} + +@ + +@d odd(A) ((A)%2==1) + +@c +int mp_number_to_int(mp_number A) { + int32_t result; + set.status = 0; + result = decNumberToInt32(A.data.num, &set); + if (set.status == DEC_Invalid_operation) { + set.status = 0; + // mp->arith_error = 1; + return 0; // whatever + } else { + return result; + } +} +int mp_number_to_boolean(mp_number A) { + uint32_t result; + set.status = 0; + result = decNumberToUInt32(A.data.num, &set); + if (set.status == DEC_Invalid_operation) { + set.status = 0; + // mp->arith_error = 1; + return 0; // whatever + } else { + return (result ? 1 : 0); + } +} +double mp_number_to_double(mp_number A) { + char *buffer = malloc(((decNumber *)A.data.num)->digits + 14); + double res = 0.0; + assert (buffer); + decNumberToString(A.data.num, buffer); + if (sscanf(buffer, "%lf", &res)) { + free(buffer); + return res; + } else { + free(buffer); + //mp->arith_error = 1; + return 0.0; // whatever + } +} +int mp_number_odd(mp_number A) { + return odd(mp_number_to_int(A)); +} +int mp_number_equal(mp_number A, mp_number B) { + decNumber res; + decNumberCompare(&res,A.data.num,B.data.num, &set); + return decNumberIsZero(&res); +} +int mp_number_greater(mp_number A, mp_number B) { + decNumber res; + decNumberCompare(&res,A.data.num,B.data.num, &set); + return decNumberIsPositive(&res); +} +int mp_number_less(mp_number A, mp_number B) { + decNumber res; + decNumberCompare(&res,A.data.num,B.data.num, &set); + return decNumberIsNegative(&res); +} +int mp_number_nonequalabs(mp_number A, mp_number B) { + decNumber res, a, b; + decNumberCopyAbs(&a, A.data.num); + decNumberCopyAbs(&b, B.data.num); + decNumberCompare(&res, &a, &b, &set); + return !decNumberIsZero(&res); +} + +@ Fixed-point arithmetic is done on {\sl scaled integers\/} that are multiples +of $2^{-16}$. In other words, a binary point is assumed to be sixteen bit +positions from the right end of a binary computer word. + +@ One of \MP's most common operations is the calculation of +$\lfloor{a+b\over2}\rfloor$, +the midpoint of two given integers |a| and~|b|. The most decent way to do +this is to write `|(a+b)/2|'; but on many machines it is more efficient +to calculate `|(a+b)>>1|'. + +Therefore the midpoint operation will always be denoted by `|half(a+b)|' +in this program. If \MP\ is being implemented with languages that permit +binary shifting, the |half| macro should be changed to make this operation +as efficient as possible. Since some systems have shift operators that can +only be trusted to work on positive numbers, there is also a macro |halfp| +that is used only when the quantity being halved is known to be positive +or zero. + +@ Here is a procedure analogous to |print_int|. The current version +is fairly stupid, and it is not round-trip safe, but this is good +enough for a beta test. + +@c +char * mp_decnumber_tostring (decNumber *n) { + decNumber corrected; + char *buffer = malloc(((decNumber *)n)->digits + 14); + assert (buffer); + decNumberCopy(&corrected,n); + decNumberTrim(&corrected); + decNumberToString(&corrected, buffer); + return buffer; +} +char * mp_decimal_number_tostring (MP mp, mp_number n) { + return mp_decnumber_tostring(n.data.num); +} + + +@ @c +void mp_decimal_print_number (MP mp, mp_number n) { + char *str = mp_decimal_number_tostring(mp, n); + mp_print (mp, str); + free (str); +} + + + + +@ Addition is not always checked to make sure that it doesn't overflow, +but in places where overflow isn't too unlikely the |slow_add| routine +is used. + +@c +void mp_decimal_slow_add (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number A, mp_number B) { + decNumberAdd(ret->data.num,A.data.num,B.data.num, &set); +} + +@ The |make_fraction| routine produces the |fraction| equivalent of +|p/q|, given integers |p| and~|q|; it computes the integer +$f=\lfloor2^{28}p/q+{1\over2}\rfloor$, when $p$ and $q$ are +positive. If |p| and |q| are both of the same scaled type |t|, +the ``type relation'' |make_fraction(t,t)=fraction| is valid; +and it's also possible to use the subroutine ``backwards,'' using +the relation |make_fraction(t,fraction)=t| between scaled types. + +If the result would have magnitude $2^{31}$ or more, |make_fraction| +sets |arith_error:=true|. Most of \MP's internal computations have +been designed to avoid this sort of error. + +If this subroutine were programmed in assembly language on a typical +machine, we could simply compute |(@t$2^{28}$@>*p)div q|, since a +double-precision product can often be input to a fixed-point division +instruction. But when we are restricted to int-eger arithmetic it +is necessary either to resort to multiple-precision maneuvering +or to use a simple but slow iteration. The multiple-precision technique +would be about three times faster than the code adopted here, but it +would be comparatively long and tricky, involving about sixteen +additional multiplications and divisions. + +This operation is part of \MP's ``inner loop''; indeed, it will +consume nearly 10\pct! of the running time (exclusive of input and output) +if the code below is left unchanged. A machine-dependent recoding +will therefore make \MP\ run faster. The present implementation +is highly portable, but slow; it avoids multiplication and division +except in the initial stage. System wizards should be careful to +replace it with a routine that is guaranteed to produce identical +results in all cases. +@^system dependencies@> + +As noted below, a few more routines should also be replaced by machine-dependent +code, for efficiency. But when a procedure is not part of the ``inner loop,'' +such changes aren't advisable; simplicity and robustness are +preferable to trickery, unless the cost is too high. +@^inner loop@> + +@c +void mp_decimal_make_fraction (MP mp, decNumber *ret, decNumber *p, decNumber *q) { + decNumberDivide(ret, p, q, &set); + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret, &set); + decNumberMultiply(ret, ret, &fraction_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +} +void mp_decimal_number_make_fraction (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number p, mp_number q) { + mp_decimal_make_fraction (mp, ret->data.num, p.data.num, q.data.num); +} + +@ @<Declarations@>= +void mp_decimal_make_fraction (MP mp, decNumber *ret, decNumber *p, decNumber *q); + +@ The dual of |make_fraction| is |take_fraction|, which multiplies a +given integer~|q| by a fraction~|f|. When the operands are positive, it +computes $p=\lfloor qf/2^{28}+{1\over2}\rfloor$, a symmetric function +of |q| and~|f|. + +This routine is even more ``inner loopy'' than |make_fraction|; +the present implementation consumes almost 20\pct! of \MP's computation +time during typical jobs, so a machine-language substitute is advisable. +@^inner loop@> @^system dependencies@> + +@c +void mp_decimal_take_fraction (MP mp, decNumber *ret, decNumber *p, decNumber *q) { + decNumberMultiply(ret, p, q, &set); + decNumberDivide(ret, ret, &fraction_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +} +void mp_decimal_number_take_fraction (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number p, mp_number q) { + mp_decimal_take_fraction (mp, ret->data.num, p.data.num, q.data.num); +} + +@ @<Declarations@>= +void mp_decimal_take_fraction (MP mp, decNumber *ret, decNumber *p, decNumber *q); + +@ When we want to multiply something by a |scaled| quantity, we use a scheme +analogous to |take_fraction| but with a different scaling. +Given positive operands, |take_scaled| +computes the quantity $p=\lfloor qf/2^{16}+{1\over2}\rfloor$. + +Once again it is a good idea to use a machine-language replacement if +possible; otherwise |take_scaled| will use more than 2\pct! of the running time +when the Computer Modern fonts are being generated. +@^inner loop@> + +@c +void mp_decimal_number_take_scaled (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number p_orig, mp_number q_orig) { + decNumberMultiply(ret->data.num, p_orig.data.num, q_orig.data.num, &set); +} + + +@ For completeness, there's also |make_scaled|, which computes a +quotient as a |scaled| number instead of as a |fraction|. +In other words, the result is $\lfloor2^{16}p/q+{1\over2}\rfloor$, if the +operands are positive. \ (This procedure is not used especially often, +so it is not part of \MP's inner loop.) + +@c +void mp_decimal_number_make_scaled (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number p_orig, mp_number q_orig) { + decNumberDivide(ret->data.num, p_orig.data.num, q_orig.data.num, &set); + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); +} + +@ +@d halfp(A) (integer)((unsigned)(A) >> 1) + +@* Scanning numbers in the input + +The definitions below are temporarily here + +@d set_cur_cmd(A) mp->cur_mod_->type=(A) +@d set_cur_mod(A) decNumberCopy((decNumber *)(mp->cur_mod_->data.n.data.num),&A) + +@<Declarations...@>= +static void mp_wrapup_numeric_token(MP mp, unsigned char *start, unsigned char *stop); + +@ Precision check is TODO +@d too_precise(a) 0 +@c +void mp_wrapup_numeric_token(MP mp, unsigned char *start, unsigned char *stop) { + decNumber result; + size_t l = stop-start+1; + char *buf = mp_xmalloc(mp, l+1, 1); + buf[l] = '\0'; + (void)strncpy(buf,(const char *)start, l); + set.status = 0; + decNumberFromString(&result,buf, &set); + free(buf); + if (set.status == 0) { + set_cur_mod(result); + if (too_precise(l)) { + if (decNumberIsPositive((decNumber *)internal_value (mp_warning_check).data.num) && + (mp->scanner_status != tex_flushing)) { + char msg[256]; + const char *hlp[] = {"Continue and I'll try to cope", + "with that big value; but it might be dangerous.", + "(Set warningcheck:=0 to suppress this message.)", + NULL }; + mp_snprintf (msg, 256, "Number is too large (%s)", mp_decimal_number_tostring(mp,mp->cur_mod_->data.n)); +@.Number is too large@>; + mp_error (mp, msg, hlp, true); + } + } + } else if (mp->scanner_status != tex_flushing) { + decNumber *el_gordo; + const char *hlp[] = {"I could not handle this number specification", + "probably because it is out of range. Error:", + "", + NULL }; + hlp[2] = strerror(errno); + mp_error (mp, "Enormous number has been reduced.", hlp, false); +@.Enormous number...@>; + el_gordo = (decNumber *)(((math_data *)(mp->math))->inf_t.data.num); + set_cur_mod(*el_gordo); + } + set_cur_cmd((mp_variable_type)mp_numeric_token); +} + +@ @c +static void find_exponent (MP mp) { + if (mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field] == 'e' || + mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field] == 'E') { + mp->cur_input.loc_field++; + if (!(mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field] == '+' || + mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field] == '-' || + mp->char_class[mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field]] == digit_class)) { + mp->cur_input.loc_field--; + return; + } + if (mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field] == '+' || + mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field] == '-') { + mp->cur_input.loc_field++; + } + while (mp->char_class[mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field]] == digit_class) { + mp->cur_input.loc_field++; + } + } +} +void mp_decimal_scan_fractional_token (MP mp, int n) { /* n: scaled */ + unsigned char *start = &mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field -1]; + unsigned char *stop; + while (mp->char_class[mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field]] == digit_class) { + mp->cur_input.loc_field++; + } + find_exponent(mp); + stop = &mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field-1]; + mp_wrapup_numeric_token (mp, start, stop); +} + + +@ We just have to collect bytes. + +@c +void mp_decimal_scan_numeric_token (MP mp, int n) { /* n: scaled */ + unsigned char *start = &mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field -1]; + unsigned char *stop; + while (mp->char_class[mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field]] == digit_class) { + mp->cur_input.loc_field++; + } + if (mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field] == '.' && + mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field+1] != '.') { + mp->cur_input.loc_field++; + while (mp->char_class[mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field]] == digit_class) { + mp->cur_input.loc_field++; + } + } + find_exponent(mp); + stop = &mp->buffer[mp->cur_input.loc_field-1]; + mp_wrapup_numeric_token (mp, start, stop); +} + +@ The |scaled| quantities in \MP\ programs are generally supposed to be +less than $2^{12}$ in absolute value, so \MP\ does much of its internal +arithmetic with 28~significant bits of precision. A |fraction| denotes +a scaled integer whose binary point is assumed to be 28 bit positions +from the right. + +@d fraction_half (fraction_multiplier/2) +@d fraction_one (1*fraction_multiplier) +@d fraction_two (2*fraction_multiplier) +@d fraction_three (3*fraction_multiplier) +@d fraction_four (4*fraction_multiplier) + +@ Here is a typical example of how the routines above can be used. +It computes the function +$${1\over3\tau}f(\theta,\phi)= +{\tau^{-1}\bigl(2+\sqrt2\,(\sin\theta-{1\over16}\sin\phi) + (\sin\phi-{1\over16}\sin\theta)(\cos\theta-\cos\phi)\bigr)\over +3\,\bigl(1+{1\over2}(\sqrt5-1)\cos\theta+{1\over2}(3-\sqrt5\,)\cos\phi\bigr)},$$ +where $\tau$ is a |scaled| ``tension'' parameter. This is \MP's magic +fudge factor for placing the first control point of a curve that starts +at an angle $\theta$ and ends at an angle $\phi$ from the straight path. +(Actually, if the stated quantity exceeds 4, \MP\ reduces it to~4.) + +The trigonometric quantity to be multiplied by $\sqrt2$ is less than $\sqrt2$. +(It's a sum of eight terms whose absolute values can be bounded using +relations such as $\sin\theta\cos\theta\L{1\over2}$.) Thus the numerator +is positive; and since the tension $\tau$ is constrained to be at least +$3\over4$, the numerator is less than $16\over3$. The denominator is +nonnegative and at most~6. + +The angles $\theta$ and $\phi$ are given implicitly in terms of |fraction| +arguments |st|, |ct|, |sf|, and |cf|, representing $\sin\theta$, $\cos\theta$, +$\sin\phi$, and $\cos\phi$, respectively. + +@c +void mp_decimal_velocity (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number st, mp_number ct, mp_number sf, + mp_number cf, mp_number t) { + decNumber acc, num, denom; /* registers for intermediate calculations */ + decNumber r1, r2; + decNumber arg1, arg2; + decNumber i16, fone, fhalf, ftwo, sqrtfive; + decNumberFromInt32(&i16, 16); + decNumberFromInt32(&fone, fraction_one); + decNumberFromInt32(&fhalf, fraction_half); + decNumberFromInt32(&ftwo, fraction_two); + decNumberFromInt32(&sqrtfive, 5); // sqrt(5) + decNumberSquareRoot(&sqrtfive, &sqrtfive, &set); + + + decNumberDivide(&arg1,sf.data.num, &i16, &set); // arg1 = sf / 16 + decNumberSubtract(&arg1,st.data.num,&arg1, &set); // arg1 = st - arg1 + decNumberDivide(&arg2,st.data.num, &i16, &set); // arg2 = st / 16 + decNumberSubtract(&arg2,sf.data.num,&arg2, &set); // arg2 = sf - arg2 + mp_decimal_take_fraction (mp, &acc, &arg1, &arg2); // acc = (arg1 * arg2) / fmul + + decNumberCopy(&arg1, &acc); + decNumberSubtract(&arg2, ct.data.num, cf.data.num, &set); // arg2 = ct - cf + mp_decimal_take_fraction (mp, &acc, &arg1, &arg2); // acc = (arg1 * arg2 ) / fmul + + decNumberSquareRoot(&arg1, &two_decNumber, &set); // arg1 = sqrt(2) + decNumberMultiply(&arg1, &arg1, &fone, &set); // arg1 = arg1 * fmul + mp_decimal_take_fraction (mp, &r1, &acc, &arg1); // r1 = (acc * arg1) / fmul + decNumberAdd(&num, &ftwo, &r1, &set); // num = ftwo + r1 + + decNumberSubtract(&arg1,&sqrtfive, &one, &set); // arg1 = sqrt(5) - 1 + decNumberMultiply(&arg1,&arg1,&fhalf, &set); // arg1 = arg1 * fmul/2 + decNumberMultiply(&arg1,&arg1,&three_decNumber, &set); // arg1 = arg1 * 3 + + decNumberSubtract(&arg2,&three_decNumber, &sqrtfive, &set); // arg2 = 3 - sqrt(5) + decNumberMultiply(&arg2,&arg2,&fhalf, &set); // arg2 = arg2 * fmul/2 + decNumberMultiply(&arg2,&arg2,&three_decNumber, &set); // arg2 = arg2 * 3 + mp_decimal_take_fraction (mp, &r1, ct.data.num, &arg1) ; // r1 = (ct * arg1) / fmul + mp_decimal_take_fraction (mp, &r2, cf.data.num, &arg2); // r2 = (cf * arg2) / fmul + + decNumberFromInt32(&denom, fraction_three); // denom = 3fmul + decNumberAdd(&denom, &denom, &r1, &set); // denom = denom + r1 + decNumberAdd(&denom, &denom, &r2, &set); // denom = denom + r1 + + decNumberCompare(&arg1, t.data.num, &one, &set); + if (!decNumberIsZero(&arg1)) { // t != r1 + decNumberDivide(&num, &num, t.data.num, &set); // num = num / t + } + decNumberCopy(&r2, &num); // r2 = num / 4 + decNumberDivide(&r2, &r2, &four_decNumber, &set); + if (decNumberLess(&denom,&r2)) { // num/4 >= denom => denom < num/4 + decNumberFromInt32(ret->data.num,fraction_four); + } else { + mp_decimal_make_fraction (mp, ret->data.num, &num, &denom); + } +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\n%f = velocity(%f,%f,%f,%f,%f)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), +mp_number_to_double(st),mp_number_to_double(ct), +mp_number_to_double(sf),mp_number_to_double(cf), +mp_number_to_double(t)); +#endif + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); +} + + +@ The following somewhat different subroutine tests rigorously if $ab$ is +greater than, equal to, or less than~$cd$, +given integers $(a,b,c,d)$. In most cases a quick decision is reached. +The result is $+1$, 0, or~$-1$ in the three respective cases. + +@c +void mp_ab_vs_cd (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number a_orig, mp_number b_orig, mp_number c_orig, mp_number d_orig) { + decNumber q, r, test; /* temporary registers */ + decNumber a, b, c, d; + (void)mp; + decNumberCopy(&a, (decNumber *)a_orig.data.num); + decNumberCopy(&b, (decNumber *)b_orig.data.num); + decNumberCopy(&c, (decNumber *)c_orig.data.num); + decNumberCopy(&d, (decNumber *)d_orig.data.num); + @<Reduce to the case that |a,c>=0|, |b,d>0|@>; + while (1) { + decNumberDivide(&q,&a,&d, &set); + decNumberDivide(&r,&c,&b, &set); + decNumberCompare(&test,&q,&r, &set); + if (!decNumberIsZero(&test)) { + if (decNumberIsPositive(&test)) { + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &one); + } else { + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &minusone); + } + goto RETURN; + } + decNumberRemainder(&q,&a,&d, &set); + decNumberRemainder(&r,&c,&b, &set); + if (decNumberIsZero(&r)) { + if (decNumberIsZero(&q)) { + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &zero); + } else { + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &one); + } + goto RETURN; + } + if (decNumberIsZero(&q)) { + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &minusone); + goto RETURN; + } + decNumberCopy(&a,&b); + decNumberCopy(&b,&q); + decNumberCopy(&c,&d); + decNumberCopy(&d,&r); + } /* now |a>d>0| and |c>b>0| */ +RETURN: +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\n%f = ab_vs_cd(%f,%f,%f,%f)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), +mp_number_to_double(a_orig),mp_number_to_double(b_orig), +mp_number_to_double(c_orig),mp_number_to_double(d_orig)); +#endif + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); + return; +} + + +@ @<Reduce to the case that |a...@>= +if (decNumberIsNegative(&a)) { + decNumberCopyNegate(&a, &a); + decNumberCopyNegate(&b, &b); +} +if (decNumberIsNegative(&c)) { + decNumberCopyNegate(&c, &c); + decNumberCopyNegate(&d, &d); +} +if (!decNumberIsPositive(&d)) { + if (!decNumberIsNegative(&b)) { + if ((decNumberIsZero(&a) || decNumberIsZero(&b)) && (decNumberIsZero(&c) || decNumberIsZero(&d))) + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &zero); + else + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &one); + goto RETURN; + } + if (decNumberIsZero(&d)) { + if (decNumberIsZero(&a)) + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &zero); + else + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &minusone); + goto RETURN; + } + decNumberCopy(&q, &a); + decNumberCopy(&a, &c); + decNumberCopy(&c, &q); + decNumberCopyNegate(&q, &b); + decNumberCopyNegate(&b, &d); + decNumberCopy(&d, &q); +} else if (!decNumberIsPositive(&b)) { + if (decNumberIsNegative(&b) && decNumberIsPositive(&a)) { + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &minusone); + goto RETURN; + } + if (decNumberIsZero(&c)) + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &zero); + else + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &minusone); + goto RETURN; +} + +@ Now here's a subroutine that's handy for all sorts of path computations: +Given a quadratic polynomial $B(a,b,c;t)$, the |crossing_point| function +returns the unique |fraction| value |t| between 0 and~1 at which +$B(a,b,c;t)$ changes from positive to negative, or returns +|t=fraction_one+1| if no such value exists. If |a<0| (so that $B(a,b,c;t)$ +is already negative at |t=0|), |crossing_point| returns the value zero. + +The general bisection method is quite simple when $n=2$, hence +|crossing_point| does not take much time. At each stage in the +recursion we have a subinterval defined by |l| and~|j| such that +$B(a,b,c;2^{-l}(j+t))=B(x_0,x_1,x_2;t)$, and we want to ``zero in'' on +the subinterval where $x_0\G0$ and $\min(x_1,x_2)<0$. + +It is convenient for purposes of calculation to combine the values +of |l| and~|j| in a single variable $d=2^l+j$, because the operation +of bisection then corresponds simply to doubling $d$ and possibly +adding~1. Furthermore it proves to be convenient to modify +our previous conventions for bisection slightly, maintaining the +variables $X_0=2^lx_0$, $X_1=2^l(x_0-x_1)$, and $X_2=2^l(x_1-x_2)$. +With these variables the conditions $x_0\ge0$ and $\min(x_1,x_2)<0$ are +equivalent to $\max(X_1,X_1+X_2)>X_0\ge0$. + +The following code maintains the invariant relations +$0\L|x0|<\max(|x1|,|x1|+|x2|)$, +$\vert|x1|\vert<2^{30}$, $\vert|x2|\vert<2^{30}$; +it has been constructed in such a way that no arithmetic overflow +will occur if the inputs satisfy +$a<2^{30}$, $\vert a-b\vert<2^{30}$, and $\vert b-c\vert<2^{30}$. + +@d no_crossing { decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &fraction_one_plus_decNumber); goto RETURN; } +@d one_crossing { decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &fraction_one_decNumber); goto RETURN; } +@d zero_crossing { decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &zero); goto RETURN; } + +@c +static void mp_decimal_crossing_point (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number aa, mp_number bb, mp_number cc) { + decNumber a,b,c; + double d; /* recursive counter */ + decNumber x, xx, x0, x1, x2; /* temporary registers for bisection */ + decNumber scratch; + decNumberCopy(&a, (decNumber *)aa.data.num); + decNumberCopy(&b, (decNumber *)bb.data.num); + decNumberCopy(&c, (decNumber *)cc.data.num); + if (decNumberIsNegative(&a)) + zero_crossing; + if (!decNumberIsNegative(&c)) { + if (!decNumberIsNegative(&b)) { + if (decNumberIsPositive(&c)) { + no_crossing; + } else if (decNumberIsZero(&a) && decNumberIsZero(&b)) { + no_crossing; + } else { + one_crossing; + } + } + if (decNumberIsZero(&a)) + zero_crossing; + } else if (decNumberIsZero(&a)) { + if (!decNumberIsPositive(&b)) + zero_crossing; + } + + /* Use bisection to find the crossing point... */ + d = epsilonf; + decNumberCopy(&x0, &a); + decNumberSubtract(&x1,&a, &b, &set); + decNumberSubtract(&x2,&b, &c, &set); + do { + /* not sure why the error correction has to be >= 1E-12 */ + decNumberAdd(&x, &x1, &x2, &set); + decNumberDivide(&x, &x, &two_decNumber, &set); + decNumberFromDouble(&scratch, 1E-12); + decNumberAdd(&x, &x, &scratch, &set); + decNumberSubtract(&scratch, &x1, &x0, &set); + if (decNumberGreater(&scratch, &x0)) { + decNumberCopy(&x2, &x); + decNumberAdd(&x0, &x0, &x0, &set); + d += d; + } else { + decNumberAdd(&xx, &scratch, &x, &set); + if (decNumberGreater(&xx,&x0)) { + decNumberCopy(&x2,&x); + decNumberAdd(&x0, &x0, &x0, &set); + d += d; + } else { + decNumberSubtract(&x0, &x0, &xx, &set); + if (!decNumberGreater(&x,&x0)) { + decNumberAdd(&scratch, &x, &x2, &set); + if (!decNumberGreater(&scratch, &x0)) + no_crossing; + } + decNumberCopy(&x1,&x); + d = d + d + epsilonf; + } + } + } while (d < fraction_one); + decNumberFromDouble(&scratch, d); + decNumberSubtract(ret->data.num,&scratch, &fraction_one_decNumber, &set); +RETURN: +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\n%f = crossing_point(%f,%f,%f)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), +mp_number_to_double(aa),mp_number_to_double(bb),mp_number_to_double(cc)); +#endif + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); + return; +} + + +@ We conclude this set of elementary routines with some simple rounding +and truncation operations. + + +@ |round_unscaled| rounds a |scaled| and converts it to |int| +@c +int mp_round_unscaled(mp_number x_orig) { + double xx = mp_number_to_double(x_orig); + int x = (int)ROUND(xx); + return x; +} + +@ |number_floor| floors a number + +@c +void mp_number_floor (mp_number *i) { + int round = set.round; + set.round = DEC_ROUND_DOWN; + decNumberToIntegralValue(i->data.num, i->data.num, &set); + set.round = round; +} + +@ |fraction_to_scaled| rounds a |fraction| and converts it to |scaled| +@c +void mp_decimal_fraction_to_round_scaled (mp_number *x_orig) { + x_orig->type = mp_scaled_type; + decNumberDivide(x_orig->data.num, x_orig->data.num, &fraction_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +} + + + +@* Algebraic and transcendental functions. +\MP\ computes all of the necessary special functions from scratch, without +relying on |real| arithmetic or system subroutines for sines, cosines, etc. + +@ + +@c +void mp_decimal_square_rt (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig) { /* return, x: scaled */ + decNumber x; + decNumberCopyAbs(&x, x_orig.data.num); + if (!decNumberIsPositive(&x)) { + @<Handle square root of zero or negative argument@>; + } else { + decNumberSquareRoot(ret->data.num, &x, &set); + } + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); +} + + +@ @<Handle square root of zero...@>= +{ + if (decNumberIsNegative(&x)) { + char msg[256]; + const char *hlp[] = { + "Since I don't take square roots of negative numbers,", + "I'm zeroing this one. Proceed, with fingers crossed.", + NULL }; + char *xstr = mp_decimal_number_tostring (mp, x_orig); + mp_snprintf(msg, 256, "Square root of %s has been replaced by 0", xstr); + free(xstr); +@.Square root...replaced by 0@>; + mp_error (mp, msg, hlp, true); + } + decNumberZero(ret->data.num); + return; +} + + +@ Pythagorean addition $\psqrt{a^2+b^2}$ is implemented by a quick hack + +@c +void mp_decimal_pyth_add (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number a_orig, mp_number b_orig) { + decNumber a, b; + decNumber asq, bsq; + decNumberCopyAbs(&a, a_orig.data.num); + decNumberCopyAbs(&b, b_orig.data.num); + decNumberMultiply(&asq, &a, &a, &set); + decNumberMultiply(&bsq, &b, &b, &set); + decNumberAdd(&a, &asq, &bsq, &set); + decNumberSquareRoot(ret->data.num, &a, &set); + //if (set.status != 0) { + // mp->arith_error = true; + // decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &EL_GORDO_decNumber); + //} + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); +} + +@ Here is a similar algorithm for $\psqrt{a^2-b^2}$. Same quick hack, also. + +@c +void mp_decimal_pyth_sub (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number a_orig, mp_number b_orig) { + decNumber a, b; + decNumberCopyAbs(&a, a_orig.data.num); + decNumberCopyAbs(&b, b_orig.data.num); + if (!decNumberGreater(&a,&b)) { + @<Handle erroneous |pyth_sub| and set |a:=0|@>; + } else { + decNumber asq, bsq; + decNumberMultiply(&asq, &a, &a, &set); + decNumberMultiply(&bsq, &b, &b, &set); + decNumberSubtract(&a, &asq, &bsq, &set); + decNumberSquareRoot(&a, &a, &set); + } + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &a); + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); +} + + +@ @<Handle erroneous |pyth_sub| and set |a:=0|@>= +{ + if (decNumberLess(&a, &b)) { + char msg[256]; + const char *hlp[] = { + "Since I don't take square roots of negative numbers,", + "I'm zeroing this one. Proceed, with fingers crossed.", + NULL }; + char *astr = mp_decimal_number_tostring (mp, a_orig); + char *bstr = mp_decimal_number_tostring (mp, b_orig); + mp_snprintf (msg, 256, "Pythagorean subtraction %s+-+%s has been replaced by 0", astr, bstr); + free(astr); + free(bstr); +@.Pythagorean...@>; + mp_error (mp, msg, hlp, true); + } + decNumberZero(&a); +} + + +@ Here is the routine that calculates $2^8$ times the natural logarithm +of a |scaled| quantity; + +@c +void mp_decimal_m_log (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig) { + if (!decNumberIsPositive((decNumber *)x_orig.data.num)) { + @<Handle non-positive logarithm@>; + } else { + decNumber twofivesix; + decNumberFromInt32(&twofivesix, 256); + decNumberLn(ret->data.num, x_orig.data.num, &limitedset); + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &limitedset); + decNumberMultiply(ret->data.num, ret->data.num, &twofivesix, &set); + } + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); +} + +@ @<Handle non-positive logarithm@>= +{ + char msg[256]; + const char *hlp[] = { + "Since I don't take logs of non-positive numbers,", + "I'm zeroing this one. Proceed, with fingers crossed.", + NULL }; + char *xstr = mp_decimal_number_tostring (mp, x_orig); + mp_snprintf (msg, 256, "Logarithm of %s has been replaced by 0", xstr); + free (xstr); +@.Logarithm...replaced by 0@>; + mp_error (mp, msg, hlp, true); + decNumberZero(ret->data.num); +} + + +@ Conversely, the exponential routine calculates $\exp(x/2^8)$, +when |x| is |scaled|. + +@c +void mp_decimal_m_exp (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig) { + decNumber temp, twofivesix; + decNumberFromInt32(&twofivesix, 256); + decNumberDivide(&temp, x_orig.data.num, &twofivesix, &set); + limitedset.status = 0; + decNumberExp(ret->data.num, &temp, &limitedset); + if (limitedset.status & DEC_Clamped) { + if (decNumberIsPositive((decNumber *)x_orig.data.num)) { + mp->arith_error = true; + decNumberCopy(ret->data.num, &EL_GORDO_decNumber); + } else { + decNumberZero(ret->data.num); + } + } + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &limitedset); + limitedset.status = 0; +} + + +@ Given integers |x| and |y|, not both zero, the |n_arg| function +returns the |angle| whose tangent points in the direction $(x,y)$. + +@c +void mp_decimal_n_arg (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig, mp_number y_orig) { + if (decNumberIsZero((decNumber *)x_orig.data.num) && decNumberIsZero((decNumber *)y_orig.data.num)) { + @<Handle undefined arg@>; + } else { + decNumber atan2val, oneeighty_angle; + ret->type = mp_angle_type; + decNumberFromInt32(&oneeighty_angle, 180 * angle_multiplier); + decNumberDivide(&oneeighty_angle, &oneeighty_angle, &PI_decNumber, &set); + checkZero(y_orig.data.num); + checkZero(x_orig.data.num); + decNumberAtan2(&atan2val, y_orig.data.num, x_orig.data.num, &set); +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\n%g = atan2(%g,%g)", decNumberToDouble(&atan2val),mp_number_to_double(x_orig),mp_number_to_double(y_orig)); +#endif + decNumberMultiply(ret->data.num,&atan2val, &oneeighty_angle, &set); + checkZero(ret->data.num); +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\nn_arg(%g,%g,%g)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), + mp_number_to_double(x_orig),mp_number_to_double(y_orig)); +#endif + } + mp_check_decNumber(mp, ret->data.num, &set); +} + + +@ @<Handle undefined arg@>= +{ + const char *hlp[] = { + "The `angle' between two identical points is undefined.", + "I'm zeroing this one. Proceed, with fingers crossed.", + NULL }; + mp_error (mp, "angle(0,0) is taken as zero", hlp, true); +@.angle(0,0)...zero@>; + decNumberZero(ret->data.num); +} + + +@ Conversely, the |n_sin_cos| routine takes an |angle| and produces the sine +and cosine of that angle. The results of this routine are +stored in global integer variables |n_sin| and |n_cos|. + +First, we need a decNumber function that calculates sines and cosines +using the Taylor series. This function is fairly optimized. + +@d PRECALC_FACTORIALS_CACHESIZE 50 + +@c +static void sinecosine(decNumber *theangle, decNumber *c, decNumber *s) +{ + int n, i; + decNumber p, pxa, fac, cc; + decNumber n1, n2, p1; + decNumberZero(c); + decNumberZero(s); + for (n=0;n<(set.digits/2);n++) + { + decNumberFromInt32(&p1, n); + decNumberFromInt32(&n1, 2*n); + decNumberPower(&p, &minusone, &p1, &limitedset); + if (n==0) { + decNumberCopy(&pxa, &one); + } else { + decNumberPower(&pxa, theangle, &n1, &limitedset); + } + + if (2*n<last_cached_factorial) { + decNumberCopy(&fac,factorials[2*n]); + } else { + decNumberCopy(&fac,factorials[last_cached_factorial]); + for (i = last_cached_factorial+1; i <= 2*n; i++) { + decNumberFromInt32(&cc, i); + decNumberMultiply (&fac, &fac, &cc, &set); + if (i<PRECALC_FACTORIALS_CACHESIZE) { + factorials[i] = malloc(sizeof(decNumber)); + decNumberCopy(factorials[i],&fac); + last_cached_factorial = i; + } + } + } + + decNumberDivide (&pxa, &pxa, &fac, &set); + decNumberMultiply (&pxa, &pxa, &p, &set); + decNumberAdd (s, s, &pxa, &set); + + decNumberFromInt32(&n2, 2*n+1); + decNumberMultiply (&fac, &fac, &n2, &set); // fac = fac * (2*n+1) + decNumberPower(&pxa, theangle, &n2, &limitedset); + decNumberDivide (&pxa, &pxa, &fac, &set); + decNumberMultiply (&pxa, &pxa, &p, &set); + decNumberAdd (c, c, &pxa, &set); + // printf("\niteration %2d: %-42s %-42s",n,tostring(c), tostring(s)); + } +} + +@ Calculate sines and cosines. +@c +void mp_decimal_sin_cos (MP mp, mp_number z_orig, mp_number *n_cos, mp_number *n_sin) { + decNumber rad; + decNumber one_eighty; + decNumberFromInt32(&one_eighty, 180 * 16); +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\nsin_cos(%f)", mp_number_to_double(z_orig)); +#endif + decNumberMultiply(&rad, z_orig.data.num, &PI_decNumber, &set); + decNumberDivide(&rad, &rad, &one_eighty, &set); +#if 0 + if (decNumberIsNegative(&rad)) { + while (decNumberLess(&rad,&PI_decNumber)) + decNumberAdd(&rad, &rad, &PI_decNumber, &set); + } else { + while (decNumberGreater(&rad,&PI_decNumber)) + decNumberSubtract(&rad, &rad, &PI_decNumber, &set); + } +#endif + sinecosine(&rad, n_sin->data.num, n_cos->data.num); + decNumberMultiply(n_cos->data.num,n_cos->data.num,&fraction_multiplier_decNumber, &set); + decNumberMultiply(n_sin->data.num,n_sin->data.num,&fraction_multiplier_decNumber, &set); +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\nsin_cos(%f,%f,%f)", decNumberToDouble(&rad), +mp_number_to_double(*n_cos), mp_number_to_double(*n_sin)); +#endif + mp_check_decNumber(mp, n_cos->data.num, &set); + mp_check_decNumber(mp, n_sin->data.num, &set); +} + +@ To initialize the |randoms| table, we call the following routine. + +@c +void mp_init_randoms (MP mp, int seed) { + int j, jj, k; /* more or less random integers */ + int i; /* index into |randoms| */ + j = abs (seed); + while (j >= fraction_one) { + j = j/2; + } + k = 1; + for (i = 0; i <= 54; i++) { + jj = k; + k = j - k; + j = jj; + if (k<0) + k += fraction_one; + decNumberFromInt32(mp->randoms[(i * 21) % 55].data.num, j); + } + mp_new_randoms (mp); + mp_new_randoms (mp); + mp_new_randoms (mp); /* ``warm up'' the array */ +} + +@ @c +void mp_decimal_number_modulo (mp_number *a, mp_number b) { + decNumberRemainder(a->data.num, a->data.num, b.data.num, &set); +}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w index acff5ce8401..2abd838f1ad 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpmathdouble.w @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% $Id: mpmathdouble.w 1929 2014-01-02 09:53:51Z taco $ +% $Id: mpmathdouble.w 1959 2014-03-11 11:19:43Z taco $ % % This file is part of MetaPost; % the MetaPost program is in the public domain. @@ -111,6 +111,7 @@ static void mp_new_number (MP mp, mp_number *n, mp_number_type t) ; static void mp_free_number (MP mp, mp_number *n) ; static void mp_set_double_from_double(mp_number *A, double B); static void mp_free_double_math (MP mp); +static void mp_double_set_precision (MP mp); @ And these are the ones that {\it are} used elsewhere @@ -137,6 +138,12 @@ void * mp_initialize_double_math (MP mp) { /* alloc */ math->allocate = mp_new_number; math->free = mp_free_number; + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_default, mp_scaled_type); + math->precision_default.data.dval = 16 * unity; + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_max, mp_scaled_type); + math->precision_max.data.dval = 16 * unity; + mp_new_number (mp, &math->precision_min, mp_scaled_type); + math->precision_min.data.dval = 16 * unity; /* here are the constants for |scaled| objects */ mp_new_number (mp, &math->epsilon_t, mp_scaled_type); math->epsilon_t.data.dval = epsilon; @@ -271,9 +278,13 @@ void * mp_initialize_double_math (MP mp) { math->scan_numeric = mp_double_scan_numeric_token; math->scan_fractional = mp_double_scan_fractional_token; math->free_math = mp_free_double_math; + math->set_precision = mp_double_set_precision; return (void *)math; } +void mp_double_set_precision (MP mp) { +} + void mp_free_double_math (MP mp) { free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->three_sixty_deg_t); free_number (((math_data *)mp->math)->one_eighty_deg_t); @@ -481,7 +492,7 @@ char * mp_double_number_tostring (MP mp, mp_number n) { static char set[64]; int l = 0; char *ret = mp_xmalloc(mp, 64, 1); - snprintf(set, 64, "%32.15g", n.data.dval); /* 16 is too much */ + snprintf(set, 64, "%.17g", n.data.dval); while (set[l] == ' ') l++; strcpy(ret, set+l); return ret; @@ -779,6 +790,12 @@ void mp_double_velocity (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number st, mp_number ct, mp_n } else { ret->data.dval = mp_double_make_fraction (mp, num, denom); } +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\n%f = velocity(%f,%f,%f,%f,%f)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), +mp_number_to_double(st),mp_number_to_double(ct), +mp_number_to_double(sf),mp_number_to_double(cf), +mp_number_to_double(t)); +#endif } @@ -802,23 +819,30 @@ void mp_ab_vs_cd (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number a_orig, mp_number b_orig, mp_ r = c / b; if (q != r) { ret->data.dval = (q > r ? 1 : -1); - return; + goto RETURN; } q = a % d; r = c % b; if (r == 0) { ret->data.dval = (q ? 1 : 0); - return; + goto RETURN; } if (q == 0) { ret->data.dval = -1; - return; + goto RETURN; } a = b; b = q; c = d; d = r; } /* now |a>d>0| and |c>b>0| */ +RETURN: +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\n%f = ab_vs_cd(%f,%f,%f,%f)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), +mp_number_to_double(a_orig),mp_number_to_double(b_orig), +mp_number_to_double(c_orig),mp_number_to_double(d_orig)); +#endif + return; } @@ -837,11 +861,11 @@ if (d <= 0) { ret->data.dval = 0; else ret->data.dval = 1; - return; + goto RETURN; } if (d == 0) { ret->data.dval = (a == 0 ? 0 : -1); - return; + goto RETURN; } q = a; a = c; @@ -855,7 +879,7 @@ if (d <= 0) { return; } ret->data.dval = (c == 0 ? 0 : -1); - return; + goto RETURN; } @ Now here's a subroutine that's handy for all sorts of path computations: @@ -887,9 +911,9 @@ it has been constructed in such a way that no arithmetic overflow will occur if the inputs satisfy $a<2^{30}$, $\vert a-b\vert<2^{30}$, and $\vert b-c\vert<2^{30}$. -@d no_crossing { ret->data.dval = fraction_one + 1; return; } -@d one_crossing { ret->data.dval = fraction_one; return; } -@d zero_crossing { ret->data.dval = 0; return; } +@d no_crossing { ret->data.dval = fraction_one + 1; goto RETURN; } +@d one_crossing { ret->data.dval = fraction_one; goto RETURN; } +@d zero_crossing { ret->data.dval = 0; goto RETURN; } @c static void mp_double_crossing_point (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number aa, mp_number bb, mp_number cc) { @@ -948,6 +972,12 @@ static void mp_double_crossing_point (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number aa, mp_nu } } while (d < fraction_one); ret->data.dval = (d - fraction_one); +RETURN: +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\n%f = crossing_point(%f,%f,%f)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), +mp_number_to_double(aa),mp_number_to_double(bb),mp_number_to_double(cc)); +#endif + return; } @@ -1132,6 +1162,10 @@ void mp_double_n_arg (MP mp, mp_number *ret, mp_number x_orig, mp_number y_orig) ret->data.dval = atan2 (y_orig.data.dval, x_orig.data.dval) * (180.0 / PI) * angle_multiplier; if (ret->data.dval == -0.0) ret->data.dval = 0.0; +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\nn_arg(%g,%g,%g)", mp_number_to_double(*ret), + mp_number_to_double(x_orig),mp_number_to_double(y_orig)); +#endif } } @@ -1172,6 +1206,10 @@ void mp_double_sin_cos (MP mp, mp_number z_orig, mp_number *n_cos, mp_number *n_ rad = (z_orig.data.dval / angle_multiplier) * PI/180.0; n_cos->data.dval = cos(rad) * fraction_multiplier; n_sin->data.dval = sin(rad) * fraction_multiplier; +#if DEBUG + fprintf(stdout, "\nsin_cos(%f,%f,%f)", mp_number_to_double(z_orig), +mp_number_to_double(*n_cos), mp_number_to_double(*n_sin)); +#endif } @ To initialize the |randoms| table, we call the following routine. diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpost.w b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpost.w index 3782201a773..f2165b529e5 100644 --- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpost.w +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mplibdir/mpost.w @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% $Id: mpost.w 1935 2014-01-30 09:30:56Z taco $ +% $Id: mpost.w 1955 2014-03-10 10:30:30Z taco $ % % This file is part of MetaPost; % the MetaPost program is in the public domain. @@ -802,7 +802,6 @@ static struct option mpost_options[] break; if (g == '?') { /* Unknown option. */ - fprintf(stdout,"fatal error: %s: unknown option %s\n", argv[0], argv[optind]); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } @@ -1090,14 +1089,11 @@ static int setup_var (int def, const char *var_name, boolean nokpse) { { char * mpversion = mp_metapost_version () ; const char * banner = "This is MetaPost, version "; -#ifndef NATIVE_TEXLIVE_BUILD const char * kpsebanner_start = " ("; const char * kpsebanner_stop = ")"; -#endif mpost_xfree(options->banner); options->banner = mpost_xmalloc(strlen(banner)+ strlen(mpversion)+ -#ifndef NATIVE_TEXLIVE_BUILD strlen(WEB2CVERSION)+ strlen(kpsebanner_start)+ strlen(kpathsea_version_string)+ @@ -1108,12 +1104,6 @@ static int setup_var (int def, const char *var_name, boolean nokpse) { strcat (options->banner, kpsebanner_start); strcat (options->banner, kpathsea_version_string); strcat (options->banner, kpsebanner_stop); -#else /* NATIVE_TEXLIVE_BUILD */ - strlen(WEB2CVERSION)+1); - strcpy (options->banner, banner); - strcat (options->banner, mpversion); - strcat (options->banner, WEB2CVERSION); -#endif /* NATIVE_TEXLIVE_BUILD */ mpost_xfree(mpversion); } @@ -1304,6 +1294,17 @@ extern __declspec(dllexport) int DLLPROC (int argc, char **argv); @ Now this is really it: \MP\ starts and ends here. @c +static char *cleaned_invocation_name(char *arg) +{ + char *ret, *dot; + const char *start = xbasename(arg); + ret = xstrdup(start); + dot = strrchr(ret, '.'); + if (dot != NULL) { + *dot = 0; /* chop */ + } + return ret; +} int #if defined(WIN32) && !defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(DLLPROC) DLLPROC (int argc, char **argv) @@ -1320,10 +1321,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv) options->ini_version = (int)false; options->print_found_names = (int)true; { - char *base = kpse_program_basename(argv[0]); + const char *base = cleaned_invocation_name(argv[0]); if (FILESTRCASEEQ(base, "dvitomp")) dvitomp_only=1; - free(base); } if (dvitomp_only) { @<Read and set dvitomp command line options@>; |